<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" version="2.0"><channel><title>Download Latest Free Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/download-latest-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575998</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/425/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/425/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></description><atom:link href="https://www.spreaker.com/show/6575998/episodes/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/><language>en</language><category>Education</category><copyright>Copyright Lacy  Turcotte</copyright><image><url>https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9e6ff4b97f638883cd164e08c4da6610.jpg</url><title>Download Latest Free Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/download-latest-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575998</link></image><lastBuildDate>Sat, 29 Mar 2025 05:46:34 +0000</lastBuildDate><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:owner><itunes:name>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:name><itunes:email>feeds@spreaker.com</itunes:email></itunes:owner><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9e6ff4b97f638883cd164e08c4da6610.jpg"/><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/425/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/425/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/425/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:category text="Education"/><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type><item><title>No Way Out: Brexit: From the Backstop to Boris by Tim Shipman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/no-way-out-brexit-from-the-backstop-to-boris-by-tim-shipman--65209016</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382208" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382208</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Way Out: Brexit: From the Backstop to Boris Author: Tim Shipman Narrator: Rupert Farley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 36 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  THE INSTANT SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER                                   ﻿'Meticulously sourced, merciless and revelatory. It is a closely observed study of power, and how it is gained, used and lost' FINANCIAL TIMES                                   The unmissable next instalment of Tim Shipman’s #1 bestselling Brexit quartet.                      To follow his bestselling books All Out War and Fall Out, this book launches off from 2017 to offer an unflinching, unfiltered account of some of the most turbulent years of British politics.           In the company of all the key players and with countless never-before-revealed insights, No Way Out traces the unprecedented disasters and triumphs of Theresa May’s tenure. Spun with characteristic wit and wisdom, Shipman tells the story of May’s three great negotiations – first, with her cabinet, then with the EU and finally with parliament – and chronicles her fall in thrilling detail.           This is the ultimate insider narrative to three of the most turbulent and impactful years of government, revealing the strategies, gambles, mistakes, mindsets and scandals that have shaped and shaken Britain.           As always, political insider and chief political commentator for the Sunday Times Tim Shipman unleashes a slew of insight – and gossip – to reveal the democratic drama as it really happened.                        'The quantity of work required to tell a complicated, many-sided story in such detail is astonishing. What do we learn? Well, many things of genuine interest to political followers and historians. Is his book worth it? In the end, undoubtedly yes… in an age of short-attention-span social media caricature, this is proper work, the real stuff of understanding. Historians will lean on it heavily. Would-be political leaders of the future will learn from it. It will set the narrative about how Brexit was handled, in a way other journalists can only envy' ANDREW MARR, NEW STATESMAN]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382208</guid><pubDate>Thu, 25 Apr 2024 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209016/9780008308971.mp3" length="2437216" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382208 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Way Out: Brexit: From the Backstop to Boris Author: Tim Shipman Narrator: Rupert Farley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 36 hours 21 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382208" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382208</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Way Out: Brexit: From the Backstop to Boris Author: Tim Shipman Narrator: Rupert Farley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 36 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  THE INSTANT SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER                                   ﻿'Meticulously sourced, merciless and revelatory. It is a closely observed study of power, and how it is gained, used and lost' FINANCIAL TIMES                                   The unmissable next instalment of Tim Shipman’s #1 bestselling Brexit quartet.                      To follow his bestselling books All Out War and Fall Out, this book launches off from 2017 to offer an unflinching, unfiltered account of some of the most turbulent years of British politics.           In the company of all the key players and with countless never-before-revealed insights, No Way Out traces the unprecedented disasters and triumphs of Theresa May’s tenure. Spun with characteristic wit and wisdom, Shipman tells the story of May’s three great negotiations – first, with her cabinet, then with the EU and finally with parliament – and chronicles her fall in thrilling detail.           This is the ultimate insider narrative to three of the most turbulent and impactful years of government, revealing the strategies, gambles, mistakes, mindsets and scandals that have shaped and shaken Britain.           As always, political insider and chief political commentator for the Sunday Times Tim Shipman unleashes a slew of insight – and gossip – to reveal the democratic drama as it really happened.                        'The quantity of work required to tell a complicated, many-sided story in such detail is astonishing. What do we learn? Well, many things of genuine interest to political followers and historians. Is his book worth it? In the end, undoubtedly yes… in an age of short-attention-span social media caricature, this is proper work, the real stuff of understanding. Historians will lean on it heavily. Would-be political leaders of the future will learn from it. It will set the narrative about how Brexit was handled, in a way other journalists can only envy' ANDREW MARR, NEW STATESMAN]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b8fe8d8518ceaa4959b93807208b739a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Prey: Immigration, Islam, and the Erosion of Women's Rights by Ayaan Hirsi Ali</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/prey-immigration-islam-and-the-erosion-of-women-s-rights-by-ayaan-hirsi-ali--65208956</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384642" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384642</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prey: Immigration, Islam, and the Erosion of Women's Rights Author: Ayaan Hirsi Ali Narrator: Ayaan Hirsi Ali Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: February  9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Why are so few people talking about the eruption of sexual violence and harassment in Europe’s cities? No one in a position of power wants to admit that the problem is linked to the arrival of several million migrants—most of them young men—from Muslim-majority countries. In Prey, the best-selling author of Infidel, Ayaan Hirsi Ali, presents startling statistics, criminal cases and personal testimony.  Among these facts: In 2014, sexual violence in Western Europe surged following a period of stability. In 2018 Germany, “offences against sexual self-determination” rose 36 percent from their 2014 rate; nearly two-fifths of the suspects were non-German. In Austria in 2017, asylum-seekers were suspects in 11 percent of all reported rapes and sexual harassment cases, despite making up less than 1 percent of the total population.  This violence isn’t a figment of alt-right propaganda, Hirsi Ali insists, even if neo-Nazis exaggerate it. It’s a real problem that Europe—and the world—cannot continue to ignore. She explains why so many young Muslim men who arrive in Europe engage in sexual harassment and violence, tracing the roots of sexual violence in the Muslim world from institutionalized polygamy to the lack of legal and religious protections for women.  A refugee herself, Hirsi Ali is not against immigration. As a child in Somalia, she suffered female genital mutilation; as a young girl in Saudi Arabia, she was made to feel acutely aware of her own vulnerability. Immigration, she argues, requires integration and assimilation. She wants Europeans to reform their broken system—and for Americans to learn from European mistakes. If this doesn’t happen, the calls to exclude new Muslim migrants from Western countries will only grow louder.  Deeply researched and featuring fresh and often shocking revelations, Prey uncovers a sexual assault and harassment crisis in Europe that is turning the clock on women’s rights much further back than the #MeToo movement is advancing it. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384642</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2021 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208956/9780062985194.mp3" length="2437188" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384642 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prey: Immigration, Islam, and the Erosion of Women's Rights Author: Ayaan Hirsi Ali Narrator: Ayaan Hirsi Ali Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384642" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384642</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prey: Immigration, Islam, and the Erosion of Women's Rights Author: Ayaan Hirsi Ali Narrator: Ayaan Hirsi Ali Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: February  9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Why are so few people talking about the eruption of sexual violence and harassment in Europe’s cities? No one in a position of power wants to admit that the problem is linked to the arrival of several million migrants—most of them young men—from Muslim-majority countries. In Prey, the best-selling author of Infidel, Ayaan Hirsi Ali, presents startling statistics, criminal cases and personal testimony.  Among these facts: In 2014, sexual violence in Western Europe surged following a period of stability. In 2018 Germany, “offences against sexual self-determination” rose 36 percent from their 2014 rate; nearly two-fifths of the suspects were non-German. In Austria in 2017, asylum-seekers were suspects in 11 percent of all reported rapes and sexual harassment cases, despite making up less than 1 percent of the total population.  This violence isn’t a figment of alt-right propaganda, Hirsi Ali insists, even if neo-Nazis exaggerate it. It’s a real problem that Europe—and the world—cannot continue to ignore. She explains why so many young Muslim men who arrive in Europe engage in sexual harassment and violence, tracing the roots of sexual violence in the Muslim world from institutionalized polygamy to the lack of legal and religious protections for women.  A refugee herself, Hirsi Ali is not against immigration. As a child in Somalia, she suffered female genital mutilation; as a young girl in Saudi Arabia, she was made to feel acutely aware of her own vulnerability. Immigration, she argues, requires integration and assimilation. She wants Europeans to reform their broken system—and for Americans to learn from European mistakes. If this doesn’t happen, the calls to exclude new Muslim migrants from Western countries will only grow louder.  Deeply researched and featuring fresh and often shocking revelations, Prey uncovers a sexual assault and harassment crisis in Europe that is turning the clock on women’s rights much further back than the #MeToo movement is advancing it. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/be05656efe330d359844a9b45ce3835e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Conditional Citizens: On Belonging in America by Laila Lalami</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/conditional-citizens-on-belonging-in-america-by-laila-lalami--65208888</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390674" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390674</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conditional Citizens: On Belonging in America Author: Laila Lalami Narrator: Laila Lalami Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A New York Times Editors' Choice • Best Book of the Year: Time, NPR, Bookpage, L.A. Times What does it mean to be American? In this starkly illuminating and impassioned book, Pulitzer Prize­­–finalist Laila Lalami recounts her unlikely journey from Moroccan immigrant to U.S. citizen, using it as a starting point for her exploration of American rights, liberties, and protections. 'Sharp, bracingly clear essays.'—Entertainment Weekly Tapping into history, politics, and literature, she elucidates how accidents of birth—such as national origin, race, and gender—that once determined the boundaries of Americanness still cast their shadows today.     Lalami poignantly illustrates how white supremacy survives through adaptation and legislation, with the result that a caste system is maintained that keeps the modern equivalent of white male landowners at the top of the social hierarchy. Conditional citizens, she argues, are all the people with whom America embraces with one arm and pushes away with the other.     Brilliantly argued and deeply personal, Conditional Citizens weaves together Lalami’s own experiences with explorations of the place of nonwhites in the broader American culture.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390674</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208888/9780593170335.mp3" length="4837101" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390674 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conditional Citizens: On Belonging in America Author: Laila Lalami Narrator: Laila Lalami Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390674" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390674</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conditional Citizens: On Belonging in America Author: Laila Lalami Narrator: Laila Lalami Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A New York Times Editors' Choice • Best Book of the Year: Time, NPR, Bookpage, L.A. Times What does it mean to be American? In this starkly illuminating and impassioned book, Pulitzer Prize­­–finalist Laila Lalami recounts her unlikely journey from Moroccan immigrant to U.S. citizen, using it as a starting point for her exploration of American rights, liberties, and protections. 'Sharp, bracingly clear essays.'—Entertainment Weekly Tapping into history, politics, and literature, she elucidates how accidents of birth—such as national origin, race, and gender—that once determined the boundaries of Americanness still cast their shadows today.     Lalami poignantly illustrates how white supremacy survives through adaptation and legislation, with the result that a caste system is maintained that keeps the modern equivalent of white male landowners at the top of the social hierarchy. Conditional citizens, she argues, are all the people with whom America embraces with one arm and pushes away with the other.     Brilliantly argued and deeply personal, Conditional Citizens weaves together Lalami’s own experiences with explorations of the place of nonwhites in the broader American culture.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8cf899d328cb0bea8676403c2c70c6bc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Spymasters: How the CIA's Directors Shape History and Guard the Future by Chris Whipple</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-spymasters-how-the-cia-s-directors-shape-history-and-guard-the-future-by-chris-whipple--65208942</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386507" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386507</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spymasters: How the CIA's Directors Shape History and Guard the Future Author: Chris Whipple Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the New York Times bestselling author of The Gatekeepers, an “engaging…richly textured” (The New York Times), behind-the-scenes look at what it’s like to run the world’s most powerful intelligence agency. “The best book about the CIA I’ve ever read…one hell of a story” (Christopher Buckley). With unprecedented access to more than a dozen individuals who have made the life-and-death decisions that come with running the world’s most powerful and influential intelligence service, Chris Whipple tells the story of an agency that answers to the United States president alone, but whose activities—spying, espionage, and covert action—take place on every continent. At pivotal moments, the CIA acts as a counterforce against rogue presidents, starting in the mid-seventies with DCI Richard Helms’s refusal to conceal Richard Nixon’s criminality and through the Trump presidency when a CIA whistleblower ignited impeachment proceedings and armed insurrectionists assaulted the US Capitol.   Since its inception in 1947, the Central Intelligence Agency has been a powerful player on the world stage, operating largely in the shadows to protect American interests. For The Spymasters, Whipple conducted extensive, exclusive interviews with nearly every living CIA director, pulling back the curtain on the world’s elite spy agencies and showing how the CIA partners—or clashes—with counterparts in Britain, France, Germany, Israel, Jordan, Saudi Arabia, and Russia. Topics covered in the book include attempts by presidents to use the agency for their own ends; simmering problems in the Middle East and Asia; rogue nuclear threats; and cyberwarfare.   A revelatory, well-researched history, The Spymasters recounts seven decades of CIA activity and elicits predictions about the issues—and threats—that will engage the attention of future operatives and analysts. Including eye-opening interviews with George Tenet, John Brennan, Leon Panetta, and David Petraeus, as well as those who’ve recently departed the agency, this is a timely, essential, and important contribution to current events.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386507</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208942/9781797100500.mp3" length="1478270" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386507 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spymasters: How the CIA's Directors Shape History and Guard the Future Author: Chris Whipple Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386507" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386507</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spymasters: How the CIA's Directors Shape History and Guard the Future Author: Chris Whipple Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the New York Times bestselling author of The Gatekeepers, an “engaging…richly textured” (The New York Times), behind-the-scenes look at what it’s like to run the world’s most powerful intelligence agency. “The best book about the CIA I’ve ever read…one hell of a story” (Christopher Buckley). With unprecedented access to more than a dozen individuals who have made the life-and-death decisions that come with running the world’s most powerful and influential intelligence service, Chris Whipple tells the story of an agency that answers to the United States president alone, but whose activities—spying, espionage, and covert action—take place on every continent. At pivotal moments, the CIA acts as a counterforce against rogue presidents, starting in the mid-seventies with DCI Richard Helms’s refusal to conceal Richard Nixon’s criminality and through the Trump presidency when a CIA whistleblower ignited impeachment proceedings and armed insurrectionists assaulted the US Capitol.   Since its inception in 1947, the Central Intelligence Agency has been a powerful player on the world stage, operating largely in the shadows to protect American interests. For The Spymasters, Whipple conducted extensive, exclusive interviews with nearly every living CIA director, pulling back the curtain on the world’s elite spy agencies and showing how the CIA partners—or clashes—with counterparts in Britain, France, Germany, Israel, Jordan, Saudi Arabia, and Russia. Topics covered in the book include attempts by presidents to use the agency for their own ends; simmering problems in the Middle East and Asia; rogue nuclear threats; and cyberwarfare.   A revelatory, well-researched history, The Spymasters recounts seven decades of CIA activity and elicits predictions about the issues—and threats—that will engage the attention of future operatives and analysts. Including eye-opening interviews with George Tenet, John Brennan, Leon Panetta, and David Petraeus, as well as those who’ve recently departed the agency, this is a timely, essential, and important contribution to current events.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9ee5fe57a4f95a70bfb8bb6efd740561.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Blackout: How Black America Can Make Its Second Escape from the Democrat Plantation by Candace Owens</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-blackout-how-black-america-can-make-its-second-escape-from-the-democrat-plantation-by-candace-owens--65208926</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386429" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386429</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Blackout: How Black America Can Make Its Second Escape from the Democrat Plantation Author: Candace Owens Narrator: Candace Owens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 293   Ratings of Narrator: 4.31 of Total 54 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   It’s time for a black exit.   Political activist and social media star Candace Owens addresses the many ways that Democrat Party policies hurt, rather than help, the African American community, and why she and many others are turning right. Black Americans have long been shackled to the Democrats. Seeing no viable alternative, they have watched liberal politicians take the black vote for granted without pledging anything in return. In Blackout, Owens argues that this automatic allegiance is both illogical and unearned.   She contends that the Democrat Party has a long history of racism and exposes the ideals that hinder the black community’s ability to rise above poverty, live independent and successful lives, and be an active part of the American Dream. Instead, Owens offers up a different ideology by issuing a challenge: It’s time for a major black exodus. From dependency, from victimhood, from miseducation—and the Democrat Party, which perpetuates all three.    Owens explains that government assistance is a double-edged sword, that the Left dismisses the faith so important to the black community, that Democrat permissiveness toward abortion disproportionately affects black babies, that the #MeToo movement hurts black men, and much more. Weaving in her personal story, which ushered her from a roach-infested low-income apartment to1600 Pennsylvania Avenue, she demonstrates how she overcame her setbacks and challenges despite the cultural expectation that she should embrace a victim mentality.    Well-researched and intelligently argued, Blackout lays bare the myth that all black people should vote Democrat—and shows why turning to the right will leave them happier, more successful, and more self-sufficient.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386429</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208926/9781797102924.mp3" length="1478278" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386429 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Blackout: How Black America Can Make Its Second Escape from the Democrat Plantation Author: Candace Owens Narrator: Candace Owens Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386429" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386429</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Blackout: How Black America Can Make Its Second Escape from the Democrat Plantation Author: Candace Owens Narrator: Candace Owens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 293   Ratings of Narrator: 4.31 of Total 54 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   It’s time for a black exit.   Political activist and social media star Candace Owens addresses the many ways that Democrat Party policies hurt, rather than help, the African American community, and why she and many others are turning right. Black Americans have long been shackled to the Democrats. Seeing no viable alternative, they have watched liberal politicians take the black vote for granted without pledging anything in return. In Blackout, Owens argues that this automatic allegiance is both illogical and unearned.   She contends that the Democrat Party has a long history of racism and exposes the ideals that hinder the black community’s ability to rise above poverty, live independent and successful lives, and be an active part of the American Dream. Instead, Owens offers up a different ideology by issuing a challenge: It’s time for a major black exodus. From dependency, from victimhood, from miseducation—and the Democrat Party, which perpetuates all three.    Owens explains that government assistance is a double-edged sword, that the Left dismisses the faith so important to the black community, that Democrat permissiveness toward abortion disproportionately affects black babies, that the #MeToo movement hurts black men, and much more. Weaving in her personal story, which ushered her from a roach-infested low-income apartment to1600 Pennsylvania Avenue, she demonstrates how she overcame her setbacks and challenges despite the cultural expectation that she should embrace a victim mentality.    Well-researched and intelligently argued, Blackout lays bare the myth that all black people should vote Democrat—and shows why turning to the right will leave them happier, more successful, and more self-sufficient.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9274570d5a92ab850ca7b2a9ec334176.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Spymasters by Chris Whipple</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-spymasters-by-chris-whipple--65208871</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391384" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391384</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spymasters Author: Chris Whipple Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the New York Times bestselling author of The Gatekeepers, a remarkable, behind-the-scenes look at what it's like to run the world's most powerful intelligence agency, and how the CIA is often a crucial counterforce against presidents threatening to overstep the powers of their office.  Only 11 men and one woman are alive today who have made the life-and-death decisions that come with running the world's most powerful and influential intelligence service. With unprecedented, deep access to nearly all these individuals, Chris Whipple tells the story of an agency that answers to the United States president, but whose activities — spying, espionage, and covert action — take place on every continent. At pivotal moments, the CIA acts as a brake on rogue presidents, starting in the mid-seventies with DCI Richard Helms’ refusal to conceal Richard Nixon’s criminality and continuing recently as the actions of a CIA whistleblower ignited impeachment proceedings against Donald Trump.  Since its inception in 1947, the Central Intelligence Agency has been a powerful player on the world stage, operating largely in the shadows to protect American interests. For The Spymasters, Whipple conducted extensive, exclusive interviews with nearly every living CIA director, pulling back the curtain on the world's elite spy agency and showing how the CIA partners — or clashes — with counterparts in Britain, France, Germany, Israel, Jordan, Saudi Arabia and Russia. Topics covered in the book include attempts by presidents to use the agency for their own ends; simmering problems in the Middle East and Asia; rogue nuclear threats; and cyberwarfare.  The Spymasters recounts seven decades of CIA activity and elicits predictions about the issues — and threats — that will engage the attention of future operatives and analysts. Including eye-opening interviews with George Tenet, John Brennan, Leon Panetta and David Petraeus, as well as those who've just recently departed the agency, this is a timely, essential and important contribution to current events.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391384</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208871/9781471191497.mp3" length="1478210" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391384 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spymasters Author: Chris Whipple Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391384" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391384</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spymasters Author: Chris Whipple Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the New York Times bestselling author of The Gatekeepers, a remarkable, behind-the-scenes look at what it's like to run the world's most powerful intelligence agency, and how the CIA is often a crucial counterforce against presidents threatening to overstep the powers of their office.  Only 11 men and one woman are alive today who have made the life-and-death decisions that come with running the world's most powerful and influential intelligence service. With unprecedented, deep access to nearly all these individuals, Chris Whipple tells the story of an agency that answers to the United States president, but whose activities — spying, espionage, and covert action — take place on every continent. At pivotal moments, the CIA acts as a brake on rogue presidents, starting in the mid-seventies with DCI Richard Helms’ refusal to conceal Richard Nixon’s criminality and continuing recently as the actions of a CIA whistleblower ignited impeachment proceedings against Donald Trump.  Since its inception in 1947, the Central Intelligence Agency has been a powerful player on the world stage, operating largely in the shadows to protect American interests. For The Spymasters, Whipple conducted extensive, exclusive interviews with nearly every living CIA director, pulling back the curtain on the world's elite spy agency and showing how the CIA partners — or clashes — with counterparts in Britain, France, Germany, Israel, Jordan, Saudi Arabia and Russia. Topics covered in the book include attempts by presidents to use the agency for their own ends; simmering problems in the Middle East and Asia; rogue nuclear threats; and cyberwarfare.  The Spymasters recounts seven decades of CIA activity and elicits predictions about the issues — and threats — that will engage the attention of future operatives and analysts. Including eye-opening interviews with George Tenet, John Brennan, Leon Panetta and David Petraeus, as well as those who've just recently departed the agency, this is a timely, essential and important contribution to current events.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0f55b8f11157114a417516eea5a0e065.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Violence Inside Us: A Brief History of an Ongoing American Tragedy by Chris Murphy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-violence-inside-us-a-brief-history-of-an-ongoing-american-tragedy-by-chris-murphy--65208883</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390676" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390676</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Violence Inside Us: A Brief History of an Ongoing American Tragedy Author: Chris Murphy Narrator: Chris Murphy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 58 minutes Release date: September  1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “An engrossing, moving, and utterly motivating account of the human stakes of gun violence in America.”—Samantha Power, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Education of an Idealist Is America destined to always be a violent nation? This sweeping history by U.S. senator Chris Murphy explores the origins of our violent impulses, the roots of our obsession with firearms, and the mythologies that prevent us from confronting our national crisis.   In many ways, the United States sets the pace for other nations to follow. Yet on the most important human concern—the need to keep ourselves and our loved ones safe from physical harm—America isn’t a leader. We are disturbingly laggard. To confront this problem, we must first understand it. In this carefully researched and deeply emotional book, Senator Chris Murphy dissects our country’s violence-filled history and the role that our unique obsession with firearms plays in this national epidemic.    Murphy tells the story of his profound personal transformation in the wake of the mass murder at Newtown, and his subsequent immersion in the complicated web of influences that drive American violence. Murphy comes to the conclusion that while America’s relationship to violence is indeed unique, America is not inescapably violent. Even as he details the reasons we’ve tolerated so much bloodshed for so long, he explains that we have the power to change. Murphy takes on the familiar arguments, obliterates the stale talking points, and charts the way to a fresh, less polarized conversation about violence and the weapons that enable it—a conversation we urgently need in order to transform the national dialogue and save lives.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390676</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208883/9780593155011.mp3" length="4837111" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390676 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Violence Inside Us: A Brief History of an Ongoing American Tragedy Author: Chris Murphy Narrator: Chris Murphy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390676" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390676</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Violence Inside Us: A Brief History of an Ongoing American Tragedy Author: Chris Murphy Narrator: Chris Murphy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 58 minutes Release date: September  1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “An engrossing, moving, and utterly motivating account of the human stakes of gun violence in America.”—Samantha Power, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Education of an Idealist Is America destined to always be a violent nation? This sweeping history by U.S. senator Chris Murphy explores the origins of our violent impulses, the roots of our obsession with firearms, and the mythologies that prevent us from confronting our national crisis.   In many ways, the United States sets the pace for other nations to follow. Yet on the most important human concern—the need to keep ourselves and our loved ones safe from physical harm—America isn’t a leader. We are disturbingly laggard. To confront this problem, we must first understand it. In this carefully researched and deeply emotional book, Senator Chris Murphy dissects our country’s violence-filled history and the role that our unique obsession with firearms plays in this national epidemic.    Murphy tells the story of his profound personal transformation in the wake of the mass murder at Newtown, and his subsequent immersion in the complicated web of influences that drive American violence. Murphy comes to the conclusion that while America’s relationship to violence is indeed unique, America is not inescapably violent. Even as he details the reasons we’ve tolerated so much bloodshed for so long, he explains that we have the power to change. Murphy takes on the familiar arguments, obliterates the stale talking points, and charts the way to a fresh, less polarized conversation about violence and the weapons that enable it—a conversation we urgently need in order to transform the national dialogue and save lives.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/422855f589bc7fea91bb5c0d37605c6b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Gideon's Promise: A Public Defender Movement to Transform Criminal Justice by Jonathan Rapping</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/gideon-s-promise-a-public-defender-movement-to-transform-criminal-justice-by-jonathan-rapping--65208958</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380249" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380249</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gideon's Promise: A Public Defender Movement to Transform Criminal Justice Author: Jonathan Rapping Narrator: Frank Gerard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A blueprint for criminal justice reform that lays the foundation for how model public defense programs should work to end mass incarceration. Combining wisdom drawn from over a dozen years as a public defender and cutting-edge research in the fields of organizational and cultural psychology, Jonathan Rapping proposes a radical cultural shift to a “fiercely client-based ethos” driven by values-based recruitment training, awakening defenders to their role in upholding an unjust status quo, and a renewed pride in the essential role of moral lawyering in a democratic society. Public defenders represent over 80% of those who interact with the court system, a disproportionate number of whom are poor, non-white citizens who rely on them to navigate the law on their behalf. More often than not, even the most well-meaning of those defenders are over-worked, under-funded, and incentivized to put the interests of judges and politicians above those of their clients in a culture that beats the passion out of talented, driven advocates, and has led to an embarrassingly low standard of justice for those who depend on the promises of Gideon v. Wainwright. However, rather than arguing for a change in rules that govern the actions of lawyers, judges, and other advocates, Rapping proposes a radical cultural shift to a “fiercely client-based ethos” driven by values-based recruitment and training, awakening defenders to their role in upholding an unjust status quo, and a renewed pride in the essential role of moral lawyering in a democratic society. Through the story of founding Gideon’s Promise and anecdotes of his time as a defender and teacher, Rapping reanimates the possibility of public defenders serving as a radical bulwark against government oppression and a megaphone to amplify the voices of those they serve.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380249</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208958/9780807081310.mp3" length="4837063" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380249 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gideon's Promise: A Public Defender Movement to Transform Criminal Justice Author: Jonathan Rapping Narrator: Frank Gerard Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380249" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380249</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gideon's Promise: A Public Defender Movement to Transform Criminal Justice Author: Jonathan Rapping Narrator: Frank Gerard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A blueprint for criminal justice reform that lays the foundation for how model public defense programs should work to end mass incarceration. Combining wisdom drawn from over a dozen years as a public defender and cutting-edge research in the fields of organizational and cultural psychology, Jonathan Rapping proposes a radical cultural shift to a “fiercely client-based ethos” driven by values-based recruitment training, awakening defenders to their role in upholding an unjust status quo, and a renewed pride in the essential role of moral lawyering in a democratic society. Public defenders represent over 80% of those who interact with the court system, a disproportionate number of whom are poor, non-white citizens who rely on them to navigate the law on their behalf. More often than not, even the most well-meaning of those defenders are over-worked, under-funded, and incentivized to put the interests of judges and politicians above those of their clients in a culture that beats the passion out of talented, driven advocates, and has led to an embarrassingly low standard of justice for those who depend on the promises of Gideon v. Wainwright. However, rather than arguing for a change in rules that govern the actions of lawyers, judges, and other advocates, Rapping proposes a radical cultural shift to a “fiercely client-based ethos” driven by values-based recruitment and training, awakening defenders to their role in upholding an unjust status quo, and a renewed pride in the essential role of moral lawyering in a democratic society. Through the story of founding Gideon’s Promise and anecdotes of his time as a defender and teacher, Rapping reanimates the possibility of public defenders serving as a radical bulwark against government oppression and a megaphone to amplify the voices of those they serve.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/008dc6d0d3dea71aecdd08ecf580e1db.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Demystifying Shariah: What It Is, How It Works, and Why It's Not Taking Over Our Country by Sumbul Ali-Karamali</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/demystifying-shariah-what-it-is-how-it-works-and-why-it-s-not-taking-over-our-country-by-sumbul-ali-karamali--65208869</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390179" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390179</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Demystifying Shariah: What It Is, How It Works, and Why It's Not Taking Over Our Country Author: Sumbul Ali-Karamali Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A direct counterpoint to fear mongering headlines about shariah law—a Muslim American legal expert tells the real story, eliminating stereotypes and assumptions with compassion, irony, and humor Through scare tactics and deliberate misinformation campaigns, anti-Muslim propagandists insist wrongly that shariah is a draconian and oppressive Islamic law that all Muslims must abide by. They circulate horror stories, encouraging Americans to fear the “takeover of shariah” law in America and even mounting “anti-shariah protests” . . . . with zero evidence that shariah has taken over any part of our country. (That’s because it hasn’t.) It would be almost funny if it weren’t so terrifyingly wrong—as puzzling as if Americans suddenly began protesting the Martian occupation of Earth. Demystifying Shariah explains that shariah is not one set of punitive rules or even law the way we think of law—rigid and enforceable—but religious rules and recommendations that provide Muslims with guidance in various aspects of life. Sumbul Ali-Karamali draws on scholarship and her degree in Islamic law to explain shariah in an accessible, engaging narrative style—its various meanings, how it developed, and how the shariah-based legal system operated for over a thousand years. She explains what shariah means not only in the abstract but in the daily lives of Muslims. She discusses modern calls for shariah, what they mean, and whether shariah is the law of the land anywhere in the world. She also describes the key lies and misunderstandings about shariah circulating in our public discourse, and why so many of them are nonsensical. This engaging guide is intended to introduce you to the basic principles, goals, and general development of shariah and to answer questions like: How do Muslims engage with shariah? What does shariah have to do with our Constitution? What does shariah have to do with the way the world looks like today? And why do we all—Muslims or not—need to care?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390179</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208869/9780807094303.mp3" length="4837066" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390179 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Demystifying Shariah: What It Is, How It Works, and Why It's Not Taking Over Our Country Author: Sumbul Ali-Karamali Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390179" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390179</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Demystifying Shariah: What It Is, How It Works, and Why It's Not Taking Over Our Country Author: Sumbul Ali-Karamali Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A direct counterpoint to fear mongering headlines about shariah law—a Muslim American legal expert tells the real story, eliminating stereotypes and assumptions with compassion, irony, and humor Through scare tactics and deliberate misinformation campaigns, anti-Muslim propagandists insist wrongly that shariah is a draconian and oppressive Islamic law that all Muslims must abide by. They circulate horror stories, encouraging Americans to fear the “takeover of shariah” law in America and even mounting “anti-shariah protests” . . . . with zero evidence that shariah has taken over any part of our country. (That’s because it hasn’t.) It would be almost funny if it weren’t so terrifyingly wrong—as puzzling as if Americans suddenly began protesting the Martian occupation of Earth. Demystifying Shariah explains that shariah is not one set of punitive rules or even law the way we think of law—rigid and enforceable—but religious rules and recommendations that provide Muslims with guidance in various aspects of life. Sumbul Ali-Karamali draws on scholarship and her degree in Islamic law to explain shariah in an accessible, engaging narrative style—its various meanings, how it developed, and how the shariah-based legal system operated for over a thousand years. She explains what shariah means not only in the abstract but in the daily lives of Muslims. She discusses modern calls for shariah, what they mean, and whether shariah is the law of the land anywhere in the world. She also describes the key lies and misunderstandings about shariah circulating in our public discourse, and why so many of them are nonsensical. This engaging guide is intended to introduce you to the basic principles, goals, and general development of shariah and to answer questions like: How do Muslims engage with shariah? What does shariah have to do with our Constitution? What does shariah have to do with the way the world looks like today? And why do we all—Muslims or not—need to care?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bd2a01dd660faf9704343133a0aa33e8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>You're Not Enough (And That's Okay): Escaping the Toxic Culture of Self-Love by Allie Beth Stuckey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-re-not-enough-and-that-s-okay-escaping-the-toxic-culture-of-self-love-by-allie-beth-stuckey--65208868</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391255" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391255</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're Not Enough (And That's Okay): Escaping the Toxic Culture of Self-Love Author: Allie Beth Stuckey Narrator: Allie Beth Stuckey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 60   Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From one of the sharpest Christian voices of her generation and host of the podcast Relatable comes a framework for escaping our culture of trendy narcissism—and embracing God instead.  We're told that the key to happiness is self-love. Instagram influencers, mommy bloggers, self-help gurus, and even Christian teachers promise that if we learn to love ourselves, we'll be successful, secure, and complete. But the promise doesn't deliver. Instead of feeling fulfilled, our pursuit of self-love traps us in an exhausting cycle: as we strive for self-acceptance, we become addicted to self-improvement. The truth is we can't find satisfaction inside ourselves because we are the problem. We struggle with feelings of inadequacy because we are inadequate. Alone, we are not good enough, smart enough, or beautiful enough. We're not enough--period. And that's okay, because God is. The answer to our insufficiency and insecurity isn't self-love, but God's love. In Jesus, we're offered a way out of our toxic culture of self-love and into a joyful life of relying on him for wisdom, satisfaction, and purpose. We don't have to wonder what it's all about anymore. This is it.   This book isn't about battling your not-enoughness; it's about embracing it. Allie Beth Stuckey, a Christian, conservative new mom, found herself at the dead end of self-love, and she wants to help you combat the false teachings and self-destructive mindsets that got her there. In this book, she uncovers the myths popularized by our self-obsessed culture, reveals where they manifest in politics and the church, and dismantles them with biblical truth and practical wisdom.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391255</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208868/9780593164976.mp3" length="4837173" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391255 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're Not Enough (And That's Okay): Escaping the Toxic Culture of Self-Love Author: Allie Beth Stuckey Narrator: Allie Beth Stuckey Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391255" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391255</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're Not Enough (And That's Okay): Escaping the Toxic Culture of Self-Love Author: Allie Beth Stuckey Narrator: Allie Beth Stuckey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 60   Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From one of the sharpest Christian voices of her generation and host of the podcast Relatable comes a framework for escaping our culture of trendy narcissism—and embracing God instead.  We're told that the key to happiness is self-love. Instagram influencers, mommy bloggers, self-help gurus, and even Christian teachers promise that if we learn to love ourselves, we'll be successful, secure, and complete. But the promise doesn't deliver. Instead of feeling fulfilled, our pursuit of self-love traps us in an exhausting cycle: as we strive for self-acceptance, we become addicted to self-improvement. The truth is we can't find satisfaction inside ourselves because we are the problem. We struggle with feelings of inadequacy because we are inadequate. Alone, we are not good enough, smart enough, or beautiful enough. We're not enough--period. And that's okay, because God is. The answer to our insufficiency and insecurity isn't self-love, but God's love. In Jesus, we're offered a way out of our toxic culture of self-love and into a joyful life of relying on him for wisdom, satisfaction, and purpose. We don't have to wonder what it's all about anymore. This is it.   This book isn't about battling your not-enoughness; it's about embracing it. Allie Beth Stuckey, a Christian, conservative new mom, found herself at the dead end of self-love, and she wants to help you combat the false teachings and self-destructive mindsets that got her there. In this book, she uncovers the myths popularized by our self-obsessed culture, reveals where they manifest in politics and the church, and dismantles them with biblical truth and practical wisdom.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a6cc18da277a4901f55c04ac56cb7a64.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>After the Last Border: Two Families and the Story of Refuge in America by Jessica Goudeau</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/after-the-last-border-two-families-and-the-story-of-refuge-in-america-by-jessica-goudeau--65208982</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383874" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383874</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Last Border: Two Families and the Story of Refuge in America Author: Jessica Goudeau Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 21 minutes Release date: August  4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Simply brilliant, both in its granular storytelling and its enormous compassion' --The New York Times Book Review The story of two refugee families and their hope and resilience as they fight to survive and belong in America The welcoming and acceptance of immigrants and refugees have been central to America's identity for centuries--yet America has periodically turned its back in times of the greatest humanitarian need. After the Last Border is an intimate look at the lives of two women as they struggle for the twenty-first century American dream, having won the 'golden ticket' to settle as refugees in Austin, Texas. Mu Naw, a Christian from Myanmar struggling to put down roots with her family, was accepted after decades in a refugee camp at a time when America was at its most open to displaced families; and Hasna, a Muslim from Syria, agrees to relocate as a last resort for the safety of her family--only to be cruelly separated from her children by a sudden ban on refugees from Muslim countries. Writer and activist Jessica Goudeau tracks the human impacts of America's ever-shifting refugee policy as both women narrowly escape from their home countries and begin the arduous but lifesaving process of resettling in Austin--a city that would show them the best and worst of what America has to offer. After the Last Border situates a dramatic, character-driven story within a larger history--the evolution of modern refugee resettlement in the United States, beginning with World War II and ending with current closed-door policies--revealing not just how America's changing attitudes toward refugees have influenced policies and laws, but also the profound effect on human lives.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383874</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208982/9780593166000.mp3" length="4837112" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383874 to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Last Border: Two Families and the Story of Refuge in America Author: Jessica Goudeau Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383874" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383874</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Last Border: Two Families and the Story of Refuge in America Author: Jessica Goudeau Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 21 minutes Release date: August  4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Simply brilliant, both in its granular storytelling and its enormous compassion' --The New York Times Book Review The story of two refugee families and their hope and resilience as they fight to survive and belong in America The welcoming and acceptance of immigrants and refugees have been central to America's identity for centuries--yet America has periodically turned its back in times of the greatest humanitarian need. After the Last Border is an intimate look at the lives of two women as they struggle for the twenty-first century American dream, having won the 'golden ticket' to settle as refugees in Austin, Texas. Mu Naw, a Christian from Myanmar struggling to put down roots with her family, was accepted after decades in a refugee camp at a time when America was at its most open to displaced families; and Hasna, a Muslim from Syria, agrees to relocate as a last resort for the safety of her family--only to be cruelly separated from her children by a sudden ban on refugees from Muslim countries. Writer and activist Jessica Goudeau tracks the human impacts of America's ever-shifting refugee policy as both women narrowly escape from their home countries and begin the arduous but lifesaving process of resettling in Austin--a city that would show them the best and worst of what America has to offer. After the Last Border situates a dramatic, character-driven story within a larger history--the evolution of modern refugee resettlement in the United States, beginning with World War II and ending with current closed-door policies--revealing not just how America's changing attitudes toward refugees have influenced policies and laws, but also the profound effect on human lives.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f90dcbc70afb554319baec4b3230522e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The People, No: A Brief History of Anti-Populism by Thomas Frank</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-people-no-a-brief-history-of-anti-populism-by-thomas-frank--65208974</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382633" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382633</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People, No: A Brief History of Anti-Populism Author: Thomas Frank Narrator: Thomas Frank Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the prophetic author of the now-classic What’s the Matter with Kansas? and Listen, Liberal, an eye-opening account of populism, the most important—and misunderstood—movement of our time. Rarely does a work of history contain startling implications for the present, but in The People, No Thomas Frank pulls off that explosive effect by showing us that everything we think we know about populism is wrong. Today “populism” is seen as a frightening thing, a term pundits use to describe the racist philosophy of Donald Trump and European extremists. But this is a mistake. The real story of populism is an account of enlightenment and liberation; it is the story of American democracy itself, of its ever-widening promise of a decent life for all. Taking us from the tumultuous 1890s, when the radical left-wing Populist Party—the biggest mass movement in American history—fought Gilded Age plutocrats to the reformers’ great triumphs under Franklin Roosevelt and Harry Truman, Frank reminds us how much we owe to the populist ethos. Frank also shows that elitist groups have reliably detested populism, lashing out at working-class concerns. The anti-populist vituperations by the Washington centrists of today are only the latest expression. Frank pummels the elites, revisits the movement’s provocative politics, and declares true populism to be the language of promise and optimism. The People, No is a ringing affirmation of a movement that, Frank shows us, is not the problem of our times, but the solution for what ails us. A Macmillan Audio production from Metropolitan Books]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382633</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208974/9781250266279.mp3" length="2437133" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382633 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People, No: A Brief History of Anti-Populism Author: Thomas Frank Narrator: Thomas Frank Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382633" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382633</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People, No: A Brief History of Anti-Populism Author: Thomas Frank Narrator: Thomas Frank Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the prophetic author of the now-classic What’s the Matter with Kansas? and Listen, Liberal, an eye-opening account of populism, the most important—and misunderstood—movement of our time. Rarely does a work of history contain startling implications for the present, but in The People, No Thomas Frank pulls off that explosive effect by showing us that everything we think we know about populism is wrong. Today “populism” is seen as a frightening thing, a term pundits use to describe the racist philosophy of Donald Trump and European extremists. But this is a mistake. The real story of populism is an account of enlightenment and liberation; it is the story of American democracy itself, of its ever-widening promise of a decent life for all. Taking us from the tumultuous 1890s, when the radical left-wing Populist Party—the biggest mass movement in American history—fought Gilded Age plutocrats to the reformers’ great triumphs under Franklin Roosevelt and Harry Truman, Frank reminds us how much we owe to the populist ethos. Frank also shows that elitist groups have reliably detested populism, lashing out at working-class concerns. The anti-populist vituperations by the Washington centrists of today are only the latest expression. Frank pummels the elites, revisits the movement’s provocative politics, and declares true populism to be the language of promise and optimism. The People, No is a ringing affirmation of a movement that, Frank shows us, is not the problem of our times, but the solution for what ails us. A Macmillan Audio production from Metropolitan Books]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/497ffb06a4ccd2359c32bdae6db1e4db.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Burning Down the House: Newt Gingrich, the Fall of a Speaker, and the Rise of the New Republican Party by Julian E. Zelizer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/burning-down-the-house-newt-gingrich-the-fall-of-a-speaker-and-the-rise-of-the-new-republican-party-by-julian-e-zelizer--65208885</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391585" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391585</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burning Down the House: Newt Gingrich, the Fall of a Speaker, and the Rise of the New Republican Party Author: Julian E. Zelizer Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: July  7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A New York Times Notable Book! A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice The story of how Newt Gingrich and his allies tainted American politics, launching an enduring era of brutal partisan warfare  When Donald Trump was elected president in 2016, President Obama observed that Trump “is not an outlier; he is a culmination, a logical conclusion of the rhetoric and tactics of the Republican Party.” In Burning Down the House, historian Julian Zelizer pinpoints the moment when our country was set on a path toward an era of bitterly partisan and ruthless politics, an era that was ignited by Newt Gingrich and his allies. In 1989, Gingrich brought down Democratic Speaker of the House Jim Wright and catapulted himself into the national spotlight. Perhaps more than any other politician, Gingrich introduced the rhetoric and tactics that have shaped Congress and the Republican Party for the last three decades. Elected to Congress in 1978, Gingrich quickly became one of the most powerful figures in America not through innovative ideas or charisma, but through a calculated campaign of attacks against political opponents, casting himself as a savior in a fight of good versus evil. Taking office in the post-Watergate era, he weaponized the good government reforms newly introduced to fight corruption, wielding the rules in ways that shocked the legislators who had created them. His crusade against Democrats culminated in the plot to destroy the political career of Speaker Wright.  While some of Gingrich’s fellow Republicans were disturbed by the viciousness of his attacks, party leaders enjoyed his successes so much that they did little collectively to stand in his way. Democrats, for their part, were alarmed, but did not want to sink to his level and took no effective actions to stop him. It didn’t seem to matter that Gingrich’s moral conservatism was hypocritical or that his methods were brazen, his accusations of corruption permanently tarnished his opponents. This brand of warfare worked, not as a strategy for governance but as a path to power, and what Gingrich planted, his fellow Republicans reaped. He led them to their first majority in Congress in decades, and his legacy extends far beyond his tenure in office. From the Contract with America to the rise of the Tea Party and the Trump presidential campaign, his fingerprints can be seen throughout some of the most divisive episodes in contemporary American politics. Burning Down the House presents the alarming narrative of how Gingrich and his allies created a new normal in Washington.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391585</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208885/9780593165157.mp3" length="4837091" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391585 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burning Down the House: Newt Gingrich, the Fall of a Speaker, and the Rise of the New Republican Party Author: Julian E. Zelizer Narrator: Robert...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391585" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391585</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burning Down the House: Newt Gingrich, the Fall of a Speaker, and the Rise of the New Republican Party Author: Julian E. Zelizer Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: July  7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A New York Times Notable Book! A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice The story of how Newt Gingrich and his allies tainted American politics, launching an enduring era of brutal partisan warfare  When Donald Trump was elected president in 2016, President Obama observed that Trump “is not an outlier; he is a culmination, a logical conclusion of the rhetoric and tactics of the Republican Party.” In Burning Down the House, historian Julian Zelizer pinpoints the moment when our country was set on a path toward an era of bitterly partisan and ruthless politics, an era that was ignited by Newt Gingrich and his allies. In 1989, Gingrich brought down Democratic Speaker of the House Jim Wright and catapulted himself into the national spotlight. Perhaps more than any other politician, Gingrich introduced the rhetoric and tactics that have shaped Congress and the Republican Party for the last three decades. Elected to Congress in 1978, Gingrich quickly became one of the most powerful figures in America not through innovative ideas or charisma, but through a calculated campaign of attacks against political opponents, casting himself as a savior in a fight of good versus evil. Taking office in the post-Watergate era, he weaponized the good government reforms newly introduced to fight corruption, wielding the rules in ways that shocked the legislators who had created them. His crusade against Democrats culminated in the plot to destroy the political career of Speaker Wright.  While some of Gingrich’s fellow Republicans were disturbed by the viciousness of his attacks, party leaders enjoyed his successes so much that they did little collectively to stand in his way. Democrats, for their part, were alarmed, but did not want to sink to his level and took no effective actions to stop him. It didn’t seem to matter that Gingrich’s moral conservatism was hypocritical or that his methods were brazen, his accusations of corruption permanently tarnished his opponents. This brand of warfare worked, not as a strategy for governance but as a path to power, and what Gingrich planted, his fellow Republicans reaped. He led them to their first majority in Congress in decades, and his legacy extends far beyond his tenure in office. From the Contract with America to the rise of the Tea Party and the Trump presidential campaign, his fingerprints can be seen throughout some of the most divisive episodes in contemporary American politics. Burning Down the House presents the alarming narrative of how Gingrich and his allies created a new normal in Washington.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c51cf7ed2e3743fe591f2f9cf432b068.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Troop 6000: The Girl Scout Troop That Began in a Shelter and Inspired the World by Nikita Stewart</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/troop-6000-the-girl-scout-troop-that-began-in-a-shelter-and-inspired-the-world-by-nikita-stewart--65208928</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385517" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385517</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Troop 6000: The Girl Scout Troop That Began in a Shelter and Inspired the World Author: Nikita Stewart Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The inspiring true story of the first Girl Scout troop founded for and by girls living in a shelter in Queens, New York, and the amazing, nationwide response that it sparked “A powerful book full of powerful women.”—Chelsea Clinton Giselle Burgess was a young mother of five trying to provide for her family. Though she had a full-time job, the demands of ever-increasing rent and mounting bills forced her to fall behind, and eviction soon followed. Giselle and her kids were thrown into New York City’s overburdened shelter system, which housed nearly 60,000 people each day. They soon found themselves living at a Sleep Inn in Queens, provided by the city as temporary shelter; for nearly a year, all six lived in a single room with two beds and one bathroom. With curfews and lack of amenities, it felt more like a prison than a home, and Giselle, at the mercy of a broken system, grew fearful about her family’s future. She knew that her daughters and the other girls living at the shelter needed to be a part of something where they didn’t feel the shame or stigma of being homeless, and could develop skills and a community they could be proud of. Giselle had worked for the Girl Scouts and had the idea to establish a troop in the shelter, and with the support of a group of dedicated parents, advocates, and remarkable girls, Troop 6000 was born. New York Times journalist Nikita Stewart settled in with Troop 6000 for more than a year, at the peak of New York City’s homelessness crisis in 2017, getting to know the girls and their families and witnessing both their triumphs and challenges. In Troop 6000, readers will feel the highs and lows as some families make it out of the shelter while others falter, and girls grow up with the stress and insecurity of not knowing what each day will bring and not having a place to call home, living for the times when they can put on their Girl Scout uniforms and come together. The result is a powerful, inspiring story about overcoming the odds in the most unlikely of places. Stewart shows how shared experiences of poverty and hardship sparked the political will needed to create the troop that would expand from one shelter to fifteen in New York City, and ultimately inspired the creation of similar troops across the country. Woven throughout the book is the history of the Girl Scouts, an organization that has always adapted to fit the times, supporting girls from all walks of life. Troop 6000 is both the intimate story of one group of girls who find pride and community with one another, and the larger story of how, when we come together, we can find support and commonality and experience joy and success, no matter how challenging life may be.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385517</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208928/9780593167809.mp3" length="4837113" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385517 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Troop 6000: The Girl Scout Troop That Began in a Shelter and Inspired the World Author: Nikita Stewart Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385517" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385517</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Troop 6000: The Girl Scout Troop That Began in a Shelter and Inspired the World Author: Nikita Stewart Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The inspiring true story of the first Girl Scout troop founded for and by girls living in a shelter in Queens, New York, and the amazing, nationwide response that it sparked “A powerful book full of powerful women.”—Chelsea Clinton Giselle Burgess was a young mother of five trying to provide for her family. Though she had a full-time job, the demands of ever-increasing rent and mounting bills forced her to fall behind, and eviction soon followed. Giselle and her kids were thrown into New York City’s overburdened shelter system, which housed nearly 60,000 people each day. They soon found themselves living at a Sleep Inn in Queens, provided by the city as temporary shelter; for nearly a year, all six lived in a single room with two beds and one bathroom. With curfews and lack of amenities, it felt more like a prison than a home, and Giselle, at the mercy of a broken system, grew fearful about her family’s future. She knew that her daughters and the other girls living at the shelter needed to be a part of something where they didn’t feel the shame or stigma of being homeless, and could develop skills and a community they could be proud of. Giselle had worked for the Girl Scouts and had the idea to establish a troop in the shelter, and with the support of a group of dedicated parents, advocates, and remarkable girls, Troop 6000 was born. New York Times journalist Nikita Stewart settled in with Troop 6000 for more than a year, at the peak of New York City’s homelessness crisis in 2017, getting to know the girls and their families and witnessing both their triumphs and challenges. In Troop 6000, readers will feel the highs and lows as some families make it out of the shelter while others falter, and girls grow up with the stress and insecurity of not knowing what each day will bring and not having a place to call home, living for the times when they can put on their Girl Scout uniforms and come together. The result is a powerful, inspiring story about overcoming the odds in the most unlikely of places. Stewart shows how shared experiences of poverty and hardship sparked the political will needed to create the troop that would expand from one shelter to fifteen in New York City, and ultimately inspired the creation of similar troops across the country. Woven throughout the book is the history of the Girl Scouts, an organization that has always adapted to fit the times, supporting girls from all walks of life. Troop 6000 is both the intimate story of one group of girls who find pride and community with one another, and the larger story of how, when we come together, we can find support and commonality and experience joy and success, no matter how challenging life may be.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0854a5180dce7ac8279c7c0660d37130.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Dark Mirror: Edward Snowden and the American Surveillance State by Barton Gellman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/dark-mirror-edward-snowden-and-the-american-surveillance-state-by-barton-gellman--65208859</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391590" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391590</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Mirror: Edward Snowden and the American Surveillance State Author: Barton Gellman Narrator: Barton Gellman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “Engrossing. . . . Gellman [is] a thorough, exacting reporter . . . a marvelous narrator for this particular story, as he nimbly guides us through complex technical arcana and some stubborn ethical questions. . . . Dark Mirror would be simply pleasurable to read if the story it told didn’t also happen to be frighteningly real.” —Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times From the three-time Pulitzer Prize winner and author of the New York Times bestseller Angler, the definitive master narrative of Edward Snowden and the modern surveillance state, based on unique access to Snowden and groundbreaking reportage around the world. Edward Snowden touched off a global debate in 2013 when he gave Barton Gellman, Laura Poitras and Glenn Greenwald each a vast and explosive archive of highly classified files revealing the extent of the American government’s access to our every communication. They shared the Pulitzer Prize that year for public service. For Gellman, who never stopped reporting, that was only the beginning.  He jumped off from what Snowden gave him to track the reach and methodology of the U.S. surveillance state and bring it to light with astonishing new clarity.  Along the way, he interrogated Snowden’s own history and found important ways in which myth and reality do not line up.  Gellman treats Snowden with respect, but this is no hagiographic account, and Dark Mirror sets the record straight in ways that are both fascinating and important.     Dark Mirror is the story that Gellman could not tell before, a gripping inside narrative of investigative reporting as it happened and a deep dive into the machinery of the surveillance state. Gellman recounts the puzzles, dilemmas and tumultuous events behind the scenes of his work – in top secret intelligence facilities, in Moscow hotel rooms, in huddles with Post lawyers and editors, in Silicon Valley executive suites, and in encrypted messages from anonymous accounts. Within the book is a compelling portrait of national security journalism under pressure from legal threats, government investigations, and foreign intelligence agencies intent on stealing Gellman’s files. Throughout Dark Mirror, Gellman wages an escalating battle against unknown adversaries who force him to mimic their tradecraft in self-defense.   With the vivid and insightful style that is the author’s trademark, Dark Mirror is a true-life spy tale about the surveillance-industrial revolution and its discontents. Along the way, with the benefit of fresh reporting, it tells the full story of a government leak unrivaled in drama since All the President’s Men.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391590</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208859/9780451485359.mp3" length="4837120" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391590 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Mirror: Edward Snowden and the American Surveillance State Author: Barton Gellman Narrator: Barton Gellman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391590" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391590</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Mirror: Edward Snowden and the American Surveillance State Author: Barton Gellman Narrator: Barton Gellman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “Engrossing. . . . Gellman [is] a thorough, exacting reporter . . . a marvelous narrator for this particular story, as he nimbly guides us through complex technical arcana and some stubborn ethical questions. . . . Dark Mirror would be simply pleasurable to read if the story it told didn’t also happen to be frighteningly real.” —Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times From the three-time Pulitzer Prize winner and author of the New York Times bestseller Angler, the definitive master narrative of Edward Snowden and the modern surveillance state, based on unique access to Snowden and groundbreaking reportage around the world. Edward Snowden touched off a global debate in 2013 when he gave Barton Gellman, Laura Poitras and Glenn Greenwald each a vast and explosive archive of highly classified files revealing the extent of the American government’s access to our every communication. They shared the Pulitzer Prize that year for public service. For Gellman, who never stopped reporting, that was only the beginning.  He jumped off from what Snowden gave him to track the reach and methodology of the U.S. surveillance state and bring it to light with astonishing new clarity.  Along the way, he interrogated Snowden’s own history and found important ways in which myth and reality do not line up.  Gellman treats Snowden with respect, but this is no hagiographic account, and Dark Mirror sets the record straight in ways that are both fascinating and important.     Dark Mirror is the story that Gellman could not tell before, a gripping inside narrative of investigative reporting as it happened and a deep dive into the machinery of the surveillance state. Gellman recounts the puzzles, dilemmas and tumultuous events behind the scenes of his work – in top secret intelligence facilities, in Moscow hotel rooms, in huddles with Post lawyers and editors, in Silicon Valley executive suites, and in encrypted messages from anonymous accounts. Within the book is a compelling portrait of national security journalism under pressure from legal threats, government investigations, and foreign intelligence agencies intent on stealing Gellman’s files. Throughout Dark Mirror, Gellman wages an escalating battle against unknown adversaries who force him to mimic their tradecraft in self-defense.   With the vivid and insightful style that is the author’s trademark, Dark Mirror is a true-life spy tale about the surveillance-industrial revolution and its discontents. Along the way, with the benefit of fresh reporting, it tells the full story of a government leak unrivaled in drama since All the President’s Men.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9b6de899880c1dffeb904acccaf4992a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Odetta: A Life in Music and Protest by Ian Zack</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/odetta-a-life-in-music-and-protest-by-ian-zack--65208901</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390653" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390653</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Odetta: A Life in Music and Protest Author: Ian Zack Narrator: Rosa Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An AudioFile Best Audiobook of 2020 The first in-depth biography of the legendary singer and “Voice of the Civil Rights Movement,” who combatted racism and prejudice through her music. Odetta channeled her anger and despair into some of the most powerful folk music the world has ever heard. Through her lyrics and iconic persona, Odetta made lasting political, social, and cultural change. A leader of the 1960s folk revival, Odetta is one of the most important singers of the last hundred years. Her music has influenced a huge number of artists over many decades, including Bob Dylan, Janis Joplin, the Kinks, Jewel, and, more recently, Rhiannon Giddens and Miley Cyrus. But Odetta’s importance extends far beyond music. Journalist Ian Zack follows Odetta from her beginnings in deeply segregated Birmingham, Alabama, to stardom in San Francisco and New York. Odetta used her fame to bring attention to the civil rights movement, working alongside Joan Baez, Harry Belafonte, and other artists. Her opera-trained voice echoed at the 1963 March on Washington and the Selma to Montgomery march, and she arranged a tour throughout the deeply segregated South. Her “Freedom Trilogy” songs became rallying cries for protesters everywhere.  Through interviews with Joan Baez, Harry Belafonte, Judy Collins, Carly Simon, and many others, Zack brings Odetta back into the spotlight, reminding the world of the folk music that powered the civil rights movement and continues to influence generations of musicians today. Listen to the author’s top five Odetta hits while you read: 1. Spiritual Trilogy (Oh Freedom/Come and Go with Me/I’m On My Way)  2. I’ve Been Driving on Bald Mountain/Water Boy  3. Take This Hammer  4. The Gallows Pole  5. Muleskinner Blues Access the playlist here: https://spoti.fi/3c2HnF4]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390653</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208901/9780807094358.mp3" length="4837106" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390653 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Odetta: A Life in Music and Protest Author: Ian Zack Narrator: Rosa Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 28 minutes Release date: May...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390653" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390653</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Odetta: A Life in Music and Protest Author: Ian Zack Narrator: Rosa Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An AudioFile Best Audiobook of 2020 The first in-depth biography of the legendary singer and “Voice of the Civil Rights Movement,” who combatted racism and prejudice through her music. Odetta channeled her anger and despair into some of the most powerful folk music the world has ever heard. Through her lyrics and iconic persona, Odetta made lasting political, social, and cultural change. A leader of the 1960s folk revival, Odetta is one of the most important singers of the last hundred years. Her music has influenced a huge number of artists over many decades, including Bob Dylan, Janis Joplin, the Kinks, Jewel, and, more recently, Rhiannon Giddens and Miley Cyrus. But Odetta’s importance extends far beyond music. Journalist Ian Zack follows Odetta from her beginnings in deeply segregated Birmingham, Alabama, to stardom in San Francisco and New York. Odetta used her fame to bring attention to the civil rights movement, working alongside Joan Baez, Harry Belafonte, and other artists. Her opera-trained voice echoed at the 1963 March on Washington and the Selma to Montgomery march, and she arranged a tour throughout the deeply segregated South. Her “Freedom Trilogy” songs became rallying cries for protesters everywhere.  Through interviews with Joan Baez, Harry Belafonte, Judy Collins, Carly Simon, and many others, Zack brings Odetta back into the spotlight, reminding the world of the folk music that powered the civil rights movement and continues to influence generations of musicians today. Listen to the author’s top five Odetta hits while you read: 1. Spiritual Trilogy (Oh Freedom/Come and Go with Me/I’m On My Way)  2. I’ve Been Driving on Bald Mountain/Water Boy  3. Take This Hammer  4. The Gallows Pole  5. Muleskinner Blues Access the playlist here: https://spoti.fi/3c2HnF4]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7073d5143d61df0ccb01cf75b7537b4b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Gumbo Coalition: 10 Leadership Lessons That Help You Inspire, Unite, and Achieve by Marc Morial</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-gumbo-coalition-10-leadership-lessons-that-help-you-inspire-unite-and-achieve-by-marc-morial--65208930</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386648" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386648</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gumbo Coalition: 10 Leadership Lessons That Help You Inspire, Unite, and Achieve Author: Marc Morial Narrator: James Shippey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: May  5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Learn key lessons on diversity and inclusion from front-line expert Marc Morial, CEO of the National Urban League and former mayor of New Orleans. Marc Morial knew his calling from a young age was to be a leader in the fight for meaningful change. Growing up in the segregated South and helping his father realize an incredible victory as the first African American mayor of New Orleans, Morial was shown that significant change is possible. Less than two decades later in his own mayoral race in New Orleans, Morial built what he christened the “Gumbo Coalition,” an incredible mixture of all of New Orleans’s ingredients--African Americans, Whites, Latinos, Asians, business leaders, grassroots community activists, business leaders, clergy, and more. Each ingredient brought its own flavor, creating a dish that was able to reduce crime and rebuild New Orleans’s reputation with such power that the city successfully attracted an NBA franchise, multiple Super Bowls, and the Essence Festival, the largest African American event in the nation. Now, Morial fights on behalf of the National Urban League to create a community with a voice so strong that nothing can stand in the way of change. He is ready to teach others what he has learned along the way, by showing readers what it means to be a leader who can unite voices and create meaningful change.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386648</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208930/9781400216307.mp3" length="1477671" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386648 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gumbo Coalition: 10 Leadership Lessons That Help You Inspire, Unite, and Achieve Author: Marc Morial Narrator: James Shippey Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386648" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386648</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gumbo Coalition: 10 Leadership Lessons That Help You Inspire, Unite, and Achieve Author: Marc Morial Narrator: James Shippey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: May  5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Learn key lessons on diversity and inclusion from front-line expert Marc Morial, CEO of the National Urban League and former mayor of New Orleans. Marc Morial knew his calling from a young age was to be a leader in the fight for meaningful change. Growing up in the segregated South and helping his father realize an incredible victory as the first African American mayor of New Orleans, Morial was shown that significant change is possible. Less than two decades later in his own mayoral race in New Orleans, Morial built what he christened the “Gumbo Coalition,” an incredible mixture of all of New Orleans’s ingredients--African Americans, Whites, Latinos, Asians, business leaders, grassroots community activists, business leaders, clergy, and more. Each ingredient brought its own flavor, creating a dish that was able to reduce crime and rebuild New Orleans’s reputation with such power that the city successfully attracted an NBA franchise, multiple Super Bowls, and the Essence Festival, the largest African American event in the nation. Now, Morial fights on behalf of the National Urban League to create a community with a voice so strong that nothing can stand in the way of change. He is ready to teach others what he has learned along the way, by showing readers what it means to be a leader who can unite voices and create meaningful change.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/151dd11a0cd57e2f338b696c16a360de.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Economic Dignity by Gene Sperling</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/economic-dignity-by-gene-sperling--65208865</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391596" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391596</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Economic Dignity Author: Gene Sperling Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 49 minutes Release date: May  5, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “Timely and important . . . It should be our North Star for the recovery and beyond.” —Hillary Clinton “Sperling makes a forceful case that only by speaking to matters of the spirit can liberals root their belief in economic justice in people’s deepest aspirations—in their sense of purpose and self-worth.” —The New York Times     When Gene Sperling was in charge of coordinating economic policy in the Obama White House, he found himself surprised when serious people in Washington told him that the Obama focus on health care was a distraction because it was “not focused on the economy.” How, he asked, was the fear felt by millions of Americans of being one serious illness away from financial ruin not considered an economic issue? Too often, Sperling found that we measured economic success by metrics like GDP instead of whether the economy was succeeding in lifting up the sense of meaning, purpose, fulfillment, and security of people.   In Economic Dignity, Sperling frames the way forward in a time of wrenching change and offers a vision of an economy whose guiding light is the promotion of dignity for all Americans.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391596</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208865/9780593169025.mp3" length="4837102" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391596 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Economic Dignity Author: Gene Sperling Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 49 minutes Release date: May  5, 2020...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391596" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391596</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Economic Dignity Author: Gene Sperling Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 49 minutes Release date: May  5, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “Timely and important . . . It should be our North Star for the recovery and beyond.” —Hillary Clinton “Sperling makes a forceful case that only by speaking to matters of the spirit can liberals root their belief in economic justice in people’s deepest aspirations—in their sense of purpose and self-worth.” —The New York Times     When Gene Sperling was in charge of coordinating economic policy in the Obama White House, he found himself surprised when serious people in Washington told him that the Obama focus on health care was a distraction because it was “not focused on the economy.” How, he asked, was the fear felt by millions of Americans of being one serious illness away from financial ruin not considered an economic issue? Too often, Sperling found that we measured economic success by metrics like GDP instead of whether the economy was succeeding in lifting up the sense of meaning, purpose, fulfillment, and security of people.   In Economic Dignity, Sperling frames the way forward in a time of wrenching change and offers a vision of an economy whose guiding light is the promotion of dignity for all Americans.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f6c5b40d0d4cf1c66f3ee3af356e6227.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>This Is All I Got: A New Mother's Search for Home by Lauren Sandler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-is-all-i-got-a-new-mother-s-search-for-home-by-lauren-sandler--65208922</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387710" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387710</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is All I Got: A New Mother's Search for Home Author: Lauren Sandler Narrator: Lauren Sandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK • From an award-winning journalist, a poignant and gripping immersion in the life of a young, homeless single mother amid her quest to find stability and shelter in the richest city in America LONGLISTED FOR THE PEN/JEAN STEIN BOOK AWARD • “Riveting . . . a remarkable feat of reporting.”—The New York Times  Camila is twenty-two years old and a new mother. She has no family to rely on, no partner, and no home. Despite her intelligence and determination, the odds are firmly stacked against her. In this extraordinary work of literary reportage, Lauren Sandler chronicles a year in Camila’s life—from the birth of her son to his first birthday—as she navigates the labyrinth of poverty and homelessness in New York City. In her attempts to secure a safe place to raise her son and find a measure of freedom in her life, Camila copes with dashed dreams, failed relationships, the desolation of abandonment, and miles of red tape with grit, humor, and uncanny resilience.  Every day, more than forty-five million Americans attempt to survive below the poverty line. Every night, nearly sixty thousand people sleep in New York City-run shelters, 40 percent of them children. In This Is All I Got, Sandler brings this deeply personal issue to life, vividly depicting one woman's hope and despair and her steadfast determination to change her life despite the myriad setbacks she encounters.   This Is All I Got is a rare feat of reporting and a dramatic story of survival. Sandler’s candid and revealing account also exposes the murky boundaries between a journalist and her subject when it becomes impossible to remain a dispassionate observer. She has written a powerful and unforgettable indictment of a system that is often indifferent to the needs of those it serves, and that sometimes seems designed to fail. Praise for This Is All I Got  “A rich, sociologically valuable work that’s more gripping, and more devastating, than fiction.”—Booklist  “Vivid, heartbreaking. . . . Readers will be moved by this harrowing and impassioned call for change.”—Publishers Weekly “A closely observed chronicle . . . Sandler displays her journalistic talent by unerringly presenting this dire situation. . . . An impressive blend of dispassionate reporting, pungent condemnation of public welfare, and gritty humanity.” —Kirkus Reviews]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387710</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208922/9780525531241.mp3" length="4837084" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387710 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is All I Got: A New Mother's Search for Home Author: Lauren Sandler Narrator: Lauren Sandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387710" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387710</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is All I Got: A New Mother's Search for Home Author: Lauren Sandler Narrator: Lauren Sandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK • From an award-winning journalist, a poignant and gripping immersion in the life of a young, homeless single mother amid her quest to find stability and shelter in the richest city in America LONGLISTED FOR THE PEN/JEAN STEIN BOOK AWARD • “Riveting . . . a remarkable feat of reporting.”—The New York Times  Camila is twenty-two years old and a new mother. She has no family to rely on, no partner, and no home. Despite her intelligence and determination, the odds are firmly stacked against her. In this extraordinary work of literary reportage, Lauren Sandler chronicles a year in Camila’s life—from the birth of her son to his first birthday—as she navigates the labyrinth of poverty and homelessness in New York City. In her attempts to secure a safe place to raise her son and find a measure of freedom in her life, Camila copes with dashed dreams, failed relationships, the desolation of abandonment, and miles of red tape with grit, humor, and uncanny resilience.  Every day, more than forty-five million Americans attempt to survive below the poverty line. Every night, nearly sixty thousand people sleep in New York City-run shelters, 40 percent of them children. In This Is All I Got, Sandler brings this deeply personal issue to life, vividly depicting one woman's hope and despair and her steadfast determination to change her life despite the myriad setbacks she encounters.   This Is All I Got is a rare feat of reporting and a dramatic story of survival. Sandler’s candid and revealing account also exposes the murky boundaries between a journalist and her subject when it becomes impossible to remain a dispassionate observer. She has written a powerful and unforgettable indictment of a system that is often indifferent to the needs of those it serves, and that sometimes seems designed to fail. Praise for This Is All I Got  “A rich, sociologically valuable work that’s more gripping, and more devastating, than fiction.”—Booklist  “Vivid, heartbreaking. . . . Readers will be moved by this harrowing and impassioned call for change.”—Publishers Weekly “A closely observed chronicle . . . Sandler displays her journalistic talent by unerringly presenting this dire situation. . . . An impressive blend of dispassionate reporting, pungent condemnation of public welfare, and gritty humanity.” —Kirkus Reviews]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b89410322d5a0cd5a6c8a9030dbda8e9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Becoming Kim Jong Un: A Former CIA Officer's Insights into North Korea's Enigmatic Young Dictator by Jung H. Pak</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/becoming-kim-jong-un-a-former-cia-officer-s-insights-into-north-korea-s-enigmatic-young-dictator-by-jung-h-pak--65208896</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390173" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390173</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Becoming Kim Jong Un: A Former CIA Officer's Insights into North Korea's Enigmatic Young Dictator Author: Jung H. Pak Narrator: Jung H. Pak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A groundbreaking account of the rise of North Korea’s Kim Jong Un—from his nuclear ambitions to his summits with President Donald J. Trump—by a leading American expert   “Shrewdly sheds light on the world’s most recognizable mysterious leader, his life and what’s really going on behind the curtain.”—Newsweek  When Kim Jong Un became the leader of North Korea following his father's death in 2011, predictions about his imminent fall were rife. North Korea was isolated, poor, unable to feed its people, and clinging to its nuclear program for legitimacy. Surely this twentysomething with a bizarre haircut and no leadership experience would soon be usurped by his elders. Instead, the opposite happened. Now in his midthirties, Kim Jong Un has solidified his grip on his country and brought the United States and the region to the brink of war. Still, we know so little about him—or how he rules.  Enter former CIA analyst Jung Pak, whose brilliant Brookings Institution essay “The Education of Kim Jong Un” cemented her status as the go-to authority on the calculating young leader. From the beginning of Kim’s reign, Pak has been at the forefront of shaping U.S. policy on North Korea and providing strategic assessments for leadership at the highest levels in the government. Now, in this masterly book, she traces and explains Kim’s ascent on the world stage, from his brutal power-consolidating purges to his abrupt pivot toward diplomatic engagement that led to his historic—and still poorly understood—summits with President Trump. She also sheds light on how a top intelligence analyst assesses thorny national security problems: avoiding biases, questioning assumptions, and identifying risks as well as opportunities.  In piecing together Kim’s wholly unique life, Pak argues that his personality, perceptions, and preferences are underestimated by Washington policy wonks, who assume he sees the world as they do. As the North Korean nuclear threat grows, Becoming Kim Jong Un gives readers the first authoritative, behind-the-scenes look at Kim’s character and motivations, creating an insightful biography of the enigmatic man who could rule the hermit kingdom for decades—and has already left an indelible imprint on world history.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390173</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208896/9780593167601.mp3" length="4837105" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390173 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Becoming Kim Jong Un: A Former CIA Officer's Insights into North Korea's Enigmatic Young Dictator Author: Jung H. Pak Narrator: Jung H. Pak Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390173" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390173</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Becoming Kim Jong Un: A Former CIA Officer's Insights into North Korea's Enigmatic Young Dictator Author: Jung H. Pak Narrator: Jung H. Pak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A groundbreaking account of the rise of North Korea’s Kim Jong Un—from his nuclear ambitions to his summits with President Donald J. Trump—by a leading American expert   “Shrewdly sheds light on the world’s most recognizable mysterious leader, his life and what’s really going on behind the curtain.”—Newsweek  When Kim Jong Un became the leader of North Korea following his father's death in 2011, predictions about his imminent fall were rife. North Korea was isolated, poor, unable to feed its people, and clinging to its nuclear program for legitimacy. Surely this twentysomething with a bizarre haircut and no leadership experience would soon be usurped by his elders. Instead, the opposite happened. Now in his midthirties, Kim Jong Un has solidified his grip on his country and brought the United States and the region to the brink of war. Still, we know so little about him—or how he rules.  Enter former CIA analyst Jung Pak, whose brilliant Brookings Institution essay “The Education of Kim Jong Un” cemented her status as the go-to authority on the calculating young leader. From the beginning of Kim’s reign, Pak has been at the forefront of shaping U.S. policy on North Korea and providing strategic assessments for leadership at the highest levels in the government. Now, in this masterly book, she traces and explains Kim’s ascent on the world stage, from his brutal power-consolidating purges to his abrupt pivot toward diplomatic engagement that led to his historic—and still poorly understood—summits with President Trump. She also sheds light on how a top intelligence analyst assesses thorny national security problems: avoiding biases, questioning assumptions, and identifying risks as well as opportunities.  In piecing together Kim’s wholly unique life, Pak argues that his personality, perceptions, and preferences are underestimated by Washington policy wonks, who assume he sees the world as they do. As the North Korean nuclear threat grows, Becoming Kim Jong Un gives readers the first authoritative, behind-the-scenes look at Kim’s character and motivations, creating an insightful biography of the enigmatic man who could rule the hermit kingdom for decades—and has already left an indelible imprint on world history.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c8b4fc528de1d509cfb21e5ea564f019.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Make America Healthy Again: How Bad Behavior and Big Government Caused a Trillion-Dollar Crisis by Nicole Saphier</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/make-america-healthy-again-how-bad-behavior-and-big-government-caused-a-trillion-dollar-crisis-by-nicole-saphier--65209021</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381285" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381285</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make America Healthy Again: How Bad Behavior and Big Government Caused a Trillion-Dollar Crisis Author: Nicole Saphier Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  If Americans want to know why their health care is so costly and getting costlier, they need only look in the mirror. Americans are notoriously unhealthy—we eat too much, drink too much, and sit too much. When roughly 80 percent of cardiovascular disease and 40 percent of all cancer cases could be prevented by simple lifestyle changes, it is time to take a deeper look at the problem and ask who is truly responsible. Consider that:  ·         After seventy years of innovation, heart disease and cancer remain the top two causes of death in the United States. ·         In 1960, health care spending was 5 percent of America's GDP; today, it is 17.5 percent. ·         The government spends over $1 trillion annually on health care. ·         Nearly one in five American deaths is associated with poor diets. ·        Simply reducing sodium intake by 1,200 mg per day could save up to $20 billion a year in medical costs.   In Make America Healthy Again, Nicole Saphier, a Memorial Sloan Kettering physician, nationally recognized patient advocate, and media personality, reveals how individual negligence and big government incompetence have destroyed America’s health care system. Combining historical events, economic trends, and essential lifestyle advice, with her unique perspective, she offers concrete solutions to address this epic problem. We don’t need socialized medicine—we need to take better care of ourselves. By getting healthier and adopting preventative measures, Saphier believes, we can reduce the astronomical costs of treatment and improve overall care. The only way to lower medical costs for everyone is to stop incentivizing bad health decisions. Policies such as the Affordable Care Act and single-payer plans ignore something crucial to lowering the overall financial burden: personal responsibility. We can no longer expect doctors and the government to fix illnesses we have the power to prevent. Regardless of which health policy is adopted, our nation will flounder unless we take action. It is up to the American people to make America healthy again. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381285</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209021/9780062961051.mp3" length="2437173" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381285 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make America Healthy Again: How Bad Behavior and Big Government Caused a Trillion-Dollar Crisis Author: Nicole Saphier Narrator: Emily Durante Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381285" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381285</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make America Healthy Again: How Bad Behavior and Big Government Caused a Trillion-Dollar Crisis Author: Nicole Saphier Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  If Americans want to know why their health care is so costly and getting costlier, they need only look in the mirror. Americans are notoriously unhealthy—we eat too much, drink too much, and sit too much. When roughly 80 percent of cardiovascular disease and 40 percent of all cancer cases could be prevented by simple lifestyle changes, it is time to take a deeper look at the problem and ask who is truly responsible. Consider that:  ·         After seventy years of innovation, heart disease and cancer remain the top two causes of death in the United States. ·         In 1960, health care spending was 5 percent of America's GDP; today, it is 17.5 percent. ·         The government spends over $1 trillion annually on health care. ·         Nearly one in five American deaths is associated with poor diets. ·        Simply reducing sodium intake by 1,200 mg per day could save up to $20 billion a year in medical costs.   In Make America Healthy Again, Nicole Saphier, a Memorial Sloan Kettering physician, nationally recognized patient advocate, and media personality, reveals how individual negligence and big government incompetence have destroyed America’s health care system. Combining historical events, economic trends, and essential lifestyle advice, with her unique perspective, she offers concrete solutions to address this epic problem. We don’t need socialized medicine—we need to take better care of ourselves. By getting healthier and adopting preventative measures, Saphier believes, we can reduce the astronomical costs of treatment and improve overall care. The only way to lower medical costs for everyone is to stop incentivizing bad health decisions. Policies such as the Affordable Care Act and single-payer plans ignore something crucial to lowering the overall financial burden: personal responsibility. We can no longer expect doctors and the government to fix illnesses we have the power to prevent. Regardless of which health policy is adopted, our nation will flounder unless we take action. It is up to the American people to make America healthy again. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5a99e553e394004be185a68914e1c951.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>War for Eternity: Inside Bannon's Far-Right Circle of Global Power Brokers by Benjamin R. Teitelbaum</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/war-for-eternity-inside-bannon-s-far-right-circle-of-global-power-brokers-by-benjamin-r-teitelbaum--65208932</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383596" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383596</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: War for Eternity: Inside Bannon's Far-Right Circle of Global Power Brokers Author: Benjamin R. Teitelbaum Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An explosive and unprecedented inside look at Steve Bannon's entourage of global powerbrokers and the hidden alliances shaping today's geopolitical upheaval.  In 2015, Bloomberg News named Steve Bannon “the most dangerous political operative in America.” Since then, he has grown exponentially more powerful—and not only in the United States. In this groundbreaking and urgent account, award-winning scholar of the radical right Benjamin Teitelbaum takes readers behind-the-scenes of Bannon's global campaign against modernity.  Inspired by a radical twentieth-century ideology called Traditionalism, Bannon and a small group of right-wing powerbrokers are planning new political mobilizations on a global scale—discussed and debated in secret meetings organized by Bannon in hotel suites and private apartments in DC, Europe and South America. Their goal? To upend the world order and reorganize geopolitics on the basis of archaic values rather than modern ideals of democracy, freedom, social progress, and human rights. Their strenuous efforts are already producing results, from the fortification of borders throughout the world and the targeting of immigrants, to the undermining of the European Union and United States governments, and the expansion of Russian influence.   Drawing from exclusive interviews with Bannon’s hidden network of far-right thinkers, years of academic research into the radical right, and with unprecedented access to the esoteric salons where they meet, Teitelbaum exposes their considerable impact on the world and their radical vision for the future.   Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383596</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208932/9780062978486.mp3" length="2437203" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383596 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War for Eternity: Inside Bannon's Far-Right Circle of Global Power Brokers Author: Benjamin R. Teitelbaum Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383596" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383596</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: War for Eternity: Inside Bannon's Far-Right Circle of Global Power Brokers Author: Benjamin R. Teitelbaum Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An explosive and unprecedented inside look at Steve Bannon's entourage of global powerbrokers and the hidden alliances shaping today's geopolitical upheaval.  In 2015, Bloomberg News named Steve Bannon “the most dangerous political operative in America.” Since then, he has grown exponentially more powerful—and not only in the United States. In this groundbreaking and urgent account, award-winning scholar of the radical right Benjamin Teitelbaum takes readers behind-the-scenes of Bannon's global campaign against modernity.  Inspired by a radical twentieth-century ideology called Traditionalism, Bannon and a small group of right-wing powerbrokers are planning new political mobilizations on a global scale—discussed and debated in secret meetings organized by Bannon in hotel suites and private apartments in DC, Europe and South America. Their goal? To upend the world order and reorganize geopolitics on the basis of archaic values rather than modern ideals of democracy, freedom, social progress, and human rights. Their strenuous efforts are already producing results, from the fortification of borders throughout the world and the targeting of immigrants, to the undermining of the European Union and United States governments, and the expansion of Russian influence.   Drawing from exclusive interviews with Bannon’s hidden network of far-right thinkers, years of academic research into the radical right, and with unprecedented access to the esoteric salons where they meet, Teitelbaum exposes their considerable impact on the world and their radical vision for the future.   Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e8abd66097ef060f2e31462d92fd5ada.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>American Prophets: The Religious Roots of Progressive Politics and the Ongoing Fight for the Soul of the Country by Jack Jenkins</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-prophets-the-religious-roots-of-progressive-politics-and-the-ongoing-fight-for-the-soul-of-the-country-by-jack-jenkins--65208864</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388866" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388866</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Prophets: The Religious Roots of Progressive Politics and the Ongoing Fight for the Soul of the Country Author: Jack Jenkins Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From one of the country’s most respected religion reporters, a paradigm-shifting discussion of how the Religious Left is actually the moral compass that has long steered America’s political debates, including today. Since the ascendancy of the Religious Right in the 1970s, common wisdom holds that it is a coalition of fundamentalist powerbrokers who are the “moral majority,” setting the standard for conservative Christian values and working to preserve the status quo. But, as national religion reporter Jack Jenkins contends, the country is also driven by a vibrant, long-standing moral force from the left. Constituting an amorphous group of interfaith activists that goes by many names and takes many forms, this coalition has operated since America’s founding — praying, protesting, and marching for common goals that have moved society forward. Throughout our history, the Religious Left has embodied and championed the progressive values at the heart of American democracy—abolition, labor reform, civil rights, environmental preservation. Drawing on his years of reporting, Jenkins examines the re-emergence of progressive faith-based activism, detailing its origins and contrasting its goals with those of the Religious Right. Today’s rapidly expanding interfaith coalition?—?which includes Christians, Jews, Muslims, Buddhists, and other faiths?—?has become a force within the larger “resistance” movement. Jenkins profiles Washington political insiders—including former White House staffers and faith outreach directors for the campaigns of Barack Obama, John Kerry, and Hillary Clinton—as well as a new generation of progressive faith leaders at the forefront today, including: - Rev. William Barber II, leader of North Carolina’s Moral Mondays and co-chair of the nationwide Poor People’s campaign - Linda Sarsour, co-chair of the Women’s March - Rev. Traci Blackmon, a pastor near Ferguson, Missouri who works to lift up black liberation efforts across the country - Sister Simone Campbell, head of the Catholic social justice lobby and the “Nuns on the Bus” tour organizer - Native American “water protectors” who demonstrated against the Dakota Access Pipeline in Standing Rock - Bishop Gene Robinson, the first openly gay Episcopal bishop An exciting reevaluation of America’s moral center and an inspiring portrait of progressive faith-in-action, American Prophets will change the way we think about the intersection of politics and religion.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388866</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208864/9780062989338.mp3" length="2437206" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388866 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Prophets: The Religious Roots of Progressive Politics and the Ongoing Fight for the Soul of the Country Author: Jack Jenkins Narrator: Kyle...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388866" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388866</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Prophets: The Religious Roots of Progressive Politics and the Ongoing Fight for the Soul of the Country Author: Jack Jenkins Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From one of the country’s most respected religion reporters, a paradigm-shifting discussion of how the Religious Left is actually the moral compass that has long steered America’s political debates, including today. Since the ascendancy of the Religious Right in the 1970s, common wisdom holds that it is a coalition of fundamentalist powerbrokers who are the “moral majority,” setting the standard for conservative Christian values and working to preserve the status quo. But, as national religion reporter Jack Jenkins contends, the country is also driven by a vibrant, long-standing moral force from the left. Constituting an amorphous group of interfaith activists that goes by many names and takes many forms, this coalition has operated since America’s founding — praying, protesting, and marching for common goals that have moved society forward. Throughout our history, the Religious Left has embodied and championed the progressive values at the heart of American democracy—abolition, labor reform, civil rights, environmental preservation. Drawing on his years of reporting, Jenkins examines the re-emergence of progressive faith-based activism, detailing its origins and contrasting its goals with those of the Religious Right. Today’s rapidly expanding interfaith coalition?—?which includes Christians, Jews, Muslims, Buddhists, and other faiths?—?has become a force within the larger “resistance” movement. Jenkins profiles Washington political insiders—including former White House staffers and faith outreach directors for the campaigns of Barack Obama, John Kerry, and Hillary Clinton—as well as a new generation of progressive faith leaders at the forefront today, including: - Rev. William Barber II, leader of North Carolina’s Moral Mondays and co-chair of the nationwide Poor People’s campaign - Linda Sarsour, co-chair of the Women’s March - Rev. Traci Blackmon, a pastor near Ferguson, Missouri who works to lift up black liberation efforts across the country - Sister Simone Campbell, head of the Catholic social justice lobby and the “Nuns on the Bus” tour organizer - Native American “water protectors” who demonstrated against the Dakota Access Pipeline in Standing Rock - Bishop Gene Robinson, the first openly gay Episcopal bishop An exciting reevaluation of America’s moral center and an inspiring portrait of progressive faith-in-action, American Prophets will change the way we think about the intersection of politics and religion.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a57faf2411d5c9c48dabd11bcc9001b4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Kilo: Inside the Deadliest Cocaine Cartels—from the Jungles to the Streets by Toby Muse</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/kilo-inside-the-deadliest-cocaine-cartels-from-the-jungles-to-the-streets-by-toby-muse--65208916</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388872" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388872</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kilo: Inside the Deadliest Cocaine Cartels—from the Jungles to the Streets Author: Toby Muse Narrator: Alex Wyndham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For fans of the Netflix show Narcos and readers of true crime, Kilo is a deeply reported account of life inside Colombia’s drug cartels, using unprecedented access in the cartels to trace a kilo of cocaine—from the fields where it is farmed, to the hit men who protect it, to the smuggling ships that bring it to American shores. ''Toby Muse’s tautly written account of his intimate prowl through Colombia’s narco world is both compelling and unforgettable. With Kilo, cocaine now has its own Dispatches. Simply kickass.” — Jon Lee Anderson, The New Yorker and author of Che Guevara: A Revolutionary Life Cocaine is glamour, sex and murder. From the badlands of Colombia, it stretches across the globe, seducing, corrupting and destroying. A product that must be produced, distributed, and protected, it is both a harbinger of violence and a source of immense wealth. Beginning in the jungles and mountains of Colombia, it filters down to countryside villages and the nightclubs of the cities, attracting money, sex, and death. Each step in the life of a kilo reveals a different criminal underworld with its own players, rules, and dangers, ranging from the bizarre to the diabolical. The killers, the drug-lords, all find themselves seduced by cocaine and trapped in her world. Seasoned war correspondent Toby Muse has witnessed each level of this underworld, fueled by the appetite for cocaine in America and Europe. In this riveting chronicle, he takes the reader inside Colombia’s notorious drug cartels to offer a never before look at the drug trade. Following a kilo of cocaine from its production in a clandestine laboratory to the smugglers who ship it abroad, he reveals the human lives behind the drug’s complicated legacy. Reporting on Colombia for the world’s most prestigious networks and publications, Muse gained unprecedented access to the extraordinary people who survive on the drug trade—farmers, smugglers, assassins—and the drug lords and their lovers controlling these multi-billion dollar enterprises. Uncovering stories of violence, sex, and money, he shows the allure and the madness of cocaine. And how the War on Drugs has been no match for cocaine. Piercing this veiled world, Kilo is a gripping portrait of a country struggling to end this deadly trade even as the riches flow. A human portrait of criminals and the shocking details of their lives, Kilo is a chilling, unforgettable story that takes you deep into the belly of the beast.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388872</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208916/9780062987693.mp3" length="2437184" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388872 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kilo: Inside the Deadliest Cocaine Cartels—from the Jungles to the Streets Author: Toby Muse Narrator: Alex Wyndham Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388872" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388872</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kilo: Inside the Deadliest Cocaine Cartels—from the Jungles to the Streets Author: Toby Muse Narrator: Alex Wyndham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For fans of the Netflix show Narcos and readers of true crime, Kilo is a deeply reported account of life inside Colombia’s drug cartels, using unprecedented access in the cartels to trace a kilo of cocaine—from the fields where it is farmed, to the hit men who protect it, to the smuggling ships that bring it to American shores. ''Toby Muse’s tautly written account of his intimate prowl through Colombia’s narco world is both compelling and unforgettable. With Kilo, cocaine now has its own Dispatches. Simply kickass.” — Jon Lee Anderson, The New Yorker and author of Che Guevara: A Revolutionary Life Cocaine is glamour, sex and murder. From the badlands of Colombia, it stretches across the globe, seducing, corrupting and destroying. A product that must be produced, distributed, and protected, it is both a harbinger of violence and a source of immense wealth. Beginning in the jungles and mountains of Colombia, it filters down to countryside villages and the nightclubs of the cities, attracting money, sex, and death. Each step in the life of a kilo reveals a different criminal underworld with its own players, rules, and dangers, ranging from the bizarre to the diabolical. The killers, the drug-lords, all find themselves seduced by cocaine and trapped in her world. Seasoned war correspondent Toby Muse has witnessed each level of this underworld, fueled by the appetite for cocaine in America and Europe. In this riveting chronicle, he takes the reader inside Colombia’s notorious drug cartels to offer a never before look at the drug trade. Following a kilo of cocaine from its production in a clandestine laboratory to the smugglers who ship it abroad, he reveals the human lives behind the drug’s complicated legacy. Reporting on Colombia for the world’s most prestigious networks and publications, Muse gained unprecedented access to the extraordinary people who survive on the drug trade—farmers, smugglers, assassins—and the drug lords and their lovers controlling these multi-billion dollar enterprises. Uncovering stories of violence, sex, and money, he shows the allure and the madness of cocaine. And how the War on Drugs has been no match for cocaine. Piercing this veiled world, Kilo is a gripping portrait of a country struggling to end this deadly trade even as the riches flow. A human portrait of criminals and the shocking details of their lives, Kilo is a chilling, unforgettable story that takes you deep into the belly of the beast.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fd7053fbe17610510f6c5fa025421be0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Great State: China and the World by Timothy Brook</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/great-state-china-and-the-world-by-timothy-brook--65208975</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391765" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391765</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great State: China and the World Author: Timothy Brook Narrator: Timothy Brook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The world-renowned scholar and author of Vermeer’s Hat does for China what Mary Beard did for Rome in SPQR: Timothy Brook analyzes the last eight centuries of China’s relationship with the world in this magnificent history that brings together accounts from civil servants, horse traders, spiritual leaders, explorers, pirates, emperors, migrant workers, invaders, visionaries, and traitors—creating a multifaceted portrait of this highly misunderstood nation. China is one of the oldest states in the world. It achieved its approximate current borders with the Ascendancy of the Yuan dynasty in the thirteenth century, and despite the passing of one Imperial dynasty to the next, has maintained them for the eight centuries since. China remained China through the Ming, the Qing, the Republic, the Occupation, and Communism. But despite the desires of some of the most powerful people in the Great State through the ages, China has never been alone in the world. It has had to contend with invaders as well as foreign traders and imperialists. Its rulers for the majority of the last eight centuries have not been Chinese. China became a mega-state not by conquering others, Timothy Brook contends, but rather by being conquered by others and then claiming right of succession to the empires of those Great States. What the Mongols and Manchu ruling families wrought, the Chinese ruling families of the Ming, the Republic, and the People’s Republic, have perpetuated. Yet a contemporary Chinese idea of a ‘fatherland’ that is, and always has been, completely and naturally Chinese persists. Brook argues that China, like everywhere, is the outcome of history, and like every state, rests on its capacities to conquer and suppress. In The Great State, Brook examines China’s relationship with the world at large for the first time, from the Yuan through to the present, by following the stories of ordinary and extraordinary people navigating the spaces where China met, and continues to meet, the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391765</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208975/9780062951014.mp3" length="2437149" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391765 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great State: China and the World Author: Timothy Brook Narrator: Timothy Brook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 19 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391765" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391765</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great State: China and the World Author: Timothy Brook Narrator: Timothy Brook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The world-renowned scholar and author of Vermeer’s Hat does for China what Mary Beard did for Rome in SPQR: Timothy Brook analyzes the last eight centuries of China’s relationship with the world in this magnificent history that brings together accounts from civil servants, horse traders, spiritual leaders, explorers, pirates, emperors, migrant workers, invaders, visionaries, and traitors—creating a multifaceted portrait of this highly misunderstood nation. China is one of the oldest states in the world. It achieved its approximate current borders with the Ascendancy of the Yuan dynasty in the thirteenth century, and despite the passing of one Imperial dynasty to the next, has maintained them for the eight centuries since. China remained China through the Ming, the Qing, the Republic, the Occupation, and Communism. But despite the desires of some of the most powerful people in the Great State through the ages, China has never been alone in the world. It has had to contend with invaders as well as foreign traders and imperialists. Its rulers for the majority of the last eight centuries have not been Chinese. China became a mega-state not by conquering others, Timothy Brook contends, but rather by being conquered by others and then claiming right of succession to the empires of those Great States. What the Mongols and Manchu ruling families wrought, the Chinese ruling families of the Ming, the Republic, and the People’s Republic, have perpetuated. Yet a contemporary Chinese idea of a ‘fatherland’ that is, and always has been, completely and naturally Chinese persists. Brook argues that China, like everywhere, is the outcome of history, and like every state, rests on its capacities to conquer and suppress. In The Great State, Brook examines China’s relationship with the world at large for the first time, from the Yuan through to the present, by following the stories of ordinary and extraordinary people navigating the spaces where China met, and continues to meet, the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d6a761b657291fe23aecb417efcb4a15.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Competition Overdose: How Free Market Mythology Transformed Us from Citizen Kings to Market Servants by Ariel Ezrachi, Maurice E. Stucke</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/competition-overdose-how-free-market-mythology-transformed-us-from-citizen-kings-to-market-servants-by-ariel-ezrachi-maurice-e-stucke--65208878</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387265" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387265</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Competition Overdose: How Free Market Mythology Transformed Us from Citizen Kings to Market Servants Author: Ariel Ezrachi, Maurice E. Stucke Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Using dozens of vivid examples to show how society overprescribed competition as a solution and when unbridled rivalry hurts consumers, kills entrepreneurship, and increases economic inequality, two free-market thinkers diagnose the sickness caused by competition overdose and provide remedies that will promote sustainable growth and progress for everyone, not just wealthy shareholders and those at the top. Whatever illness our society suffers, competition is the remedy. Do we want better schools for our children? Cheaper prices for everything? More choices in the marketplace? The answer is always: Increase competition.  Yet, many of us are unhappy with the results. We think we’re paying less, but we’re getting much less. Our food has undeclared additives (or worse), our drinking water contains toxic chemicals, our hotel bills reveal surprise additions, our kids’ schools are failing, our activities are tracked so that advertisers can target us with relentless promotions. All will be cured, we are told, by increasing the competitive pressure and defanging the bloated regulatory state. In a captivating exposé, Maurice E. Stucke and Ariel Ezrachi show how we are falling prey to greed, chicanery, and cronyism. Refuting the almost religious belief in rivalry as the vehicle for prosperity, the authors identify the powerful corporations, lobbyists, and lawmakers responsible for pushing this toxic competition—and argue instead for a healthier, even nobler, form of competition. Competition Overdose diagnoses the disease—and provides a cure for it.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387265</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208878/9780062989819.mp3" length="2437224" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387265 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Competition Overdose: How Free Market Mythology Transformed Us from Citizen Kings to Market Servants Author: Ariel Ezrachi, Maurice E. Stucke Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387265" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387265</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Competition Overdose: How Free Market Mythology Transformed Us from Citizen Kings to Market Servants Author: Ariel Ezrachi, Maurice E. Stucke Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Using dozens of vivid examples to show how society overprescribed competition as a solution and when unbridled rivalry hurts consumers, kills entrepreneurship, and increases economic inequality, two free-market thinkers diagnose the sickness caused by competition overdose and provide remedies that will promote sustainable growth and progress for everyone, not just wealthy shareholders and those at the top. Whatever illness our society suffers, competition is the remedy. Do we want better schools for our children? Cheaper prices for everything? More choices in the marketplace? The answer is always: Increase competition.  Yet, many of us are unhappy with the results. We think we’re paying less, but we’re getting much less. Our food has undeclared additives (or worse), our drinking water contains toxic chemicals, our hotel bills reveal surprise additions, our kids’ schools are failing, our activities are tracked so that advertisers can target us with relentless promotions. All will be cured, we are told, by increasing the competitive pressure and defanging the bloated regulatory state. In a captivating exposé, Maurice E. Stucke and Ariel Ezrachi show how we are falling prey to greed, chicanery, and cronyism. Refuting the almost religious belief in rivalry as the vehicle for prosperity, the authors identify the powerful corporations, lobbyists, and lawmakers responsible for pushing this toxic competition—and argue instead for a healthier, even nobler, form of competition. Competition Overdose diagnoses the disease—and provides a cure for it.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d26b959cfa5aaadc615491f58bb6ac8d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>In Pursuit of Disobedient Women: A Memoir of Love, Rebellion, and Family, Far Away by Dionne Searcey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/in-pursuit-of-disobedient-women-a-memoir-of-love-rebellion-and-family-far-away-by-dionne-searcey--65208904</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387713" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387713</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Pursuit of Disobedient Women: A Memoir of Love, Rebellion, and Family, Far Away Author: Dionne Searcey Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  When a reporter for The New York Times uproots her family to move to West Africa, she manages her new role as breadwinner while finding women cleverly navigating extraordinary circumstances in a forgotten place for much of the Western world.    “A story you will not soon forget.”—Kathryn Bigelow, Academy Award–winning director of The Hurt Locker and Zero Dark Thirty  In 2015, Dionne Searcey was covering the economy for The New York Times, living in Brooklyn with her husband and three young children. Saddled with the demands of a dual-career household and motherhood in an urban setting, her life was in a rut. She decided to pursue a job as the paper’s West Africa bureau chief, an amazing but daunting opportunity to cover a swath of territory encompassing two dozen countries and 500 million people. Landing with her family in Dakar, Senegal, she quickly found their lives turned upside down as they struggled to figure out their place in this new region, along with a new family dynamic where she was the main breadwinner flying off to work while her husband stayed behind to manage the home front.     In Pursuit of Disobedient Women follows Searcey’s sometimes harrowing, sometimes rollicking experiences of her work in the field, the most powerful of which, for her, center on the extraordinary lives and struggles of the women she encounters. As she tries to get an American audience subsumed by the age of Trump and inspired by a feminist revival to pay attention, she is gone from her family for sometimes weeks at a time, covering stories like Boko Haram–conscripted teen-girl suicide bombers or young women in small villages shaking up social norms by getting out of bad marriages. Ultimately, Searcey returns home to reconcile with skinned knees and school plays that happen without her and a begrudging husband thrown into the role of primary parent.     Life, for Searcey, as with most of us, is a balancing act. She weaves a tapestry of women living at the crossroads of old-fashioned patriarchy and an increasingly globalized and connected world. The result is a deeply personal and highly compelling look into a modern-day marriage and a world most of us have barely considered. Readers will find Searcey’s struggles, both with her family and those of the women she meets along the way, familiar and relatable in this smart and moving memoir.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387713</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208904/9780593167625.mp3" length="4837136" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387713 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Pursuit of Disobedient Women: A Memoir of Love, Rebellion, and Family, Far Away Author: Dionne Searcey Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387713" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387713</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Pursuit of Disobedient Women: A Memoir of Love, Rebellion, and Family, Far Away Author: Dionne Searcey Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  When a reporter for The New York Times uproots her family to move to West Africa, she manages her new role as breadwinner while finding women cleverly navigating extraordinary circumstances in a forgotten place for much of the Western world.    “A story you will not soon forget.”—Kathryn Bigelow, Academy Award–winning director of The Hurt Locker and Zero Dark Thirty  In 2015, Dionne Searcey was covering the economy for The New York Times, living in Brooklyn with her husband and three young children. Saddled with the demands of a dual-career household and motherhood in an urban setting, her life was in a rut. She decided to pursue a job as the paper’s West Africa bureau chief, an amazing but daunting opportunity to cover a swath of territory encompassing two dozen countries and 500 million people. Landing with her family in Dakar, Senegal, she quickly found their lives turned upside down as they struggled to figure out their place in this new region, along with a new family dynamic where she was the main breadwinner flying off to work while her husband stayed behind to manage the home front.     In Pursuit of Disobedient Women follows Searcey’s sometimes harrowing, sometimes rollicking experiences of her work in the field, the most powerful of which, for her, center on the extraordinary lives and struggles of the women she encounters. As she tries to get an American audience subsumed by the age of Trump and inspired by a feminist revival to pay attention, she is gone from her family for sometimes weeks at a time, covering stories like Boko Haram–conscripted teen-girl suicide bombers or young women in small villages shaking up social norms by getting out of bad marriages. Ultimately, Searcey returns home to reconcile with skinned knees and school plays that happen without her and a begrudging husband thrown into the role of primary parent.     Life, for Searcey, as with most of us, is a balancing act. She weaves a tapestry of women living at the crossroads of old-fashioned patriarchy and an increasingly globalized and connected world. The result is a deeply personal and highly compelling look into a modern-day marriage and a world most of us have barely considered. Readers will find Searcey’s struggles, both with her family and those of the women she meets along the way, familiar and relatable in this smart and moving memoir.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/52f612c29fd47346b33e75e8b2b50a6a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Smartphone Society: Technology, Power, and Resistance in the New Gilded Age by Nicole Aschoff</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-smartphone-society-technology-power-and-resistance-in-the-new-gilded-age-by-nicole-aschoff--65208890</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390193" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390193</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smartphone Society: Technology, Power, and Resistance in the New Gilded Age Author: Nicole Aschoff Narrator: Linda Bevilacqua Farber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Addresses how tech empowers community organizing and protest movements to combat the systems of capitalism and data exploitation that helped drive tech’s own rise to ubiquity. Our smartphones have brought digital technology into the most intimate spheres of life. It’s time to take control of them, repurposing them as pathways to a democratically designed and maintained digital commons that prioritizes people over profit. Smartphones have appeared everywhere seemingly overnight: since the first iPhone was released, in 2007, the number of smartphone users has skyrocketed to over two billion. Smartphones have allowed users to connect worldwide in a way that was previously impossible, created communities across continents, and provided platforms for global justice movements. However, the rise of smartphones has led to corporations using consumers’ personal data for profit, unmonitored surveillance, and digital monopolies like Google, Facebook, and Amazon that have garnered control over our social, political, and economic landscapes. But people are using their smartphones to fight back. New modes of resistance are emerging, signaling the possibility that our pocket computers could be harnessed for the benefit of people, not profit. From helping to organize protests against the US-Mexico border wall through Twitter to being used to report police brutality through Facebook Live, smartphones open a door for collective change.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390193</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208890/9780807094419.mp3" length="4837148" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390193 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smartphone Society: Technology, Power, and Resistance in the New Gilded Age Author: Nicole Aschoff Narrator: Linda Bevilacqua Farber Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390193" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390193</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smartphone Society: Technology, Power, and Resistance in the New Gilded Age Author: Nicole Aschoff Narrator: Linda Bevilacqua Farber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Addresses how tech empowers community organizing and protest movements to combat the systems of capitalism and data exploitation that helped drive tech’s own rise to ubiquity. Our smartphones have brought digital technology into the most intimate spheres of life. It’s time to take control of them, repurposing them as pathways to a democratically designed and maintained digital commons that prioritizes people over profit. Smartphones have appeared everywhere seemingly overnight: since the first iPhone was released, in 2007, the number of smartphone users has skyrocketed to over two billion. Smartphones have allowed users to connect worldwide in a way that was previously impossible, created communities across continents, and provided platforms for global justice movements. However, the rise of smartphones has led to corporations using consumers’ personal data for profit, unmonitored surveillance, and digital monopolies like Google, Facebook, and Amazon that have garnered control over our social, political, and economic landscapes. But people are using their smartphones to fight back. New modes of resistance are emerging, signaling the possibility that our pocket computers could be harnessed for the benefit of people, not profit. From helping to organize protests against the US-Mexico border wall through Twitter to being used to report police brutality through Facebook Live, smartphones open a door for collective change.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0232750584b59cf79939e419a206a32f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Nanny State Made Me: A Story of Britain and How to Save it by Stuart Maconie</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-nanny-state-made-me-a-story-of-britain-and-how-to-save-it-by-stuart-maconie--65208866</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390442" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390442</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nanny State Made Me: A Story of Britain and How to Save it Author: Stuart Maconie Narrator: Stuart Maconie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: March  5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. 'He is as funny as Bryson and as wise as Orwell' Observer It was the spirit of our finest hour, the backbone of our post-war greatness, and it promoted some of the boldest and most brilliant schemes this isle has ever produced: it was the Welfare State, and it made you and I. But now it's under threat, and we need to save it. In this timely and provocative book, Stuart Maconie tells Britain’s Welfare State story through his own history of growing up as a northern working class boy. What was so bad about properly funded hospitals, decent working conditions and affordable houses? And what was so wrong about student grants, free eye tests and council houses? And where did it all go so wrong? Stuart looks toward Britain’s future, making an emotional case for believing in more than profit and loss; and championing a just, fairer society. © Stuart Maconie 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390442</guid><pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208866/9781473576087.mp3" length="2437184" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390442 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nanny State Made Me: A Story of Britain and How to Save it Author: Stuart Maconie Narrator: Stuart Maconie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390442" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390442</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nanny State Made Me: A Story of Britain and How to Save it Author: Stuart Maconie Narrator: Stuart Maconie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: March  5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. 'He is as funny as Bryson and as wise as Orwell' Observer It was the spirit of our finest hour, the backbone of our post-war greatness, and it promoted some of the boldest and most brilliant schemes this isle has ever produced: it was the Welfare State, and it made you and I. But now it's under threat, and we need to save it. In this timely and provocative book, Stuart Maconie tells Britain’s Welfare State story through his own history of growing up as a northern working class boy. What was so bad about properly funded hospitals, decent working conditions and affordable houses? And what was so wrong about student grants, free eye tests and council houses? And where did it all go so wrong? Stuart looks toward Britain’s future, making an emotional case for believing in more than profit and loss; and championing a just, fairer society. © Stuart Maconie 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/896ffba28157d0a5067f7daedf424229.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Disunited Nations: The Scramble for Power in an Ungoverned World by Peter Zeihan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/disunited-nations-the-scramble-for-power-in-an-ungoverned-world-by-peter-zeihan--65208949</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387269" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387269</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disunited Nations: The Scramble for Power in an Ungoverned World Author: Peter Zeihan Narrator: Roy Worley, Peter Zeihan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 10 minutes Release date: March  3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 25   Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Should we stop caring about fading regional powers like China, Russia, Germany, and Iran? Will the collapse of international cooperation push France, Turkey, Japan, and Saudi Arabia to the top of international concerns? Most countries and companies are not prepared for the world Peter Zeihan says we’re already living in. For decades, America’s allies have depended on its might for their economic and physical security. But as a new age of American isolationism dawns, the results will surprise everyone. In Disunited Nations, geopolitical strategist Peter Zeihan presents a series of counterintuitive arguments about the future of a world where trade agreements are coming apart and international institutions are losing their power.  Germany will decline as the most powerful country in Europe, with France taking its place. Every country should prepare for the collapse of China, not North Korea. We are already seeing, as Zeihan predicts, a shift in outlook on the Middle East: it is no longer Iran that is the region’s most dangerous threat, but Saudi Arabia. The world has gotten so accustomed to the “normal” of an American-dominated order that we have all forgotten the historical norm: several smaller, competing powers and economic systems throughout Europe and Asia.  America isn’t the only nation stepping back from the international system. From Brazil to Great Britain to Russia, leaders are deciding that even if plenty of countries lose in the growing disunited chaos, their nations will benefit. The world isn’t falling apart—it’s being pushed apart. The countries and businesses prepared for this new every-country-for-itself ethic are those that will prevail; those shackled to the status quo will find themselves lost in the new world disorder. Smart, interesting, and essential reading, Disunited Nations is a sure-to-be-controversial guidebook that analyzes the emerging shifts and resulting problems that will arise in the next two decades. We are entering a period of chaos, and no political or corporate leader can ignore Zeihan’s insights or his message if they want to survive and thrive in this uncertain new time.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387269</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208949/9780062989789.mp3" length="2437174" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387269 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disunited Nations: The Scramble for Power in an Ungoverned World Author: Peter Zeihan Narrator: Roy Worley, Peter Zeihan Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387269" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387269</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disunited Nations: The Scramble for Power in an Ungoverned World Author: Peter Zeihan Narrator: Roy Worley, Peter Zeihan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 10 minutes Release date: March  3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 25   Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Should we stop caring about fading regional powers like China, Russia, Germany, and Iran? Will the collapse of international cooperation push France, Turkey, Japan, and Saudi Arabia to the top of international concerns? Most countries and companies are not prepared for the world Peter Zeihan says we’re already living in. For decades, America’s allies have depended on its might for their economic and physical security. But as a new age of American isolationism dawns, the results will surprise everyone. In Disunited Nations, geopolitical strategist Peter Zeihan presents a series of counterintuitive arguments about the future of a world where trade agreements are coming apart and international institutions are losing their power.  Germany will decline as the most powerful country in Europe, with France taking its place. Every country should prepare for the collapse of China, not North Korea. We are already seeing, as Zeihan predicts, a shift in outlook on the Middle East: it is no longer Iran that is the region’s most dangerous threat, but Saudi Arabia. The world has gotten so accustomed to the “normal” of an American-dominated order that we have all forgotten the historical norm: several smaller, competing powers and economic systems throughout Europe and Asia.  America isn’t the only nation stepping back from the international system. From Brazil to Great Britain to Russia, leaders are deciding that even if plenty of countries lose in the growing disunited chaos, their nations will benefit. The world isn’t falling apart—it’s being pushed apart. The countries and businesses prepared for this new every-country-for-itself ethic are those that will prevail; those shackled to the status quo will find themselves lost in the new world disorder. Smart, interesting, and essential reading, Disunited Nations is a sure-to-be-controversial guidebook that analyzes the emerging shifts and resulting problems that will arise in the next two decades. We are entering a period of chaos, and no political or corporate leader can ignore Zeihan’s insights or his message if they want to survive and thrive in this uncertain new time.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a629dd71bf657aca4efb7f2aeff0dd2c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Velvet Rope Economy: How Inequality Became Big Business by Nelson D. Schwartz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-velvet-rope-economy-how-inequality-became-big-business-by-nelson-d-schwartz--65208944</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385519" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385519</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Velvet Rope Economy: How Inequality Became Big Business Author: Nelson D. Schwartz Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: March  3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From New York Times business reporter Nelson D. Schwartz comes a gripping investigation of how a virtual velvet rope divides Americans in every arena of life, creating a friction-free existence for those with money on one side and a Darwinian struggle for the middle class on the other side. In nearly every realm of daily life--from health care to education, highways to home security--there is an invisible velvet rope that divides how Americans live. On one side of the rope, for a price, red tape is cut, lines are jumped, appointments are secured, and doors are opened. On the other side, middle- and working-class Americans fight to find an empty seat on the plane, a place in line with their kids at the amusement park, a college acceptance, or a hospital bed.      We are all aware of the gap between the rich and everyone else, but when we weren't looking, business innovators stepped in to exploit it, shifting services away from the masses and finding new ways to profit by serving the privileged. And as decision-makers and corporate leaders increasingly live on the friction-free side of the velvet rope, they are less inclined to change--or even notice--the obstacles everyone else must contend with. Schwartz's 'must read' book takes us on a behind-the-scenes tour of this new reality and shows the toll the velvet rope divide takes on society.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385519</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208944/9780593169421.mp3" length="4837144" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385519 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Velvet Rope Economy: How Inequality Became Big Business Author: Nelson D. Schwartz Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385519" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385519</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Velvet Rope Economy: How Inequality Became Big Business Author: Nelson D. Schwartz Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: March  3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From New York Times business reporter Nelson D. Schwartz comes a gripping investigation of how a virtual velvet rope divides Americans in every arena of life, creating a friction-free existence for those with money on one side and a Darwinian struggle for the middle class on the other side. In nearly every realm of daily life--from health care to education, highways to home security--there is an invisible velvet rope that divides how Americans live. On one side of the rope, for a price, red tape is cut, lines are jumped, appointments are secured, and doors are opened. On the other side, middle- and working-class Americans fight to find an empty seat on the plane, a place in line with their kids at the amusement park, a college acceptance, or a hospital bed.      We are all aware of the gap between the rich and everyone else, but when we weren't looking, business innovators stepped in to exploit it, shifting services away from the masses and finding new ways to profit by serving the privileged. And as decision-makers and corporate leaders increasingly live on the friction-free side of the velvet rope, they are less inclined to change--or even notice--the obstacles everyone else must contend with. Schwartz's 'must read' book takes us on a behind-the-scenes tour of this new reality and shows the toll the velvet rope divide takes on society.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9f8a288b833b8e0861039be2ecd1d4e8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Fight Anti-Semitism by Bari Weiss</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-fight-anti-semitism-by-bari-weiss--65208986</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390636" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390636</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fight Anti-Semitism Author: Bari Weiss Narrator: Bari Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. On 27 October 2018 the synagogue where Bari Weiss became a bat mitzvah was the site of the deadliest attack on Jews in American history. For most of us, the massacre in Pittsburgh came as a total shock. But to those who have been paying attention, it was only a more violent, extreme expression of the broader trend that has been sweeping Europe and the US for the past two decades. No longer the exclusive province of the far right and far left, anti-semitism finds a home in identity politics and the reaction against identity politics, in the renewal of 'America first' isolationism and the rise of one-world socialism. An ancient hatred increasingly allowed into modern political discussion, anti-semitism has been migrating toward the mainstream in dangerous ways, amplified by social media and a culture of conspiracy that threatens us all. This timely book is a powerful case for renewing liberal values to guide us through this uncertain moment. © Bari Weiss 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390636</guid><pubDate>Thu, 27 Feb 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208986/9780141992303.mp3" length="2437162" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390636 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fight Anti-Semitism Author: Bari Weiss Narrator: Bari Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 27,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390636" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390636</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fight Anti-Semitism Author: Bari Weiss Narrator: Bari Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. On 27 October 2018 the synagogue where Bari Weiss became a bat mitzvah was the site of the deadliest attack on Jews in American history. For most of us, the massacre in Pittsburgh came as a total shock. But to those who have been paying attention, it was only a more violent, extreme expression of the broader trend that has been sweeping Europe and the US for the past two decades. No longer the exclusive province of the far right and far left, anti-semitism finds a home in identity politics and the reaction against identity politics, in the renewal of 'America first' isolationism and the rise of one-world socialism. An ancient hatred increasingly allowed into modern political discussion, anti-semitism has been migrating toward the mainstream in dangerous ways, amplified by social media and a culture of conspiracy that threatens us all. This timely book is a powerful case for renewing liberal values to guide us through this uncertain moment. © Bari Weiss 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/87751ab9a10cc97e8599aac4063d5b10.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Nation City: Why Mayors Are Now Running the World by Rahm Emanuel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-nation-city-why-mayors-are-now-running-the-world-by-rahm-emanuel--65208963</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385520" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385520</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nation City: Why Mayors Are Now Running the World Author: Rahm Emanuel Narrator: Rahm Emanuel, Johnathan Mcclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  At a time of anxiety about the effectiveness of our national government, Rahm Emanuel provides a clear vision, for both progressives and centrists, of how to get things done in America today--a bracing, optimistic vision of America's future from one of our most experienced and original political minds. In The Nation City, Rahm Emanuel, former two-term mayor of Chicago and White House Chief of Staff for President Barack Obama, offers a firsthand account of how cities, rather than the federal government, stand at the center of innovation and effective governance. Drawing on his own experiences in Chicago, and on his relationships with other mayors around America, Emanuel provides dozens of examples to show how cities are improving education, infrastructure, job conditions, and environmental policy at a local level. Emanuel argues that cities are the most ancient political institutions, dating back thousands of years and have reemerged as the nation-states of our time. He makes clear how mayors are accountable to their voters to a greater degree than any other elected officials and illuminates how progressives and centrists alike can best accomplish their goals by focusing their energies on local politics. The Nation City maps out a new, energizing, and hopeful way forward.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385520</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208963/9780593169933.mp3" length="4837131" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385520 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nation City: Why Mayors Are Now Running the World Author: Rahm Emanuel Narrator: Rahm Emanuel, Johnathan Mcclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385520" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385520</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nation City: Why Mayors Are Now Running the World Author: Rahm Emanuel Narrator: Rahm Emanuel, Johnathan Mcclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  At a time of anxiety about the effectiveness of our national government, Rahm Emanuel provides a clear vision, for both progressives and centrists, of how to get things done in America today--a bracing, optimistic vision of America's future from one of our most experienced and original political minds. In The Nation City, Rahm Emanuel, former two-term mayor of Chicago and White House Chief of Staff for President Barack Obama, offers a firsthand account of how cities, rather than the federal government, stand at the center of innovation and effective governance. Drawing on his own experiences in Chicago, and on his relationships with other mayors around America, Emanuel provides dozens of examples to show how cities are improving education, infrastructure, job conditions, and environmental policy at a local level. Emanuel argues that cities are the most ancient political institutions, dating back thousands of years and have reemerged as the nation-states of our time. He makes clear how mayors are accountable to their voters to a greater degree than any other elected officials and illuminates how progressives and centrists alike can best accomplish their goals by focusing their energies on local politics. The Nation City maps out a new, energizing, and hopeful way forward.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/421be10182592869ab6e429dcf067f67.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Hood Feminism: Notes from the Women that a Movement Forgot by Mikki Kendall</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/hood-feminism-notes-from-the-women-that-a-movement-forgot-by-mikki-kendall--65208953</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385502" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385502</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hood Feminism: Notes from the Women that a Movement Forgot Author: Mikki Kendall Narrator: Mikki Kendall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 120   Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 20 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER  “The fights against hunger, homelessness, poverty, health disparities, poor schools, homophobia, transphobia, and domestic violence are feminist fights. Kendall offers a feminism rooted in the livelihood of everyday women.” —Ibram X. Kendi, #1 New York Times-bestselling author of  How to Be an Antiracist, in The Atlantic “One of the most important books of the current moment.”—Time     “A rousing call to action... It should be required reading for everyone.”—Gabrielle Union, author of We’re Going to Need More Wine       A potent and electrifying critique of today’s feminist movement announcing a fresh new voice in black feminism Today's feminist movement has a glaring blind spot, and paradoxically, it is women. Mainstream feminists rarely talk about meeting basic needs as a feminist issue, argues Mikki Kendall, but food insecurity, access to quality education, safe neighborhoods, a living wage, and medical care are all feminist issues. All too often, however, the focus is not on basic survival for the many, but on increasing privilege for the few. That feminists refuse to prioritize these issues has only exacerbated the age-old problem of both internecine discord and women who rebuff at carrying the title. Moreover, prominent white feminists broadly suffer from their own myopia with regard to how things like race, class, sexual orientation, and ability intersect with gender. How can we stand in solidarity as a movement, Kendall asks, when there is the distinct likelihood that some women are oppressing others?   In her searing collection of essays, Mikki Kendall takes aim at the legitimacy of the modern feminist movement, arguing that it has chronically failed to address the needs of all but a few women. Drawing on her own experiences with hunger, violence, and hypersexualization, along with incisive commentary on reproductive rights, politics, pop culture, the stigma of mental health, and more, Hood Feminism delivers an irrefutable indictment of a movement in flux.  An unforgettable debut, Kendall has written a ferocious clarion call to all would-be feminists to live out the true mandate of the movement in thought and in deed.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385502</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208953/9780593166109.mp3" length="4837080" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385502 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hood Feminism: Notes from the Women that a Movement Forgot Author: Mikki Kendall Narrator: Mikki Kendall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385502" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385502</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hood Feminism: Notes from the Women that a Movement Forgot Author: Mikki Kendall Narrator: Mikki Kendall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 120   Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 20 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER  “The fights against hunger, homelessness, poverty, health disparities, poor schools, homophobia, transphobia, and domestic violence are feminist fights. Kendall offers a feminism rooted in the livelihood of everyday women.” —Ibram X. Kendi, #1 New York Times-bestselling author of  How to Be an Antiracist, in The Atlantic “One of the most important books of the current moment.”—Time     “A rousing call to action... It should be required reading for everyone.”—Gabrielle Union, author of We’re Going to Need More Wine       A potent and electrifying critique of today’s feminist movement announcing a fresh new voice in black feminism Today's feminist movement has a glaring blind spot, and paradoxically, it is women. Mainstream feminists rarely talk about meeting basic needs as a feminist issue, argues Mikki Kendall, but food insecurity, access to quality education, safe neighborhoods, a living wage, and medical care are all feminist issues. All too often, however, the focus is not on basic survival for the many, but on increasing privilege for the few. That feminists refuse to prioritize these issues has only exacerbated the age-old problem of both internecine discord and women who rebuff at carrying the title. Moreover, prominent white feminists broadly suffer from their own myopia with regard to how things like race, class, sexual orientation, and ability intersect with gender. How can we stand in solidarity as a movement, Kendall asks, when there is the distinct likelihood that some women are oppressing others?   In her searing collection of essays, Mikki Kendall takes aim at the legitimacy of the modern feminist movement, arguing that it has chronically failed to address the needs of all but a few women. Drawing on her own experiences with hunger, violence, and hypersexualization, along with incisive commentary on reproductive rights, politics, pop culture, the stigma of mental health, and more, Hood Feminism delivers an irrefutable indictment of a movement in flux.  An unforgettable debut, Kendall has written a ferocious clarion call to all would-be feminists to live out the true mandate of the movement in thought and in deed.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a400b496553e54dc44f8077b50461741.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Supreme Inequality: The Supreme Court's Fifty-Year Battle for a More Unjust America by Adam Cohen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/supreme-inequality-the-supreme-court-s-fifty-year-battle-for-a-more-unjust-america-by-adam-cohen--65208951</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383868" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383868</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Supreme Inequality: The Supreme Court's Fifty-Year Battle for a More Unjust America Author: Adam Cohen Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “With Supreme Inequality, Adam Cohen has built, brick by brick, an airtight case against the Supreme Court of the last half-century...Cohen’s book is a closing statement in the case against an institution tasked with protecting the vulnerable, which has emboldened the rich and powerful instead.” —Dahlia Lithwick, senior editor, Slate A revelatory examination of the conservative direction of the Supreme Court over the last fifty years.    In Supreme Inequality, bestselling author Adam Cohen surveys the most significant Supreme Court rulings since the Nixon era and exposes how, contrary to what Americans like to believe, the Supreme Court does little to protect the rights of the poor and disadvantaged; in fact, it has not been on their side for fifty years. Cohen proves beyond doubt that the modern Court has been one of the leading forces behind the nation’s soaring level of economic inequality, and that an institution revered as a source of fairness has been systematically making America less fair.  A triumph of American legal, political, and social history, Supreme Inequality holds to account the highest court in the land and shows how much damage it has done to America’s ideals of equality, democracy, and justice for all.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383868</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208951/9780593165393.mp3" length="4837093" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383868 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Supreme Inequality: The Supreme Court's Fifty-Year Battle for a More Unjust America Author: Adam Cohen Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383868" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383868</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Supreme Inequality: The Supreme Court's Fifty-Year Battle for a More Unjust America Author: Adam Cohen Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “With Supreme Inequality, Adam Cohen has built, brick by brick, an airtight case against the Supreme Court of the last half-century...Cohen’s book is a closing statement in the case against an institution tasked with protecting the vulnerable, which has emboldened the rich and powerful instead.” —Dahlia Lithwick, senior editor, Slate A revelatory examination of the conservative direction of the Supreme Court over the last fifty years.    In Supreme Inequality, bestselling author Adam Cohen surveys the most significant Supreme Court rulings since the Nixon era and exposes how, contrary to what Americans like to believe, the Supreme Court does little to protect the rights of the poor and disadvantaged; in fact, it has not been on their side for fifty years. Cohen proves beyond doubt that the modern Court has been one of the leading forces behind the nation’s soaring level of economic inequality, and that an institution revered as a source of fairness has been systematically making America less fair.  A triumph of American legal, political, and social history, Supreme Inequality holds to account the highest court in the land and shows how much damage it has done to America’s ideals of equality, democracy, and justice for all.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/67dd1e246ae00989dc1bb158b89adfd8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Cobalt Cover-Up: The Inside Story of a Deadly Conspiracy at the Largest Car Manufacturer in the World by Lance Cooper</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/cobalt-cover-up-the-inside-story-of-a-deadly-conspiracy-at-the-largest-car-manufacturer-in-the-world-by-lance-cooper--65208931</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386681" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386681</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cobalt Cover-Up: The Inside Story of a Deadly Conspiracy at the Largest Car Manufacturer in the World Author: Lance Cooper Narrator: Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Following a deadly car crash, small-town lawyer Lance Cooper risked everything to battle one of the most powerful auto corporations in the world to get justice for a young woman. A fast-paced, journalistic account of tragedy turned to triumph, despair to hope, Cobalt Cover-Up is an inspirational, thoroughly compelling, and victorious audiobook.  In the midst of his own family struggles, small-town Georgia lawyer Lance Cooper agreed to defend Ken and Beth Melton and investigate the deadly accident that killed their daughter Brooke after she inexplicably lost control of her Chevy Cobalt. But what started as a heartbreaking yet all too common lawsuit quickly escalated into a David vs. Goliath case when Cooper discovered shocking evidence that General Motors concealed an ignition switch defect for nearly a decade--resulting in 124 deaths, including Brooke's, and risking the lives of millions more. ­­ Despite GM's settlement offers and attempts to bury evidence, Cooper refused to back down and worked tirelessly to expose the truth. Locked in a tenacious legal fight, Cooper and the Meltons faced incredible odds--Ken and Beth losing jobs and suffering the difficulty of grieving a beloved daughter during a court battle, Cooper risking his reputation and private practice against the overwhelming opposition from GM's team of lawyers, and both parties facing massive financial strain. Yet, in the relentless pursuit for justice and to protect future innocent lives, this small-town lawyer and a working-class American couple stared down the biggest US auto manufacturing mogul and ultimately transformed the entire industry.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386681</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208931/9780310356288.mp3" length="2437323" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386681 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cobalt Cover-Up: The Inside Story of a Deadly Conspiracy at the Largest Car Manufacturer in the World Author: Lance Cooper Narrator: Van Tracy Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386681" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386681</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cobalt Cover-Up: The Inside Story of a Deadly Conspiracy at the Largest Car Manufacturer in the World Author: Lance Cooper Narrator: Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Following a deadly car crash, small-town lawyer Lance Cooper risked everything to battle one of the most powerful auto corporations in the world to get justice for a young woman. A fast-paced, journalistic account of tragedy turned to triumph, despair to hope, Cobalt Cover-Up is an inspirational, thoroughly compelling, and victorious audiobook.  In the midst of his own family struggles, small-town Georgia lawyer Lance Cooper agreed to defend Ken and Beth Melton and investigate the deadly accident that killed their daughter Brooke after she inexplicably lost control of her Chevy Cobalt. But what started as a heartbreaking yet all too common lawsuit quickly escalated into a David vs. Goliath case when Cooper discovered shocking evidence that General Motors concealed an ignition switch defect for nearly a decade--resulting in 124 deaths, including Brooke's, and risking the lives of millions more. ­­ Despite GM's settlement offers and attempts to bury evidence, Cooper refused to back down and worked tirelessly to expose the truth. Locked in a tenacious legal fight, Cooper and the Meltons faced incredible odds--Ken and Beth losing jobs and suffering the difficulty of grieving a beloved daughter during a court battle, Cooper risking his reputation and private practice against the overwhelming opposition from GM's team of lawyers, and both parties facing massive financial strain. Yet, in the relentless pursuit for justice and to protect future innocent lives, this small-town lawyer and a working-class American couple stared down the biggest US auto manufacturing mogul and ultimately transformed the entire industry.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d64e94c1b03eaa3e8466830af0b1adfa.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Decadent Society by Ross Douthat</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-decadent-society-by-ross-douthat--65208893</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386418" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386418</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Decadent Society Author: Ross Douthat Narrator: Ross Douthat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the New York Times columnist and bestselling author of Bad Religion, a powerful portrait of how our wealthy, successful society has passed into an age of gridlock, stalemate, public failure and private despair.  The era of the coronavirus has tested America, and our leaders and institutions have conspicuously failed. That failure shouldn’t be surprising: Beneath social-media frenzy and reality-television politics, our era’s deep truths are elite incompetence, cultural exhaustion, and the flight from reality into fantasy. Casting a cold eye on these trends, The Decadent Society explains what happens when a powerful society ceases advancing—how the combination of wealth and technological proficiency with economic stagnation, political stalemate, and demographic decline creates a unique civilizational crisis.   Ranging from the futility of our ideological debates to the repetitions of our pop culture, from the decline of sex and childbearing to the escapism of drug use, Ross Douthat argues that our age is defined by disappointment—by the feeling that all the frontiers are closed, that the paths forward lead only to the grave. Correcting both optimism and despair, Douthat provides an enlightening explanation of how we got here, how long our frustrations might last, and how, in renaissance or catastrophe, our decadence might ultimately end.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386418</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208893/9781797103174.mp3" length="1478312" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386418 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Decadent Society Author: Ross Douthat Narrator: Ross Douthat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 25,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386418" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386418</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Decadent Society Author: Ross Douthat Narrator: Ross Douthat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the New York Times columnist and bestselling author of Bad Religion, a powerful portrait of how our wealthy, successful society has passed into an age of gridlock, stalemate, public failure and private despair.  The era of the coronavirus has tested America, and our leaders and institutions have conspicuously failed. That failure shouldn’t be surprising: Beneath social-media frenzy and reality-television politics, our era’s deep truths are elite incompetence, cultural exhaustion, and the flight from reality into fantasy. Casting a cold eye on these trends, The Decadent Society explains what happens when a powerful society ceases advancing—how the combination of wealth and technological proficiency with economic stagnation, political stalemate, and demographic decline creates a unique civilizational crisis.   Ranging from the futility of our ideological debates to the repetitions of our pop culture, from the decline of sex and childbearing to the escapism of drug use, Ross Douthat argues that our age is defined by disappointment—by the feeling that all the frontiers are closed, that the paths forward lead only to the grave. Correcting both optimism and despair, Douthat provides an enlightening explanation of how we got here, how long our frustrations might last, and how, in renaissance or catastrophe, our decadence might ultimately end.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/54380e695b157a02a14753b6d3068f26.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Golden Gates: Fighting for Housing in America by Conor Dougherty</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/golden-gates-fighting-for-housing-in-america-by-conor-dougherty--65208965</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383861" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383861</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Golden Gates: Fighting for Housing in America Author: Conor Dougherty Narrator: Conor Dougherty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Time 100 Must-Read Book of 2020 • A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice • California Book Award Silver Medal in Nonfiction • Finalist for The New York Public Library Helen Bernstein Book Award for Excellence in Journalism • Named a top 30 must-read Book of 2020 by the New York Post • Named one of the 10 Best Business Books of 2020 by Fortune • Named A Must-Read Book of 2020 by Apartment Therapy • Runner-Up General Nonfiction: San Francisco Book Festival • A Planetizen Top Urban Planning Book of 2020 • Shortlisted for the Goddard Riverside Stephan Russo Book Prize for Social Justice “Tells the story of housing in all its complexity.” —NPR Spacious and affordable homes used to be the hallmark of American prosperity. Today, however, punishing rents and the increasingly prohibitive cost of ownership have turned housing into the foremost symbol of inequality and an economy gone wrong. Nowhere is this more visible than in the San Francisco Bay Area, where fleets of private buses ferry software engineers past the tarp-and-plywood shanties of the homeless. The adage that California is a glimpse of the nation’s future has become a cautionary tale. With propulsive storytelling and ground-level reporting, New York Times journalist Conor Dougherty chronicles America’s housing crisis from its West Coast epicenter, peeling back the decades of history and economic forces that brought us here and taking readers inside the activist movements that have risen in tandem with housing costs.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383861</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208965/9780593165317.mp3" length="4837114" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383861 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Golden Gates: Fighting for Housing in America Author: Conor Dougherty Narrator: Conor Dougherty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383861" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383861</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Golden Gates: Fighting for Housing in America Author: Conor Dougherty Narrator: Conor Dougherty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Time 100 Must-Read Book of 2020 • A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice • California Book Award Silver Medal in Nonfiction • Finalist for The New York Public Library Helen Bernstein Book Award for Excellence in Journalism • Named a top 30 must-read Book of 2020 by the New York Post • Named one of the 10 Best Business Books of 2020 by Fortune • Named A Must-Read Book of 2020 by Apartment Therapy • Runner-Up General Nonfiction: San Francisco Book Festival • A Planetizen Top Urban Planning Book of 2020 • Shortlisted for the Goddard Riverside Stephan Russo Book Prize for Social Justice “Tells the story of housing in all its complexity.” —NPR Spacious and affordable homes used to be the hallmark of American prosperity. Today, however, punishing rents and the increasingly prohibitive cost of ownership have turned housing into the foremost symbol of inequality and an economy gone wrong. Nowhere is this more visible than in the San Francisco Bay Area, where fleets of private buses ferry software engineers past the tarp-and-plywood shanties of the homeless. The adage that California is a glimpse of the nation’s future has become a cautionary tale. With propulsive storytelling and ground-level reporting, New York Times journalist Conor Dougherty chronicles America’s housing crisis from its West Coast epicenter, peeling back the decades of history and economic forces that brought us here and taking readers inside the activist movements that have risen in tandem with housing costs.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/27c16f62655bcf25c41238468147cb59.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Second Chance Club: Hardship and Hope After Prison by Jason Hardy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-second-chance-club-hardship-and-hope-after-prison-by-jason-hardy--65208879</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387433" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387433</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Chance Club: Hardship and Hope After Prison Author: Jason Hardy Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A former parole officer shines a bright light on a huge yet hidden part of our justice system through the intertwining stories of seven parolees striving to survive the chaos that awaits them after prison in this illuminating and dramatic book.  Prompted by a dead-end retail job and a vague desire to increase the amount of justice in his hometown, Jason Hardy became a parole officer in New Orleans at the worst possible moment. Louisiana’s incarceration rates were the highest in the US and his department’s caseload had just been increased to 220 “offenders” per parole officer, whereas the national average is around 100. Almost immediately, he discovered that the biggest problem with our prison system is what we do—and don’t do—when people get out of prison.   Deprived of social support and jobs, these former convicts are often worse off than when they first entered prison and Hardy dramatizes their dilemmas with empathy and grace. He’s given unique access to their lives and a growing recognition of their struggles and takes on his job with the hope that he can change people’s fates—but he quickly learns otherwise. The best Hardy and his colleagues can do is watch out for impending disaster and help clean up the mess left behind. But he finds that some of his charges can muster the miraculous power to save themselves. By following these heroes, he both stokes our hope and fuels our outrage by showing us how most offenders, even those with the best intentions, end up back in prison—or dead—because the system systematically fails them. Our focus should be, he argues, to give offenders the tools they need to re-enter society which is not only humane but also vastly cheaper for taxpayers.   As immersive and dramatic as Evicted and as revelatory as The New Jim Crow, The Second Chance Club shows us how to solve the cruelest problems prisons create for offenders and society at large.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387433</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208879/9781797104232.mp3" length="1478316" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387433 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Chance Club: Hardship and Hope After Prison Author: Jason Hardy Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387433" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387433</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Chance Club: Hardship and Hope After Prison Author: Jason Hardy Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A former parole officer shines a bright light on a huge yet hidden part of our justice system through the intertwining stories of seven parolees striving to survive the chaos that awaits them after prison in this illuminating and dramatic book.  Prompted by a dead-end retail job and a vague desire to increase the amount of justice in his hometown, Jason Hardy became a parole officer in New Orleans at the worst possible moment. Louisiana’s incarceration rates were the highest in the US and his department’s caseload had just been increased to 220 “offenders” per parole officer, whereas the national average is around 100. Almost immediately, he discovered that the biggest problem with our prison system is what we do—and don’t do—when people get out of prison.   Deprived of social support and jobs, these former convicts are often worse off than when they first entered prison and Hardy dramatizes their dilemmas with empathy and grace. He’s given unique access to their lives and a growing recognition of their struggles and takes on his job with the hope that he can change people’s fates—but he quickly learns otherwise. The best Hardy and his colleagues can do is watch out for impending disaster and help clean up the mess left behind. But he finds that some of his charges can muster the miraculous power to save themselves. By following these heroes, he both stokes our hope and fuels our outrage by showing us how most offenders, even those with the best intentions, end up back in prison—or dead—because the system systematically fails them. Our focus should be, he argues, to give offenders the tools they need to re-enter society which is not only humane but also vastly cheaper for taxpayers.   As immersive and dramatic as Evicted and as revelatory as The New Jim Crow, The Second Chance Club shows us how to solve the cruelest problems prisons create for offenders and society at large.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/478a63ed24f852fbddb7563c7f21986d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Sinking in the Swamp: How Trump's Minions and Misfits Poisoned Washington by Asawin Suebsaeng, Lachlan Markay</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/sinking-in-the-swamp-how-trump-s-minions-and-misfits-poisoned-washington-by-asawin-suebsaeng-lachlan-markay--65208943</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385505" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385505</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sinking in the Swamp: How Trump's Minions and Misfits Poisoned Washington Author: Asawin Suebsaeng, Lachlan Markay Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An eyewitness account of Donald Trump's clown car of lieutenants and lackeys who have polluted the corridors of power with their unprecedented awfulness. Two of Washington's most meddlesome reporters take readers on a deep dive into the murky underworld of President Trump's Washington, dishing the hilarious and frightening dirt on the charlatans, conspiracy theorists, ideologues, and run-of-the-mill con artists who have infected the highest echelons of American political power. For the past three years, reporting from the White House, the Trump hotel, and other dens of intrigue and influence, Lachlan Markay and Asawin Suebsaeng have revealed the sordid shenanigans of a rogue's gallery of Trumpworld incompetents and improbable A-listers -- earning them angry denunciations (or at least some vexed side-eye) from Trumpists such as the actor Jon Voight and Trump's former campaign czar and renowned obfuscator Corey Lewandowski as well as requisite threats of physical violence and ruin. Sinking in the Swamp will similarly pull no punches. Everyone from assorted Trump family members to Stephen Miller, Sean Hannity, and Diamond &amp; Silk to Trumpworld's even more obscure accomplices will be plumbed, prodded, and exposed for their roles in the most shambolic moment in modern American political history. When they go low, Swin and Lachlan are right there with them, recorders running and notebooks at the ready. Sinking in the Swamp is an uncompromising account of the financial and moral degradation of our capital, told with righteous indignation and through the lens of key power players and foot soldiers whose own antics have often escaped the notice of the overworked press corps. As the 2020 election approaches, this page-turning, letting-it-all-hang-out narrative shows how the nation got to this nadir, tracing the story back to years before Trump's improbable run for the White House and cataloguing the stomach-turning moments that followed.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385505</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208943/9780593165966.mp3" length="4837139" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385505 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sinking in the Swamp: How Trump's Minions and Misfits Poisoned Washington Author: Asawin Suebsaeng, Lachlan Markay Narrator: Holter Graham Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385505" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385505</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sinking in the Swamp: How Trump's Minions and Misfits Poisoned Washington Author: Asawin Suebsaeng, Lachlan Markay Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An eyewitness account of Donald Trump's clown car of lieutenants and lackeys who have polluted the corridors of power with their unprecedented awfulness. Two of Washington's most meddlesome reporters take readers on a deep dive into the murky underworld of President Trump's Washington, dishing the hilarious and frightening dirt on the charlatans, conspiracy theorists, ideologues, and run-of-the-mill con artists who have infected the highest echelons of American political power. For the past three years, reporting from the White House, the Trump hotel, and other dens of intrigue and influence, Lachlan Markay and Asawin Suebsaeng have revealed the sordid shenanigans of a rogue's gallery of Trumpworld incompetents and improbable A-listers -- earning them angry denunciations (or at least some vexed side-eye) from Trumpists such as the actor Jon Voight and Trump's former campaign czar and renowned obfuscator Corey Lewandowski as well as requisite threats of physical violence and ruin. Sinking in the Swamp will similarly pull no punches. Everyone from assorted Trump family members to Stephen Miller, Sean Hannity, and Diamond &amp; Silk to Trumpworld's even more obscure accomplices will be plumbed, prodded, and exposed for their roles in the most shambolic moment in modern American political history. When they go low, Swin and Lachlan are right there with them, recorders running and notebooks at the ready. Sinking in the Swamp is an uncompromising account of the financial and moral degradation of our capital, told with righteous indignation and through the lens of key power players and foot soldiers whose own antics have often escaped the notice of the overworked press corps. As the 2020 election approaches, this page-turning, letting-it-all-hang-out narrative shows how the nation got to this nadir, tracing the story back to years before Trump's improbable run for the White House and cataloguing the stomach-turning moments that followed.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d194a25d070ad894ffba04075a48d05b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Author in Chief: The Untold Story of Our Presidents and the Books They Wrote by Craig Fehrman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/author-in-chief-the-untold-story-of-our-presidents-and-the-books-they-wrote-by-craig-fehrman--65208933</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386482" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386482</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Author in Chief: The Untold Story of Our Presidents and the Books They Wrote Author: Craig Fehrman Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “One of the best books on the American presidency to appear in recent years” (The Wall Street Journal) and based on a decade of research and reporting—a delightful new window into the public and private lives America’s presidents as authors. Most Americans are familiar with Abraham Lincoln’s famous words in the Gettysburg Address and the Eman­cipation Proclamation. Yet few can name the work that helped him win the presidency: his published collection of speeches entitled Political Debates between Hon. Abraham Lincoln and Hon. Stephen A. Douglas. Lincoln labored in secret to get his book ready for the 1860 election, tracking down newspaper transcripts, editing them carefully for fairness, and hunting for a printer who would meet his specifications. Political Debates sold fifty thousand copies—the rough equivalent of half a million books in today’s market—and it reveals something about Lincoln’s presidential ambitions. But it also reveals something about his heart and mind. When voters asked about his beliefs, Lincoln liked to point them to his book.   In Craig Fehrman’s “original, illuminating, and entertaining” (Jon Meacham) work of history, the story of America’s presidents and their books opens a rich new window into presidential biography. From volumes lost to history—Calvin Coolidge’s Autobiography, which was one of the most widely discussed titles of 1929—to ones we know and love—Barack Obama’s Dreams from My Father, which was very nearly never published—Fehrman unearths countless insights about the presidents through their literary works.   Presidential books have made an enormous impact on American history, catapulting their authors to the national stage and even turning key elections. Beginning with Thomas Jefferson’s Notes on the State of Virginia, the first presidential book to influence a campaign, and John Adams’s Autobiography, the first score-settling presiden­tial memoir, Author in Chief draws on newly uncovered information—including never-before-published letters from Andrew Jackson, John F. Kennedy, and Ronald Reagan—to cast fresh light on the private drives and self-doubts that fueled our nation’s leaders.   We see Teddy Roosevelt as a vulnerable first-time author, struggling to write the book that would become a classic of American history. We see Reagan painstakingly revising Where’s the Rest of Me?, and Donald Trump negotiating the deal for The Art of the Deal, the volume that made him synonymous with business savvy. Alongside each of these authors, we also glimpse the everyday Americans who read them.   “If you’re a history buff, a presidential trivia aficionado, or just a lover of American literary history, this book will transfix you, inform you, and surprise you” (The Seattle Review of Books).]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386482</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208933/9781797101378.mp3" length="1478322" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386482 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Author in Chief: The Untold Story of Our Presidents and the Books They Wrote Author: Craig Fehrman Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386482" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386482</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Author in Chief: The Untold Story of Our Presidents and the Books They Wrote Author: Craig Fehrman Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “One of the best books on the American presidency to appear in recent years” (The Wall Street Journal) and based on a decade of research and reporting—a delightful new window into the public and private lives America’s presidents as authors. Most Americans are familiar with Abraham Lincoln’s famous words in the Gettysburg Address and the Eman­cipation Proclamation. Yet few can name the work that helped him win the presidency: his published collection of speeches entitled Political Debates between Hon. Abraham Lincoln and Hon. Stephen A. Douglas. Lincoln labored in secret to get his book ready for the 1860 election, tracking down newspaper transcripts, editing them carefully for fairness, and hunting for a printer who would meet his specifications. Political Debates sold fifty thousand copies—the rough equivalent of half a million books in today’s market—and it reveals something about Lincoln’s presidential ambitions. But it also reveals something about his heart and mind. When voters asked about his beliefs, Lincoln liked to point them to his book.   In Craig Fehrman’s “original, illuminating, and entertaining” (Jon Meacham) work of history, the story of America’s presidents and their books opens a rich new window into presidential biography. From volumes lost to history—Calvin Coolidge’s Autobiography, which was one of the most widely discussed titles of 1929—to ones we know and love—Barack Obama’s Dreams from My Father, which was very nearly never published—Fehrman unearths countless insights about the presidents through their literary works.   Presidential books have made an enormous impact on American history, catapulting their authors to the national stage and even turning key elections. Beginning with Thomas Jefferson’s Notes on the State of Virginia, the first presidential book to influence a campaign, and John Adams’s Autobiography, the first score-settling presiden­tial memoir, Author in Chief draws on newly uncovered information—including never-before-published letters from Andrew Jackson, John F. Kennedy, and Ronald Reagan—to cast fresh light on the private drives and self-doubts that fueled our nation’s leaders.   We see Teddy Roosevelt as a vulnerable first-time author, struggling to write the book that would become a classic of American history. We see Reagan painstakingly revising Where’s the Rest of Me?, and Donald Trump negotiating the deal for The Art of the Deal, the volume that made him synonymous with business savvy. Alongside each of these authors, we also glimpse the everyday Americans who read them.   “If you’re a history buff, a presidential trivia aficionado, or just a lover of American literary history, this book will transfix you, inform you, and surprise you” (The Seattle Review of Books).]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8676cad5fc352a8705a2fbc81cbbcc30.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Code Red: How Progressives and Moderates Can Unite to Save Our Country by E.J. Dionne</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/code-red-how-progressives-and-moderates-can-unite-to-save-our-country-by-e-j-dionne--65208984</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382638" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382638</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Code Red: How Progressives and Moderates Can Unite to Save Our Country Author: E.J. Dionne Narrator: E.J. Dionne, Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: February  4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This program includes an introduction read by the author. New York Times bestselling author and Washington Post columnist E. J. Dionne, Jr. sounds the alarm in Code Red, calling for an alliance between progressives and moderates to seize the moment and restore hope to America’s future for the 2020 presidential election.   Will progressives and moderates feud while America burns? Or will these natural allies take advantage of the greatest opportunity since the New Deal Era to strengthen American democracy, foster social justice, and turn back the threats of the Trump Era? The United States stands at a crossroads. Broad and principled opposition to Donald Trump’s presidency has drawn millions of previously disengaged citizens to the public square and to the ballot boxes. This inspired and growing activism for social and political change hasn’t been seen since the days of Franklin Roosevelt’s New Deal policies and the Progressive and Civil Rights movements. But if progressives and moderates are unable—and unwilling—to overcome their differences, they could not only enable Trump to prevail again but also squander an occasion for launching a new era of reform. In Code Red, award-winning journalist E. J. Dionne, Jr., calls for a shared commitment to decency and a politics focused on freedom, fairness, and the future, encouraging progressives and moderates to explore common ground and expand the unity that brought about Democrat victories in the 2018 elections. He offers a unifying model for furthering progress with a Politics of Remedy, Dignity, and More: one that solves problems, resolve disputes, and moves forward; that sits at the heart of the demands for justice by both long-marginalized and recently-displaced groups; and that posits a positive future for Americans with more covered by health insurance, more with decent wages, more with good schools, more security from gun violence, more action to roll back climate change. Breaking through the partisan noise and cutting against conventional wisdom to provide a realistic look at political possibilities, Dionne offers a strategy for progressives and moderates to think more clearly and accept the responsibilities that history now imposes on them. Because at this point in our national story, change can’t wait.   A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press “An exquisitely timed book...'Code Red' is a worthwhile exploration of the shared goals (and shared enemies) that unite moderates and progressives. But more than that, it is a sharp reminder that the common ground on which Dionne built his career has been badly eroded, with little prospect that it will soon be restored.” — New York Times Book Review   “Highly engaging, intellectually sound, and morally grounded”  —Washington Monthly  “The Washington Post columnist and NPR commentator offers a passionately reasoned argument for why both progressive and moderate wings of the Democratic Party must put aside differences to defeat Donald Trump in 2020...A well-argued and persuasive treatise by a deeply concerned journalist and citizen.”  —Kirkus Reviews]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382638</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208984/9781250261069.mp3" length="2437163" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382638 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Code Red: How Progressives and Moderates Can Unite to Save Our Country Author: E.J. Dionne Narrator: E.J. Dionne, Adam Barr Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382638" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382638</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Code Red: How Progressives and Moderates Can Unite to Save Our Country Author: E.J. Dionne Narrator: E.J. Dionne, Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: February  4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This program includes an introduction read by the author. New York Times bestselling author and Washington Post columnist E. J. Dionne, Jr. sounds the alarm in Code Red, calling for an alliance between progressives and moderates to seize the moment and restore hope to America’s future for the 2020 presidential election.   Will progressives and moderates feud while America burns? Or will these natural allies take advantage of the greatest opportunity since the New Deal Era to strengthen American democracy, foster social justice, and turn back the threats of the Trump Era? The United States stands at a crossroads. Broad and principled opposition to Donald Trump’s presidency has drawn millions of previously disengaged citizens to the public square and to the ballot boxes. This inspired and growing activism for social and political change hasn’t been seen since the days of Franklin Roosevelt’s New Deal policies and the Progressive and Civil Rights movements. But if progressives and moderates are unable—and unwilling—to overcome their differences, they could not only enable Trump to prevail again but also squander an occasion for launching a new era of reform. In Code Red, award-winning journalist E. J. Dionne, Jr., calls for a shared commitment to decency and a politics focused on freedom, fairness, and the future, encouraging progressives and moderates to explore common ground and expand the unity that brought about Democrat victories in the 2018 elections. He offers a unifying model for furthering progress with a Politics of Remedy, Dignity, and More: one that solves problems, resolve disputes, and moves forward; that sits at the heart of the demands for justice by both long-marginalized and recently-displaced groups; and that posits a positive future for Americans with more covered by health insurance, more with decent wages, more with good schools, more security from gun violence, more action to roll back climate change. Breaking through the partisan noise and cutting against conventional wisdom to provide a realistic look at political possibilities, Dionne offers a strategy for progressives and moderates to think more clearly and accept the responsibilities that history now imposes on them. Because at this point in our national story, change can’t wait.   A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press “An exquisitely timed book...'Code Red' is a worthwhile exploration of the shared goals (and shared enemies) that unite moderates and progressives. But more than that, it is a sharp reminder that the common ground on which Dionne built his career has been badly eroded, with little prospect that it will soon be restored.” — New York Times Book Review   “Highly engaging, intellectually sound, and morally grounded”  —Washington Monthly  “The Washington Post columnist and NPR commentator offers a passionately reasoned argument for why both progressive and moderate wings of the Democratic Party must put aside differences to defeat Donald Trump in 2020...A well-argued and persuasive treatise by a deeply concerned journalist and citizen.”  —Kirkus Reviews]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1316348de7a67d26f020ab478aa41047.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>We Keep Us Safe: Building Secure, Just, and Inclusive Communities by Zach Norris</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/we-keep-us-safe-building-secure-just-and-inclusive-communities-by-zach-norris--65208906</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390192" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390192</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Keep Us Safe: Building Secure, Just, and Inclusive Communities Author: Zach Norris Narrator: Adam Lazarre-White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: February  4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A groundbreaking new vision for public safety that overturns more than 200 years of fear-based discrimination, othering, and punishment As the effects of aggressive policing and mass incarceration harm historically marginalized communities and tear families apart, how do we define safety? In a time when the most powerful institutions in the United States are embracing the repressive and racist systems that keep many communities struggling and in fear, we need to reimagine what safety means. Community leader and lawyer Zach Norris lays out a radical way to shift the conversation about public safety away from fear and punishment and toward growth and support systems for our families and communities. In order to truly be safe, we are going to have to dismantle our mentality of Us vs. Them. By bridging the divides and building relationships with one another, we can dedicate ourselves to strategic, smart investments—meaning resources directed toward our stability and well-being, like healthcare and housing, education and living-wage jobs. This is where real safety begins. In this book Zach Norris provides a blueprint of how to hold people accountable while still holding them in community. The result reinstates full humanity and agency for everyone who has been dehumanized and traumatized, so they can participate fully in life, in society, and in the fabric of our democracy.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390192</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208906/9780807094402.mp3" length="4837103" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390192 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Keep Us Safe: Building Secure, Just, and Inclusive Communities Author: Zach Norris Narrator: Adam Lazarre-White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390192" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390192</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Keep Us Safe: Building Secure, Just, and Inclusive Communities Author: Zach Norris Narrator: Adam Lazarre-White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: February  4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A groundbreaking new vision for public safety that overturns more than 200 years of fear-based discrimination, othering, and punishment As the effects of aggressive policing and mass incarceration harm historically marginalized communities and tear families apart, how do we define safety? In a time when the most powerful institutions in the United States are embracing the repressive and racist systems that keep many communities struggling and in fear, we need to reimagine what safety means. Community leader and lawyer Zach Norris lays out a radical way to shift the conversation about public safety away from fear and punishment and toward growth and support systems for our families and communities. In order to truly be safe, we are going to have to dismantle our mentality of Us vs. Them. By bridging the divides and building relationships with one another, we can dedicate ourselves to strategic, smart investments—meaning resources directed toward our stability and well-being, like healthcare and housing, education and living-wage jobs. This is where real safety begins. In this book Zach Norris provides a blueprint of how to hold people accountable while still holding them in community. The result reinstates full humanity and agency for everyone who has been dehumanized and traumatized, so they can participate fully in life, in society, and in the fabric of our democracy.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1354ba1b1d02b30352dd2b54629fb60c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Affirmative Action Puzzle: A Living History from Reconstruction to Today by Melvin I. Urofsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-affirmative-action-puzzle-a-living-history-from-reconstruction-to-today-by-melvin-i-urofsky--65209030</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382271" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382271</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Affirmative Action Puzzle: A Living History from Reconstruction to Today Author: Melvin I. Urofsky Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A rich, multifaceted history of affirmative action from the Civil Rights Act of 1866 through today’s tumultuous times     From acclaimed legal historian, author of a biography of Louis Brandeis (“Remarkable” —Anthony Lewis, The New York Review of Books, “Definitive”—Jeffrey Rosen, The New Republic) and Dissent and the Supreme Court (“Riveting”—Dahlia Lithwick, The New York Times Book Review), a history of affirmative action from its beginning with the Civil Rights Act of 1866 to the first use of the term in 1935 with the enactment of the National Labor Relations Act (the Wagner Act) to 1961 and John F. Kennedy’s Executive Order 10925, mandating that federal contractors take “affirmative action” to ensure that there be no discrimination by “race, creed, color, or national origin” down to today’s American society.  Melvin Urofsky explores affirmative action in relation to sex, gender, and education and shows that nearly every public university in the country has at one time or another instituted some form of affirmative action plan--some successful, others not.      Urofsky traces the evolution of affirmative action through labor and the struggle for racial equality, writing of World War I and the exodus that began when some six mil­lion African Americans moved northward between 1910 and 1960, one of the greatest internal migrations in the country’s history.      He describes how Harry Truman, after becoming president in 1945, fought for Roosevelt’s Fair Employment Practice Act and, surprising everyone, appointed a distinguished panel to serve as the President’s Commission on Civil Rights, as well as appointing the first black judge on a federal appeals court in 1948 and, by executive order later that year, ordering full racial integration in the armed forces.      In this important, ambitious, far-reaching book, Urofsky writes about the affirmative action cases decided by the Supreme Court: cases that either upheld or struck down particular plans that affected both governmental and private entities. We come to fully understand the societal impact of affirmative action: how and why it has helped, and inflamed, people of all walks of life; how it has evolved; and how, and why, it is still needed.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382271</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209030/9780593170250.mp3" length="4837112" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382271 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Affirmative Action Puzzle: A Living History from Reconstruction to Today Author: Melvin I. Urofsky Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382271" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382271</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Affirmative Action Puzzle: A Living History from Reconstruction to Today Author: Melvin I. Urofsky Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A rich, multifaceted history of affirmative action from the Civil Rights Act of 1866 through today’s tumultuous times     From acclaimed legal historian, author of a biography of Louis Brandeis (“Remarkable” —Anthony Lewis, The New York Review of Books, “Definitive”—Jeffrey Rosen, The New Republic) and Dissent and the Supreme Court (“Riveting”—Dahlia Lithwick, The New York Times Book Review), a history of affirmative action from its beginning with the Civil Rights Act of 1866 to the first use of the term in 1935 with the enactment of the National Labor Relations Act (the Wagner Act) to 1961 and John F. Kennedy’s Executive Order 10925, mandating that federal contractors take “affirmative action” to ensure that there be no discrimination by “race, creed, color, or national origin” down to today’s American society.  Melvin Urofsky explores affirmative action in relation to sex, gender, and education and shows that nearly every public university in the country has at one time or another instituted some form of affirmative action plan--some successful, others not.      Urofsky traces the evolution of affirmative action through labor and the struggle for racial equality, writing of World War I and the exodus that began when some six mil­lion African Americans moved northward between 1910 and 1960, one of the greatest internal migrations in the country’s history.      He describes how Harry Truman, after becoming president in 1945, fought for Roosevelt’s Fair Employment Practice Act and, surprising everyone, appointed a distinguished panel to serve as the President’s Commission on Civil Rights, as well as appointing the first black judge on a federal appeals court in 1948 and, by executive order later that year, ordering full racial integration in the armed forces.      In this important, ambitious, far-reaching book, Urofsky writes about the affirmative action cases decided by the Supreme Court: cases that either upheld or struck down particular plans that affected both governmental and private entities. We come to fully understand the societal impact of affirmative action: how and why it has helped, and inflamed, people of all walks of life; how it has evolved; and how, and why, it is still needed.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5467c50824434086dfe8e008c4ecd770.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Repeal the Second Amendment: The Case for a Safer America by Allan J. Lichtman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/repeal-the-second-amendment-the-case-for-a-safer-america-by-allan-j-lichtman--65209006</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380784" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380784</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Repeal the Second Amendment: The Case for a Safer America Author: Allan J. Lichtman Narrator: Jens Rasmussen, Allan J. Lichtman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This program includes an introduction read by the author. A radical case for the repeal of the 2nd Amendment as the only way to control gun violence in America. There's an average of one mass shooting per day in the United States. Given the ineffectiveness of the gun control lobby, it's time for a strategy with spine. In Repeal the Second Amendment, Allan J. Lichtman has written the first book that uses history, legal theory and up-to-the-minute data to make a compelling case for the amendment’s repeal in order to create a clear road to sensible gun control in the US. Repeal the Second Amendment explores both the true history and current interpretation of the Second Amendment to expose the NRA’s blatant historical manipulations and irresponsible fake news releases. Lichtman looks at the history of firearms and gun regulations from colonial times to the present to explain how a historically forgotten sentence in the Constitution has become a flash point of recent politics that benefits only the gun industry, their lobbyists, and the politicians on their payroll.  He probes court decisions and the effective lobbying and public relations strategies of the gun lobby as well as the ineffectiveness of the gun control movement for lessons in doing better.   What emerges is a clear and cogent plan - repeal and replace the Second Amendment without taking guns away from anyone who has them now - to make the US a safer place. It's time to Repeal the Second Amendment, and Allan Lichtman is the man to bring this radical plan to America.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380784</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209006/9781250261281.mp3" length="2437202" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380784 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Repeal the Second Amendment: The Case for a Safer America Author: Allan J. Lichtman Narrator: Jens Rasmussen, Allan J. Lichtman Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380784" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380784</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Repeal the Second Amendment: The Case for a Safer America Author: Allan J. Lichtman Narrator: Jens Rasmussen, Allan J. Lichtman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This program includes an introduction read by the author. A radical case for the repeal of the 2nd Amendment as the only way to control gun violence in America. There's an average of one mass shooting per day in the United States. Given the ineffectiveness of the gun control lobby, it's time for a strategy with spine. In Repeal the Second Amendment, Allan J. Lichtman has written the first book that uses history, legal theory and up-to-the-minute data to make a compelling case for the amendment’s repeal in order to create a clear road to sensible gun control in the US. Repeal the Second Amendment explores both the true history and current interpretation of the Second Amendment to expose the NRA’s blatant historical manipulations and irresponsible fake news releases. Lichtman looks at the history of firearms and gun regulations from colonial times to the present to explain how a historically forgotten sentence in the Constitution has become a flash point of recent politics that benefits only the gun industry, their lobbyists, and the politicians on their payroll.  He probes court decisions and the effective lobbying and public relations strategies of the gun lobby as well as the ineffectiveness of the gun control movement for lessons in doing better.   What emerges is a clear and cogent plan - repeal and replace the Second Amendment without taking guns away from anyone who has them now - to make the US a safer place. It's time to Repeal the Second Amendment, and Allan Lichtman is the man to bring this radical plan to America.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ffff84d7aedd3d80e79e1f3c1501251a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Bomb: Presidents, Generals, and the Secret History of Nuclear War by Fred Kaplan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-bomb-presidents-generals-and-the-secret-history-of-nuclear-war-by-fred-kaplan--65208921</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387434" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387434</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bomb: Presidents, Generals, and the Secret History of Nuclear War Author: Fred Kaplan Narrator: Edward Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7   Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the author of the classic The Wizards of Armageddon and Pulitzer Prize finalist comes the definitive history of American policy on nuclear war—and Presidents’ actions in nuclear crises—from Truman to Trump. Fred Kaplan, hailed by The New York Times as “a rare combination of defense intellectual and pugnacious reporter,” takes us into the White House Situation Room, the Joint Chiefs of Staff’s “Tank” in the Pentagon, and the vast chambers of Strategic Command to bring us the untold stories—based on exclusive interviews and previously classified documents—of how America’s presidents and generals have thought about, threatened, broached, and just barely avoided nuclear war from the dawn of the atomic age until today.   Kaplan’s historical research and deep reporting will stand as the permanent record of politics. Discussing theories that have dominated nightmare scenarios from Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Kaplan presents the unthinkable in terms of mass destruction and demonstrates how the nuclear war reality will not go away, regardless of the dire consequences.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387434</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208921/9781797104201.mp3" length="1478218" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387434 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bomb: Presidents, Generals, and the Secret History of Nuclear War Author: Fred Kaplan Narrator: Edward Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387434" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387434</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bomb: Presidents, Generals, and the Secret History of Nuclear War Author: Fred Kaplan Narrator: Edward Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7   Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the author of the classic The Wizards of Armageddon and Pulitzer Prize finalist comes the definitive history of American policy on nuclear war—and Presidents’ actions in nuclear crises—from Truman to Trump. Fred Kaplan, hailed by The New York Times as “a rare combination of defense intellectual and pugnacious reporter,” takes us into the White House Situation Room, the Joint Chiefs of Staff’s “Tank” in the Pentagon, and the vast chambers of Strategic Command to bring us the untold stories—based on exclusive interviews and previously classified documents—of how America’s presidents and generals have thought about, threatened, broached, and just barely avoided nuclear war from the dawn of the atomic age until today.   Kaplan’s historical research and deep reporting will stand as the permanent record of politics. Discussing theories that have dominated nightmare scenarios from Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Kaplan presents the unthinkable in terms of mass destruction and demonstrates how the nuclear war reality will not go away, regardless of the dire consequences.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/41f8d16bfb6aefc0d53301fbe9b3af18.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Why We're Polarized by Ezra Klein</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-we-re-polarized-by-ezra-klein--65208917</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386416" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386416</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We're Polarized Author: Ezra Klein Narrator: Ezra Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 46   Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ONE OF BARACK OBAMA’S FAVORITE BOOKS OF 2022   One of Bill Gates’s “5 books to read this summer,” this New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller shows us that America’s political system isn’t broken. The truth is scarier: it’s working exactly as designed. In this “superbly researched” (The Washington Post) and timely book, journalist Ezra Klein reveals how that system is polarizing us—and how we are polarizing it—with disastrous results. “The American political system—which includes everyone from voters to journalists to the president—is full of rational actors making rational decisions given the incentives they face,” writes political analyst Ezra Klein. “We are a collection of functional parts whose efforts combine into a dysfunctional whole.”   “A thoughtful, clear and persuasive analysis” (The New York Times Book Review), Why We’re Polarized reveals the structural and psychological forces behind America’s descent into division and dysfunction. Neither a polemic nor a lament, this book offers a clear framework for understanding everything from Trump’s rise to the Democratic Party’s leftward shift to the politicization of everyday culture.   America is polarized, first and foremost, by identity. Everyone engaged in American politics is engaged, at some level, in identity politics. Over the past fifty years in America, our partisan identities have merged with our racial, religious, geographic, ideological, and cultural identities. These merged identities have attained a weight that is breaking much in our politics and tearing at the bonds that hold this country together.   Klein shows how and why American politics polarized around identity in the 20th century, and what that polarization did to the way we see the world and one another. And he traces the feedback loops between polarized political identities and polarized political institutions that are driving our system toward crisis.   “Well worth reading” (New York magazine), this is an “eye-opening” (O, The Oprah Magazine) book that will change how you look at politics—and perhaps at yourself.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386416</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208917/9781797103167.mp3" length="1478304" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386416 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We're Polarized Author: Ezra Klein Narrator: Ezra Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386416" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386416</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We're Polarized Author: Ezra Klein Narrator: Ezra Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 46   Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ONE OF BARACK OBAMA’S FAVORITE BOOKS OF 2022   One of Bill Gates’s “5 books to read this summer,” this New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller shows us that America’s political system isn’t broken. The truth is scarier: it’s working exactly as designed. In this “superbly researched” (The Washington Post) and timely book, journalist Ezra Klein reveals how that system is polarizing us—and how we are polarizing it—with disastrous results. “The American political system—which includes everyone from voters to journalists to the president—is full of rational actors making rational decisions given the incentives they face,” writes political analyst Ezra Klein. “We are a collection of functional parts whose efforts combine into a dysfunctional whole.”   “A thoughtful, clear and persuasive analysis” (The New York Times Book Review), Why We’re Polarized reveals the structural and psychological forces behind America’s descent into division and dysfunction. Neither a polemic nor a lament, this book offers a clear framework for understanding everything from Trump’s rise to the Democratic Party’s leftward shift to the politicization of everyday culture.   America is polarized, first and foremost, by identity. Everyone engaged in American politics is engaged, at some level, in identity politics. Over the past fifty years in America, our partisan identities have merged with our racial, religious, geographic, ideological, and cultural identities. These merged identities have attained a weight that is breaking much in our politics and tearing at the bonds that hold this country together.   Klein shows how and why American politics polarized around identity in the 20th century, and what that polarization did to the way we see the world and one another. And he traces the feedback loops between polarized political identities and polarized political institutions that are driving our system toward crisis.   “Well worth reading” (New York magazine), this is an “eye-opening” (O, The Oprah Magazine) book that will change how you look at politics—and perhaps at yourself.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c67a4410c30890132be66084b10413b0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>My War Criminal: Personal Encounters with an Architect of Genocide by Jessica Stern</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-war-criminal-personal-encounters-with-an-architect-of-genocide-by-jessica-stern--65208886</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386272" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386272</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My War Criminal: Personal Encounters with an Architect of Genocide Author: Jessica Stern Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An investigation into the nature of violence, terror, and trauma through conversations with a notorious war criminal and hero to white nationalists. Between October 2014 and November 2016, global terrorism expert Jessica Stern held a series of conversations in a prison cell in The Hague with Radovan Karadzic, a Bosnian Serb former politician who had been indicted for genocide and other war crimes during the Bosnian War and who became an inspiration for white nationalists. Though Stern was used to interviewing terrorists in the field in an effort to understand their hidden motives, the conversations she had with Karadzic would profoundly alter her understanding of the mechanics of fear, the motivations of violence, and the psychology of those who perpetrate mass atrocities at a state level and who—like the terrorists she had previously studied—target noncombatants, in violation of ethical norms and international law. How do leaders persuade ordinary people to kill their neighbors? What is the “ecosystem” that creates and nurtures genocidal leaders? Could anything about their personal histories, personalities, or exposure to historical trauma shed light on the formation of a war criminal’s identity in opposition to a targeted Other? In My War Criminal, Jessica Stern brings to bear her incisive analysis and her own deeply considered reactions to her interactions with Karadzic, a brilliant and often shockingly charming psychiatrist and poet who spent twelve years in hiding, disguising himself as an energy healer, while also offering a deeply insightful and sometimes chilling account of the complex and even seductive powers of a magnetic leader—and what can happen when you spend many, many hours with that person.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386272</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208886/9780062988454.mp3" length="2437170" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386272 to listen full audiobooks. Title: My War Criminal: Personal Encounters with an Architect of Genocide Author: Jessica Stern Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386272" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386272</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My War Criminal: Personal Encounters with an Architect of Genocide Author: Jessica Stern Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An investigation into the nature of violence, terror, and trauma through conversations with a notorious war criminal and hero to white nationalists. Between October 2014 and November 2016, global terrorism expert Jessica Stern held a series of conversations in a prison cell in The Hague with Radovan Karadzic, a Bosnian Serb former politician who had been indicted for genocide and other war crimes during the Bosnian War and who became an inspiration for white nationalists. Though Stern was used to interviewing terrorists in the field in an effort to understand their hidden motives, the conversations she had with Karadzic would profoundly alter her understanding of the mechanics of fear, the motivations of violence, and the psychology of those who perpetrate mass atrocities at a state level and who—like the terrorists she had previously studied—target noncombatants, in violation of ethical norms and international law. How do leaders persuade ordinary people to kill their neighbors? What is the “ecosystem” that creates and nurtures genocidal leaders? Could anything about their personal histories, personalities, or exposure to historical trauma shed light on the formation of a war criminal’s identity in opposition to a targeted Other? In My War Criminal, Jessica Stern brings to bear her incisive analysis and her own deeply considered reactions to her interactions with Karadzic, a brilliant and often shockingly charming psychiatrist and poet who spent twelve years in hiding, disguising himself as an energy healer, while also offering a deeply insightful and sometimes chilling account of the complex and even seductive powers of a magnetic leader—and what can happen when you spend many, many hours with that person.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c20bef35f6ed20f04a6b340b32d8f9fe.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Savage Messiah: How Dr. Jordan Peterson Is Saving Western Civilization by Jim Proser</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/savage-messiah-how-dr-jordan-peterson-is-saving-western-civilization-by-jim-proser--65208962</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382589" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382589</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Savage Messiah: How Dr. Jordan Peterson Is Saving Western Civilization Author: Jim Proser Narrator: Danny Campbell, Jim Proser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 125   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This program includes an introduction read by the author. A fascinating biography and in-depth look at the work of bestselling writer and psychologist Dr. Jordan Peterson, by award-winning author Jim Proser. Who is psychologist, professor, bestselling author, and YouTube personality Dr. Peterson? What does he believe in? Who are his followers? And why is he so controversial? These are among the many questions raised in this compelling, exhaustively researched account of his life—from Peterson’s early days as a religious-school student in small-town Canada to his tenure at Harvard to his headline-making persona of the present day. In Savage Messiah, we meet an adolescent Peterson who, scoffing at the “fairy tales” being taught in his confirmation class, asks his minister how it’s possible to believe the Bible in light of modern scientific theory. Unsatisfied with the answer he’s been given, Peterson goes on to challenge other authority figures who stood in his way as he dared to define the world in his own terms. This won Peterson many enemies and more admirers than he could have dreamed of, particularly during the digital era, when his nontraditional views could be widely shared and critically discussed. Still, a fall from grace was never far behind. Peterson had always preached the importance of free speech, which he believed was essential to finding life-saving personal meaning in our frequently nihilistic world. But when he dismissed Canadian parliament Bill C-16, one that compelled the use of newly-invented pronouns to address new gender identities, Peterson found himself facing a whole new world. Students targeted him as a gender bigot. Conservatives called him their hero. Soon Peterson was fixed firmly at the center of the culture wars—and there was no turning back. With exclusive interviews of Dr. Peterson, as well as conversations with his family, friends, and associates, this audiobook reveals the heart and mind, teachings and practices, of one of the most provocative voices of our time. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382589</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208962/9781250261328.mp3" length="2437207" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382589 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Savage Messiah: How Dr. Jordan Peterson Is Saving Western Civilization Author: Jim Proser Narrator: Danny Campbell, Jim Proser Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382589" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382589</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Savage Messiah: How Dr. Jordan Peterson Is Saving Western Civilization Author: Jim Proser Narrator: Danny Campbell, Jim Proser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 125   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This program includes an introduction read by the author. A fascinating biography and in-depth look at the work of bestselling writer and psychologist Dr. Jordan Peterson, by award-winning author Jim Proser. Who is psychologist, professor, bestselling author, and YouTube personality Dr. Peterson? What does he believe in? Who are his followers? And why is he so controversial? These are among the many questions raised in this compelling, exhaustively researched account of his life—from Peterson’s early days as a religious-school student in small-town Canada to his tenure at Harvard to his headline-making persona of the present day. In Savage Messiah, we meet an adolescent Peterson who, scoffing at the “fairy tales” being taught in his confirmation class, asks his minister how it’s possible to believe the Bible in light of modern scientific theory. Unsatisfied with the answer he’s been given, Peterson goes on to challenge other authority figures who stood in his way as he dared to define the world in his own terms. This won Peterson many enemies and more admirers than he could have dreamed of, particularly during the digital era, when his nontraditional views could be widely shared and critically discussed. Still, a fall from grace was never far behind. Peterson had always preached the importance of free speech, which he believed was essential to finding life-saving personal meaning in our frequently nihilistic world. But when he dismissed Canadian parliament Bill C-16, one that compelled the use of newly-invented pronouns to address new gender identities, Peterson found himself facing a whole new world. Students targeted him as a gender bigot. Conservatives called him their hero. Soon Peterson was fixed firmly at the center of the culture wars—and there was no turning back. With exclusive interviews of Dr. Peterson, as well as conversations with his family, friends, and associates, this audiobook reveals the heart and mind, teachings and practices, of one of the most provocative voices of our time. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/948af28affb77faedea42c90801e505d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Harvest the Vote: How Democrats Can Win Again in Rural America by Jane Kleeb</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/harvest-the-vote-how-democrats-can-win-again-in-rural-america-by-jane-kleeb--65208960</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381215" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381215</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harvest the Vote: How Democrats Can Win Again in Rural America Author: Jane Kleeb Narrator: Jane Kleeb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From Democratic Party rising star Jane Kleeb, an urgent and stirring road map showing how the Democratic Party can, and should, engage rural America The Democratic Party has lost an entire generation of rural voters. By focusing the majority of their message and resources on urban and coastal voters, Democrats have sacrificed entire regions of the country where there is more common ground and shared values than what appears on the surface. In Harvest the Vote, Jane Kleeb, chair of Nebraska’s Democratic Party and founder of Bold Nebraska, brings us a lively and sweeping argument for why the Democrats shouldn’t turn away from rural America. As a party leader and longtime activist, Kleeb speaks from experience. She’s been fighting the national party for more resources and building a grassroots movement to flex the power of a voting bloc that has long been ignored and forgotten.  Kleeb persuasively argues that the hottest issues of the day can be solved hand in hand with rural people. On climate change, Kleeb shows that the vast spaces of rural America can be used to enact clean energy innovations. And issues of eminent domain and corporate overreach will galvanize unlikely alliances of family farmers, ranchers, small business owners, progressives, and tribal leaders, much as they did when she helped fight the Keystone XL pipeline. The hot-button issues of guns and abortion that the Republican Party uses to wedge voters against one another can be bridged by putting a megaphone next to issues critical to rural communities. Written with a fiery voice and commonsense solutions, Harvest the Vote is both a call to action and a much-needed balm for a highly divided nation.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381215</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208960/9780062960931.mp3" length="2437146" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381215 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harvest the Vote: How Democrats Can Win Again in Rural America Author: Jane Kleeb Narrator: Jane Kleeb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381215" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381215</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harvest the Vote: How Democrats Can Win Again in Rural America Author: Jane Kleeb Narrator: Jane Kleeb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From Democratic Party rising star Jane Kleeb, an urgent and stirring road map showing how the Democratic Party can, and should, engage rural America The Democratic Party has lost an entire generation of rural voters. By focusing the majority of their message and resources on urban and coastal voters, Democrats have sacrificed entire regions of the country where there is more common ground and shared values than what appears on the surface. In Harvest the Vote, Jane Kleeb, chair of Nebraska’s Democratic Party and founder of Bold Nebraska, brings us a lively and sweeping argument for why the Democrats shouldn’t turn away from rural America. As a party leader and longtime activist, Kleeb speaks from experience. She’s been fighting the national party for more resources and building a grassroots movement to flex the power of a voting bloc that has long been ignored and forgotten.  Kleeb persuasively argues that the hottest issues of the day can be solved hand in hand with rural people. On climate change, Kleeb shows that the vast spaces of rural America can be used to enact clean energy innovations. And issues of eminent domain and corporate overreach will galvanize unlikely alliances of family farmers, ranchers, small business owners, progressives, and tribal leaders, much as they did when she helped fight the Keystone XL pipeline. The hot-button issues of guns and abortion that the Republican Party uses to wedge voters against one another can be bridged by putting a megaphone next to issues critical to rural communities. Written with a fiery voice and commonsense solutions, Harvest the Vote is both a call to action and a much-needed balm for a highly divided nation.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8a8c6f25c1a2a9595f43a563d2062590.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Slaying Goliath: The Passionate Resistance to Privatization and the Fight to Save America's Public Schools by Diane Ravitch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/slaying-goliath-the-passionate-resistance-to-privatization-and-the-fight-to-save-america-s-public-schools-by-diane-ravitch--65208955</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382268" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382268</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slaying Goliath: The Passionate Resistance to Privatization and the Fight to Save America's Public Schools Author: Diane Ravitch Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From one of the foremost authorities on education in the United States, Slaying Goliath is an impassioned, inspiring look at the ways in which parents, teachers, and activists are successfully fighting back to defeat the forces that are trying to privatize America’s public schools.     Diane Ravitch writes of a true grassroots movement sweeping the country, from cities and towns across America, a movement dedicated to protecting public schools from those who are funding privatization and who believe that America’s schools should be run like businesses and that children should be treated like customers or products.      Slaying Goliath is about the power of democracy, about the dangers of plutocracy, and about the potential of ordinary people—armed like David with only a slingshot of ideas, energy, and dedication—to prevail against those who are trying to divert funding away from our historic system of democratically governed, nonsectarian public schools. Among the lessons learned from the global pandemic of 2020 is the importance of our public schools and their teachers and the fact that distance learning can never replace human interaction, the pesonal connection between teachers and students.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382268</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208955/9780593169810.mp3" length="4837097" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382268 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slaying Goliath: The Passionate Resistance to Privatization and the Fight to Save America's Public Schools Author: Diane Ravitch Narrator: Amanda...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382268" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382268</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slaying Goliath: The Passionate Resistance to Privatization and the Fight to Save America's Public Schools Author: Diane Ravitch Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From one of the foremost authorities on education in the United States, Slaying Goliath is an impassioned, inspiring look at the ways in which parents, teachers, and activists are successfully fighting back to defeat the forces that are trying to privatize America’s public schools.     Diane Ravitch writes of a true grassroots movement sweeping the country, from cities and towns across America, a movement dedicated to protecting public schools from those who are funding privatization and who believe that America’s schools should be run like businesses and that children should be treated like customers or products.      Slaying Goliath is about the power of democracy, about the dangers of plutocracy, and about the potential of ordinary people—armed like David with only a slingshot of ideas, energy, and dedication—to prevail against those who are trying to divert funding away from our historic system of democratically governed, nonsectarian public schools. Among the lessons learned from the global pandemic of 2020 is the importance of our public schools and their teachers and the fact that distance learning can never replace human interaction, the pesonal connection between teachers and students.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/706c2a325296a4502a9559a8b62d9e51.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Full Dissidence: Notes from an Uneven Playing Field by Howard Bryant</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/full-dissidence-notes-from-an-uneven-playing-field-by-howard-bryant--65208920</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390182" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390182</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Full Dissidence: Notes from an Uneven Playing Field Author: Howard Bryant Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A bold and impassioned meditation on injustice in our country that punctures the illusion of a postracial America and reveals it as a place where authoritarianism looms large. Whether the issues are protest, labor, patriotism, or class division, it is clear that professional sports are no longer simply fun and games. Rather, the industry is a hotbed of fractures and inequities that reflect and even drive some of the most divisive issues in our country. The nine provocative and deeply personal essays in Full Dissidence confront the dangerous narratives that are shaping the current dialogue in sports and mainstream culture. The book is a reflection on a culture where African Americans continue to navigate the sharp edges of whiteness—as citizens who are always at risk of being told, often directly from the White House, to go back to where they came from. The topics Howard Bryant takes on include the player-owner relationship, the militarization of sports, the myth of integration, the erasure of black identity as a condition of success, and the kleptocracy that has forced America to ask itself if its beliefs of freedom and democracy are more than just words. In a time when authoritarianism is creeping into our lives and is being embraced in our politics, Full Dissidence will make us question the strength of the bonds we think we have with our fellow citizens, and it shows us why we must break from the malignant behaviors that have become normalized in everyday life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390182</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208920/9780807094341.mp3" length="4837082" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390182 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Full Dissidence: Notes from an Uneven Playing Field Author: Howard Bryant Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390182" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390182</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Full Dissidence: Notes from an Uneven Playing Field Author: Howard Bryant Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A bold and impassioned meditation on injustice in our country that punctures the illusion of a postracial America and reveals it as a place where authoritarianism looms large. Whether the issues are protest, labor, patriotism, or class division, it is clear that professional sports are no longer simply fun and games. Rather, the industry is a hotbed of fractures and inequities that reflect and even drive some of the most divisive issues in our country. The nine provocative and deeply personal essays in Full Dissidence confront the dangerous narratives that are shaping the current dialogue in sports and mainstream culture. The book is a reflection on a culture where African Americans continue to navigate the sharp edges of whiteness—as citizens who are always at risk of being told, often directly from the White House, to go back to where they came from. The topics Howard Bryant takes on include the player-owner relationship, the militarization of sports, the myth of integration, the erasure of black identity as a condition of success, and the kleptocracy that has forced America to ask itself if its beliefs of freedom and democracy are more than just words. In a time when authoritarianism is creeping into our lives and is being embraced in our politics, Full Dissidence will make us question the strength of the bonds we think we have with our fellow citizens, and it shows us why we must break from the malignant behaviors that have become normalized in everyday life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d7851fbe1ccf1a7dc31bf08fc578cbab.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Age of Entitlement: America Since the Sixties by Christopher Caldwell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-age-of-entitlement-america-since-the-sixties-by-christopher-caldwell--65208892</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387435" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387435</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Entitlement: America Since the Sixties Author: Christopher Caldwell Narrator: Christopher Caldwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 17   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A major American intellectual and “one of the right’s most gifted and astute journalists” (The New York Times Book Review) makes the historical case that the reforms of the 1960s, reforms intended to make the nation more just and humane, left many Americans feeling alienated, despised, misled—and ready to put an adventurer in the White House. Christopher Caldwell has spent years studying the liberal uprising of the 1960s and its unforeseen consequences and his conclusion is this: even the reforms that Americans love best have come with costs that are staggeringly high—in wealth, freedom, and social stability—and that have been spread unevenly among classes and generations.   Caldwell reveals the real political turning points of the past half-century, taking you on a roller-coaster ride through Playboy magazine, affirmative action, CB radio, leveraged buyouts, iPhones, Oxycotin, Black Lives Matter, and internet cookies. In doing so, he shows that attempts to redress the injustices of the past have left Americans living under two different ideas of what it means to play by the rules.   Essential, timely, hard to put down, The Age of Entitlement “is an eloquent and bracing book, full of insight” (New York magazine) about how the reforms of the past fifty years gave the country two incompatible political systems—and drove it toward conflict.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387435</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208892/9781797104171.mp3" length="1478330" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387435 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Entitlement: America Since the Sixties Author: Christopher Caldwell Narrator: Christopher Caldwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387435" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387435</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Entitlement: America Since the Sixties Author: Christopher Caldwell Narrator: Christopher Caldwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 17   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A major American intellectual and “one of the right’s most gifted and astute journalists” (The New York Times Book Review) makes the historical case that the reforms of the 1960s, reforms intended to make the nation more just and humane, left many Americans feeling alienated, despised, misled—and ready to put an adventurer in the White House. Christopher Caldwell has spent years studying the liberal uprising of the 1960s and its unforeseen consequences and his conclusion is this: even the reforms that Americans love best have come with costs that are staggeringly high—in wealth, freedom, and social stability—and that have been spread unevenly among classes and generations.   Caldwell reveals the real political turning points of the past half-century, taking you on a roller-coaster ride through Playboy magazine, affirmative action, CB radio, leveraged buyouts, iPhones, Oxycotin, Black Lives Matter, and internet cookies. In doing so, he shows that attempts to redress the injustices of the past have left Americans living under two different ideas of what it means to play by the rules.   Essential, timely, hard to put down, The Age of Entitlement “is an eloquent and bracing book, full of insight” (New York magazine) about how the reforms of the past fifty years gave the country two incompatible political systems—and drove it toward conflict.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/71f04603185558a887b45a5716ac3003.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Fight of the Century: Writers Reflect on 100 Years of Landmark ACLU Cases by Ayelet Waldman, Michael Chabon</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/fight-of-the-century-writers-reflect-on-100-years-of-landmark-aclu-cases-by-ayelet-waldman-michael-chabon--65208867</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386464" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386464</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fight of the Century: Writers Reflect on 100 Years of Landmark ACLU Cases Author: Ayelet Waldman, Michael Chabon Narrator: An All Star Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The American Civil Liberties Union partners with award-winning authors Michael Chabon and Ayelet Waldman in this “forceful, beautifully written” (Associated Press) collection that brings together many of our greatest living writers, each contributing an original piece inspired by a historic ACLU case.  On January 19, 1920, a small group of idealists and visionaries, including Helen Keller, Jane Addams, Roger Baldwin, and Crystal Eastman, founded the American Civil Liberties Union. A century after its creation, the ACLU remains the nation’s premier defender of the rights and freedoms guaranteed by the Constitution.   In collaboration with the ACLU, authors Michael Chabon and Ayelet Waldman have curated an anthology of essays “full of struggle, emotion, fear, resilience, hope, and triumph” (Los Angeles Review of Books) about landmark cases in the organization’s one-hundred-year history. Fight of the Century takes you inside the trials and the stories that have shaped modern life. Some of the most prominent cases that the ACLU has been involved in—Brown v. Board of Education, Roe v. Wade, Miranda v. Arizona—need little introduction. Others you may never even have heard of, yet their outcomes quietly defined the world we live in now. Familiar or little-known, each case springs to vivid life in the hands of the acclaimed writers who dive into the history, narrate their personal experiences, and debate the questions at the heart of each issue.   Hector Tobar introduces us to Ernesto Miranda, the felon whose wrongful conviction inspired the now-iconic Miranda rights—which the police would later read to the man suspected of killing him. Yaa Gyasi confronts the legacy of Brown v. Board of Education, in which the ACLU submitted a friend of- the-court brief questioning why a nation that has sent men to the moon still has public schools so unequal that they may as well be on different planets. True to the ACLU’s spirit of principled dissent, Scott Turow offers a blistering critique of the ACLU’s stance on campaign finance.   These powerful stories, along with essays from Neil Gaiman, Meg Wolitzer, Salman Rushdie, Ann Patchett, Viet Thanh Nguyen, Louise Erdrich, George Saunders, and many more, remind us that the issues the ACLU has engaged over the past one hundred years remain as vital as ever today, and that we can never take our liberties for granted.   Chabon and Waldman are donating their advance to the ACLU and the contributors are forgoing payment.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386464</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208867/9781797102016.mp3" length="1478392" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386464 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fight of the Century: Writers Reflect on 100 Years of Landmark ACLU Cases Author: Ayelet Waldman, Michael Chabon Narrator: An All Star Cast Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386464" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386464</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fight of the Century: Writers Reflect on 100 Years of Landmark ACLU Cases Author: Ayelet Waldman, Michael Chabon Narrator: An All Star Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The American Civil Liberties Union partners with award-winning authors Michael Chabon and Ayelet Waldman in this “forceful, beautifully written” (Associated Press) collection that brings together many of our greatest living writers, each contributing an original piece inspired by a historic ACLU case.  On January 19, 1920, a small group of idealists and visionaries, including Helen Keller, Jane Addams, Roger Baldwin, and Crystal Eastman, founded the American Civil Liberties Union. A century after its creation, the ACLU remains the nation’s premier defender of the rights and freedoms guaranteed by the Constitution.   In collaboration with the ACLU, authors Michael Chabon and Ayelet Waldman have curated an anthology of essays “full of struggle, emotion, fear, resilience, hope, and triumph” (Los Angeles Review of Books) about landmark cases in the organization’s one-hundred-year history. Fight of the Century takes you inside the trials and the stories that have shaped modern life. Some of the most prominent cases that the ACLU has been involved in—Brown v. Board of Education, Roe v. Wade, Miranda v. Arizona—need little introduction. Others you may never even have heard of, yet their outcomes quietly defined the world we live in now. Familiar or little-known, each case springs to vivid life in the hands of the acclaimed writers who dive into the history, narrate their personal experiences, and debate the questions at the heart of each issue.   Hector Tobar introduces us to Ernesto Miranda, the felon whose wrongful conviction inspired the now-iconic Miranda rights—which the police would later read to the man suspected of killing him. Yaa Gyasi confronts the legacy of Brown v. Board of Education, in which the ACLU submitted a friend of- the-court brief questioning why a nation that has sent men to the moon still has public schools so unequal that they may as well be on different planets. True to the ACLU’s spirit of principled dissent, Scott Turow offers a blistering critique of the ACLU’s stance on campaign finance.   These powerful stories, along with essays from Neil Gaiman, Meg Wolitzer, Salman Rushdie, Ann Patchett, Viet Thanh Nguyen, Louise Erdrich, George Saunders, and many more, remind us that the issues the ACLU has engaged over the past one hundred years remain as vital as ever today, and that we can never take our liberties for granted.   Chabon and Waldman are donating their advance to the ACLU and the contributors are forgoing payment.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/abcfd283d0892b8a6c690e36e4f1e561.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Tightrope: Americans Reaching for Hope by Nicholas D. Kristof, Sheryl WuDunn</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/tightrope-americans-reaching-for-hope-by-nicholas-d-kristof-sheryl-wudunn--65209023</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382262" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382262</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tightrope: Americans Reaching for Hope Author: Nicholas D. Kristof, Sheryl WuDunn Narrator: Jennifer Garner, Sheryl Wudunn, Nicholas D. Kristof Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Pulitzer Prize-winning authors of the acclaimed, best-selling Half the Sky now issue a plea--deeply personal and told through the lives of real Americans--to address the crisis in working-class America, while focusing on solutions to mend a half century of governmental failure. With stark poignancy and political dispassion, Tightrope draws us deep into an 'other America.' The authors tell this story, in part, through the lives of some of the children with whom Kristof grew up, in rural Yamhill, Oregon, an area that prospered for much of the twentieth century but has been devastated in the last few decades as blue-collar jobs disappeared. About one-quarter of the children on Kristof's old school bus died in adulthood from drugs, alcohol, suicide, or reckless accidents. And while these particular stories unfolded in one corner of the country, they are representative of many places the authors write about, ranging from the Dakotas and Oklahoma to New York and Virginia. But here too are stories about resurgence, among them: Annette Dove, who has devoted her life to helping the teenagers of Pine Bluff, Arkansas, as they navigate the chaotic reality of growing up poor; Daniel McDowell, of Baltimore, whose tale of opioid addiction and recovery suggests that there are viable ways to solve our nation's drug epidemic. These accounts provide a picture of working-class families needlessly but profoundly damaged as a result of decades of policy mistakes. With their superb, nuanced reportage, Kristof and WuDunn have given us a book that is both riveting and impossible to ignore.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382262</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209023/9780593169759.mp3" length="4837138" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382262 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tightrope: Americans Reaching for Hope Author: Nicholas D. Kristof, Sheryl WuDunn Narrator: Jennifer Garner, Sheryl Wudunn, Nicholas D. Kristof Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382262" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382262</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tightrope: Americans Reaching for Hope Author: Nicholas D. Kristof, Sheryl WuDunn Narrator: Jennifer Garner, Sheryl Wudunn, Nicholas D. Kristof Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Pulitzer Prize-winning authors of the acclaimed, best-selling Half the Sky now issue a plea--deeply personal and told through the lives of real Americans--to address the crisis in working-class America, while focusing on solutions to mend a half century of governmental failure. With stark poignancy and political dispassion, Tightrope draws us deep into an 'other America.' The authors tell this story, in part, through the lives of some of the children with whom Kristof grew up, in rural Yamhill, Oregon, an area that prospered for much of the twentieth century but has been devastated in the last few decades as blue-collar jobs disappeared. About one-quarter of the children on Kristof's old school bus died in adulthood from drugs, alcohol, suicide, or reckless accidents. And while these particular stories unfolded in one corner of the country, they are representative of many places the authors write about, ranging from the Dakotas and Oklahoma to New York and Virginia. But here too are stories about resurgence, among them: Annette Dove, who has devoted her life to helping the teenagers of Pine Bluff, Arkansas, as they navigate the chaotic reality of growing up poor; Daniel McDowell, of Baltimore, whose tale of opioid addiction and recovery suggests that there are viable ways to solve our nation's drug epidemic. These accounts provide a picture of working-class families needlessly but profoundly damaged as a result of decades of policy mistakes. With their superb, nuanced reportage, Kristof and WuDunn have given us a book that is both riveting and impossible to ignore.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0231b6d62515af2b5bf4bba127800cd5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Running Against the Devil: A Plot to Save America from Trump--and Democrats from Themselves by Rick Wilson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/running-against-the-devil-a-plot-to-save-america-from-trump-and-democrats-from-themselves-by-rick-wilson--65208998</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383851" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383851</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running Against the Devil: A Plot to Save America from Trump--and Democrats from Themselves Author: Rick Wilson Narrator: Rick Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 20   Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • One of the founders of The Lincoln Project, the bestselling author of Everything Trump Touches Dies is back with a guidebook for beating Trump’s tricks, traps, and tweets in 2020.    “If you believe America’s future depends on Donald Trump’s political machine being crushed at the polls next year, then Rick Wilson’s Running Against the Devil is a must-read.”—Joe Scarborough, MSNBC Donald Trump is exactly the disaster we feared for America. Hated by a majority of Americans, Trump’s administration is rocked by daily scandals, and he’s embarrassed us at home and abroad.   Trump can’t win in 2020, right?    Wrong. As 2016 proved, Trump can’t win, but the Democrats can sure as hell lose. Only one thing can save Trump, and that’s a Democratic candidate who runs the race Trump wants them to run instead of the campaign they must run to win in 2020.   Wilson combines decades of national political experience and insight in his take-no-prisoners analysis, hammering Trump’s destructive and dangerous first term in a case-by-case takedown of the worst president in history and describing the terrifying prospect of four more years of Trump.    Like no one else can, Wilson blows the lid off Trump’s 2020 Republican war machine, showing the exact strategies and tactics they’ll use against the Democratic nominee . . . and how the Democrats can avoid the catastrophe waiting for them if they fall into Trump’s trap.   Running Against the Devil is sharply funny, brutally honest, and infused with Wilson’s biting commentary. It’s a vital indictment of Trump, a no-nonsense, no-holds-barred road map to saving America, and the guide to making Donald Trump a one-term president.    The stakes are too high to do anything less.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383851</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208998/9780593171325.mp3" length="4837065" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383851 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running Against the Devil: A Plot to Save America from Trump--and Democrats from Themselves Author: Rick Wilson Narrator: Rick Wilson Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383851" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383851</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running Against the Devil: A Plot to Save America from Trump--and Democrats from Themselves Author: Rick Wilson Narrator: Rick Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 20   Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • One of the founders of The Lincoln Project, the bestselling author of Everything Trump Touches Dies is back with a guidebook for beating Trump’s tricks, traps, and tweets in 2020.    “If you believe America’s future depends on Donald Trump’s political machine being crushed at the polls next year, then Rick Wilson’s Running Against the Devil is a must-read.”—Joe Scarborough, MSNBC Donald Trump is exactly the disaster we feared for America. Hated by a majority of Americans, Trump’s administration is rocked by daily scandals, and he’s embarrassed us at home and abroad.   Trump can’t win in 2020, right?    Wrong. As 2016 proved, Trump can’t win, but the Democrats can sure as hell lose. Only one thing can save Trump, and that’s a Democratic candidate who runs the race Trump wants them to run instead of the campaign they must run to win in 2020.   Wilson combines decades of national political experience and insight in his take-no-prisoners analysis, hammering Trump’s destructive and dangerous first term in a case-by-case takedown of the worst president in history and describing the terrifying prospect of four more years of Trump.    Like no one else can, Wilson blows the lid off Trump’s 2020 Republican war machine, showing the exact strategies and tactics they’ll use against the Democratic nominee . . . and how the Democrats can avoid the catastrophe waiting for them if they fall into Trump’s trap.   Running Against the Devil is sharply funny, brutally honest, and infused with Wilson’s biting commentary. It’s a vital indictment of Trump, a no-nonsense, no-holds-barred road map to saving America, and the guide to making Donald Trump a one-term president.    The stakes are too high to do anything less.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/51c6ad7bc139648f806dd96356d5e385.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>State of War: MS-13 and El Salvador's World of Violence by William Wheeler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/state-of-war-ms-13-and-el-salvador-s-world-of-violence-by-william-wheeler--65208985</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385510" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385510</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: State of War: MS-13 and El Salvador's World of Violence Author: William Wheeler Narrator: William Wheeler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The real story behind El Salvador's MS-13 gang and how they have perpetuated three generations of conflict and led to scores of migrants seeking a new life in the United States. Born in Los Angeles, the gang MS-13 was founded in the 1980s by Salvadoran refugees who had been hardened in a civil war stoked by American foreign policy. But the gang found its way home a decade later, as the U.S. began deporting thousands of convicts each year back to the Northern Triangle--El Salvador, Honduras, and Guatemala. Today, those countries share the world's highest murder rates, and account for 70 percent of the migrants arriving at the U.S. southern border. Foreign correspondent William Wheeler tracks MS-13 from L.A., where he meets the founders of the gang, to El Salvador, where three generations of Salvadorans have been drawn into an escalating cycle of conflict. State of War tells the tragic story of a brutal civil war that has never ended.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385510</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208985/9780593171998.mp3" length="4837093" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385510 to listen full audiobooks. Title: State of War: MS-13 and El Salvador's World of Violence Author: William Wheeler Narrator: William Wheeler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385510" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385510</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: State of War: MS-13 and El Salvador's World of Violence Author: William Wheeler Narrator: William Wheeler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The real story behind El Salvador's MS-13 gang and how they have perpetuated three generations of conflict and led to scores of migrants seeking a new life in the United States. Born in Los Angeles, the gang MS-13 was founded in the 1980s by Salvadoran refugees who had been hardened in a civil war stoked by American foreign policy. But the gang found its way home a decade later, as the U.S. began deporting thousands of convicts each year back to the Northern Triangle--El Salvador, Honduras, and Guatemala. Today, those countries share the world's highest murder rates, and account for 70 percent of the migrants arriving at the U.S. southern border. Foreign correspondent William Wheeler tracks MS-13 from L.A., where he meets the founders of the gang, to El Salvador, where three generations of Salvadorans have been drawn into an escalating cycle of conflict. State of War tells the tragic story of a brutal civil war that has never ended.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/493c95359b7ed51487bdb9b15d510e9c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Between Two Fires: Truth, Ambition, and Compromise in Putin's Russia by Joshua Yaffa</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/between-two-fires-truth-ambition-and-compromise-in-putin-s-russia-by-joshua-yaffa--65208914</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387177" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387177</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Between Two Fires: Truth, Ambition, and Compromise in Putin's Russia Author: Joshua Yaffa Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WINNER OF THE ORWELL PRIZE • NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • “Unforgettable . . . a book about Putin’s Russia that is unlike any other.”—Patrick Radden Keefe, author of Empire of Pain From a Moscow correspondent for The New Yorker, a groundbreaking portrait of modern Russia and the inner struggles of the people who sustain Vladimir Putin’s rule   ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR—NPR, Kirkus Reviews In this rich and novelistic tour of contemporary Russia, Joshua Yaffa introduces readers to some of the country’s most remarkable figures—from politicians and entrepreneurs to artists and historians—who have built their careers and constructed their identities in the shadow of the Putin system. Torn between their own ambitions and the omnipresent demands of the state, each walks an individual path of compromise. Some muster cunning and cynicism to extract all manner of benefits and privileges from those in power. Others, finding themselves to be less adept, are left broken and demoralized. What binds them together is the tangled web of dilemmas and contradictions they face.   Between Two Fires chronicles the lives of a number of strivers who understand that their dreams are best—or only—realized through varying degrees of cooperation with the Russian government. With sensitivity and depth, Yaffa profiles the director of the country’s main television channel, an Orthodox priest at war with the church hierarchy, a Chechen humanitarian who turns a blind eye to persecutions, and many others. The result is an intimate and probing portrait of a nation that is much discussed yet little understood. By showing how citizens shape their lives around the demands of a capricious and frequently repressive state—as often by choice as under threat of force—Yaffa offers urgent lessons about the true nature of modern authoritarianism. Praise for Between Two Fires “A deep and revealing portrait of life inside Vladimir Putin’s Russia. . . . Yaffa mines a rich vein, describing his subjects’ moral compromises and often ingenious ways of engaging a crooked bureaucracy to show how the Kremlin sustains its authoritarianism.”—The New York Times Book Review “Few journalists have penetrated so deep and with so much nuance into the moral ambiguities of Russia. If you want insight into the deeper distortions the Kremlin causes in people’s psyches this book is invaluable.”—Peter Pomerantsev, author of Nothing Is True and Everything Is Possible     “A stunning chronicle of Putin’s new Russia . . . It celebrates the vitality of the Russian people even as it explores the compromises and accommodations that they must make. . . . This embrace of contradictions is what makes Between Two Fires such a poignant and poetic book.”—Alex Gibney, Air Mail]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387177</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208914/9780593167083.mp3" length="4837070" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387177 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Between Two Fires: Truth, Ambition, and Compromise in Putin's Russia Author: Joshua Yaffa Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387177" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387177</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Between Two Fires: Truth, Ambition, and Compromise in Putin's Russia Author: Joshua Yaffa Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WINNER OF THE ORWELL PRIZE • NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • “Unforgettable . . . a book about Putin’s Russia that is unlike any other.”—Patrick Radden Keefe, author of Empire of Pain From a Moscow correspondent for The New Yorker, a groundbreaking portrait of modern Russia and the inner struggles of the people who sustain Vladimir Putin’s rule   ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR—NPR, Kirkus Reviews In this rich and novelistic tour of contemporary Russia, Joshua Yaffa introduces readers to some of the country’s most remarkable figures—from politicians and entrepreneurs to artists and historians—who have built their careers and constructed their identities in the shadow of the Putin system. Torn between their own ambitions and the omnipresent demands of the state, each walks an individual path of compromise. Some muster cunning and cynicism to extract all manner of benefits and privileges from those in power. Others, finding themselves to be less adept, are left broken and demoralized. What binds them together is the tangled web of dilemmas and contradictions they face.   Between Two Fires chronicles the lives of a number of strivers who understand that their dreams are best—or only—realized through varying degrees of cooperation with the Russian government. With sensitivity and depth, Yaffa profiles the director of the country’s main television channel, an Orthodox priest at war with the church hierarchy, a Chechen humanitarian who turns a blind eye to persecutions, and many others. The result is an intimate and probing portrait of a nation that is much discussed yet little understood. By showing how citizens shape their lives around the demands of a capricious and frequently repressive state—as often by choice as under threat of force—Yaffa offers urgent lessons about the true nature of modern authoritarianism. Praise for Between Two Fires “A deep and revealing portrait of life inside Vladimir Putin’s Russia. . . . Yaffa mines a rich vein, describing his subjects’ moral compromises and often ingenious ways of engaging a crooked bureaucracy to show how the Kremlin sustains its authoritarianism.”—The New York Times Book Review “Few journalists have penetrated so deep and with so much nuance into the moral ambiguities of Russia. If you want insight into the deeper distortions the Kremlin causes in people’s psyches this book is invaluable.”—Peter Pomerantsev, author of Nothing Is True and Everything Is Possible     “A stunning chronicle of Putin’s new Russia . . . It celebrates the vitality of the Russian people even as it explores the compromises and accommodations that they must make. . . . This embrace of contradictions is what makes Between Two Fires such a poignant and poetic book.”—Alex Gibney, Air Mail]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/dfc9733f0647d5c10ba14d812edfc8b1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Trade is Not a Four-Letter Word: How Six Everyday Products Make the Case for Trade by Fred P. Hochberg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/trade-is-not-a-four-letter-word-how-six-everyday-products-make-the-case-for-trade-by-fred-p-hochberg--65208907</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386444" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386444</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trade is Not a Four-Letter Word: How Six Everyday Products Make the Case for Trade Author: Fred P. Hochberg Narrator: Fred P. Hochberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “A sprightly and clear-eyed testimonial to the value of globalization” (The Wall Street Journal) as seen through six surprising everyday goods—the taco salad, the Honda Odyssey, the banana, the iPhone, the college degree, and the blockbuster HBO series Game of Thrones. Trade allows us to sell what we produce at home and purchase what we don’t. It lowers prices and gives us greater variety and innovation. Yet understanding our place in the global trade network is rarely simple. Trade has become an easy excuse for struggling economies, a scapegoat for our failures to adapt to a changing world, and—for many Americans on both the right and the left—nothing short of a four-letter word.   But as Fred P. Hochberg reminds us, trade is easier to understand than we commonly think. In Trade Is Not a Four-Letter Word, you’ll learn how NAFTA became a populist punching bag on both sides of the aisle. You’ll learn how Americans can avoid the grim specter of the $10 banana. And you’ll finally discover the truth about whether or not, as President Trump has famously tweeted, “trade wars are good and easy to win.” (Spoiler alert—they aren’t.)   Hochberg debunks common trade myths by pulling back the curtain on six everyday products, each with a surprising story to tell: the taco salad, the Honda Odyssey, the banana, the iPhone, the college degree, and the smash hit HBO series Game of Thrones. Behind these six examples are stories that help explain not only how trade has shaped our lives so far but also how we can use trade to build a better future for our own families, for America, and for the world.   Trade Is Not a Four-Letter Word is the antidote to today’s acronym-laden trade jargon pitched to voters with simple promises that rarely play out so one-dimensionally. Packed with colorful examples and highly digestible explanations, Trade Is Not a Four-Letter Word is “an accessible, necessary book that will increase our understanding of trade and economic policies and the ways in which they impact our daily lives” (Library Journal, starred review).]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386444</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208907/9781797102535.mp3" length="1478332" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386444 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trade is Not a Four-Letter Word: How Six Everyday Products Make the Case for Trade Author: Fred P. Hochberg Narrator: Fred P. Hochberg Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386444" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386444</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trade is Not a Four-Letter Word: How Six Everyday Products Make the Case for Trade Author: Fred P. Hochberg Narrator: Fred P. Hochberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “A sprightly and clear-eyed testimonial to the value of globalization” (The Wall Street Journal) as seen through six surprising everyday goods—the taco salad, the Honda Odyssey, the banana, the iPhone, the college degree, and the blockbuster HBO series Game of Thrones. Trade allows us to sell what we produce at home and purchase what we don’t. It lowers prices and gives us greater variety and innovation. Yet understanding our place in the global trade network is rarely simple. Trade has become an easy excuse for struggling economies, a scapegoat for our failures to adapt to a changing world, and—for many Americans on both the right and the left—nothing short of a four-letter word.   But as Fred P. Hochberg reminds us, trade is easier to understand than we commonly think. In Trade Is Not a Four-Letter Word, you’ll learn how NAFTA became a populist punching bag on both sides of the aisle. You’ll learn how Americans can avoid the grim specter of the $10 banana. And you’ll finally discover the truth about whether or not, as President Trump has famously tweeted, “trade wars are good and easy to win.” (Spoiler alert—they aren’t.)   Hochberg debunks common trade myths by pulling back the curtain on six everyday products, each with a surprising story to tell: the taco salad, the Honda Odyssey, the banana, the iPhone, the college degree, and the smash hit HBO series Game of Thrones. Behind these six examples are stories that help explain not only how trade has shaped our lives so far but also how we can use trade to build a better future for our own families, for America, and for the world.   Trade Is Not a Four-Letter Word is the antidote to today’s acronym-laden trade jargon pitched to voters with simple promises that rarely play out so one-dimensionally. Packed with colorful examples and highly digestible explanations, Trade Is Not a Four-Letter Word is “an accessible, necessary book that will increase our understanding of trade and economic policies and the ways in which they impact our daily lives” (Library Journal, starred review).]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c0a8d2ae05464ca85d520268bdfc960c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Politics is for Power: How to Move Beyond Political Hobbyism, Take Action, and Make Real Change by Eitan Hersh</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/politics-is-for-power-how-to-move-beyond-political-hobbyism-take-action-and-make-real-change-by-eitan-hersh--65208891</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387432" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387432</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics is for Power: How to Move Beyond Political Hobbyism, Take Action, and Make Real Change Author: Eitan Hersh Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A groundbreaking analysis of political hobbyism—treating politics like a spectator sport—and an urgent and timely call to arms for the many well-meaning, well-informed citizens who follow political news, but do not take political action. Do you consider yourself politically engaged? Probably, yes! But are you, really? The uncomfortable truth is that most of us have good intentions. We vote (sometimes) and occasionally sign a petition or attend a rally. But we mainly “engage” by consuming politics as if it’s entertainment or a hobby. We obsessively follow the news and complain about the opposition to our friends or spouse. We tweet and post and share. The hours we spend on politics are used mainly as pastime.   Instead, political scientist and data analyst Eitan Hersh offers convincing evidence that we should be spending the same number of hours building political organizations, implementing a long-term vision for our local communities, and getting to know our neighbors, whose votes will be needed for solving hard problems. We could be accumulating power so that when there are opportunities to make a difference—to lobby, to advocate, to mobilize—we will be ready. Aided by cutting-edge social science as well as remarkable stories of ordinary citizens who got off their couches and took political power seriously, this book shows us how to channel our energy away from political hobbyism and toward empowering our values.   In an age of political turmoil and as the 2020 election looms, Politics Is for Power is an inspiring, vital read that will make you hopeful for America’s democratic future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387432</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208891/9781797104324.mp3" length="1478258" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387432 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics is for Power: How to Move Beyond Political Hobbyism, Take Action, and Make Real Change Author: Eitan Hersh Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387432" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387432</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics is for Power: How to Move Beyond Political Hobbyism, Take Action, and Make Real Change Author: Eitan Hersh Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A groundbreaking analysis of political hobbyism—treating politics like a spectator sport—and an urgent and timely call to arms for the many well-meaning, well-informed citizens who follow political news, but do not take political action. Do you consider yourself politically engaged? Probably, yes! But are you, really? The uncomfortable truth is that most of us have good intentions. We vote (sometimes) and occasionally sign a petition or attend a rally. But we mainly “engage” by consuming politics as if it’s entertainment or a hobby. We obsessively follow the news and complain about the opposition to our friends or spouse. We tweet and post and share. The hours we spend on politics are used mainly as pastime.   Instead, political scientist and data analyst Eitan Hersh offers convincing evidence that we should be spending the same number of hours building political organizations, implementing a long-term vision for our local communities, and getting to know our neighbors, whose votes will be needed for solving hard problems. We could be accumulating power so that when there are opportunities to make a difference—to lobby, to advocate, to mobilize—we will be ready. Aided by cutting-edge social science as well as remarkable stories of ordinary citizens who got off their couches and took political power seriously, this book shows us how to channel our energy away from political hobbyism and toward empowering our values.   In an age of political turmoil and as the 2020 election looms, Politics Is for Power is an inspiring, vital read that will make you hopeful for America’s democratic future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f061c8d4da471c86df3e1438828be463.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Making of the President 1960 by Theodore H. White</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-making-of-the-president-1960-by-theodore-h-white--65209014</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381205" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381205</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of the President 1960 Author: Theodore H. White Narrator: Wayne Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 42 minutes Release date: January  7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Harper Perennial Political Classic, The Making of the President 1960 is the groundbreaking national bestseller and Pulitzer Prize-winning account of the 1960 presidential campaign and the election of John F. Kennedy. The Making of the President: 1960 revolutionized the way modern presidential campaigns are reported. Reporting from within the campaign for the first time on record, White’s extensive research and access to all parties involved set the bar for campaign coverage and remains unparalleled. White conveyed, in magnificent detail and with exquisite pacing, the high-stakes drama; he painted the unforgettable, even mythic, story of JFK versus Nixon; and most of all, he imbued the nation’s presidential election process with a grandeur that later political writers have rarely matched.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381205</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209014/9780062975690.mp3" length="2437224" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381205 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of the President 1960 Author: Theodore H. White Narrator: Wayne Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 42 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381205" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381205</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of the President 1960 Author: Theodore H. White Narrator: Wayne Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 42 minutes Release date: January  7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Harper Perennial Political Classic, The Making of the President 1960 is the groundbreaking national bestseller and Pulitzer Prize-winning account of the 1960 presidential campaign and the election of John F. Kennedy. The Making of the President: 1960 revolutionized the way modern presidential campaigns are reported. Reporting from within the campaign for the first time on record, White’s extensive research and access to all parties involved set the bar for campaign coverage and remains unparalleled. White conveyed, in magnificent detail and with exquisite pacing, the high-stakes drama; he painted the unforgettable, even mythic, story of JFK versus Nixon; and most of all, he imbued the nation’s presidential election process with a grandeur that later political writers have rarely matched.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e8abde474be3938948c4fb2e78a37ff7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Collective Bargain: Unions, Organizing, and the Fight for Democracy by Jane Mcalevey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-collective-bargain-unions-organizing-and-the-fight-for-democracy-by-jane-mcalevey--65208929</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386271" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386271</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Collective Bargain: Unions, Organizing, and the Fight for Democracy Author: Jane Mcalevey Narrator: Jane Mcalevey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: January  7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From longtime labor organizer Jane McAlevey, a vital call-to-arms in favor of unions, a key force capable of defending our democracy. For decades, racism, corporate greed, and a skewed political system have been eating away at the social and political fabric of the United States. Yet as McAlevey reminds us, there is one weapon whose effectiveness has been proven repeatedly throughout U.S. history: unions. In A Collective Bargain, longtime labor organizer, environmental activist, and political campaigner Jane McAlevey makes the case that unions are a key institution capable of taking effective action against today’s super-rich corporate class. Since the 1930s, when unions flourished under New Deal protections, corporations have waged a stealthy and ruthless war against the labor movement. And they’ve been winning. Until today. Because, as McAlevey shows, unions are making a comeback. Want to reverse the nation’s mounting wealth gap? Put an end to sexual harassment in the workplace? End racial disparities on the job? Negotiate climate justice? Bring back unions. As McAlevey travels from Pennsylvania hospitals, where nurses are building a new kind of patient-centered unionism, to Silicon Valley, where tech workers have turned to old-fashioned collective action, to the battle being waged by America’s teachers, readers have a ringside seat at the struggles that will shape our country—and our future. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386271</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208929/9780062988423.mp3" length="2437151" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386271 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Collective Bargain: Unions, Organizing, and the Fight for Democracy Author: Jane Mcalevey Narrator: Jane Mcalevey Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386271" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386271</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Collective Bargain: Unions, Organizing, and the Fight for Democracy Author: Jane Mcalevey Narrator: Jane Mcalevey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: January  7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From longtime labor organizer Jane McAlevey, a vital call-to-arms in favor of unions, a key force capable of defending our democracy. For decades, racism, corporate greed, and a skewed political system have been eating away at the social and political fabric of the United States. Yet as McAlevey reminds us, there is one weapon whose effectiveness has been proven repeatedly throughout U.S. history: unions. In A Collective Bargain, longtime labor organizer, environmental activist, and political campaigner Jane McAlevey makes the case that unions are a key institution capable of taking effective action against today’s super-rich corporate class. Since the 1930s, when unions flourished under New Deal protections, corporations have waged a stealthy and ruthless war against the labor movement. And they’ve been winning. Until today. Because, as McAlevey shows, unions are making a comeback. Want to reverse the nation’s mounting wealth gap? Put an end to sexual harassment in the workplace? End racial disparities on the job? Negotiate climate justice? Bring back unions. As McAlevey travels from Pennsylvania hospitals, where nurses are building a new kind of patient-centered unionism, to Silicon Valley, where tech workers have turned to old-fashioned collective action, to the battle being waged by America’s teachers, readers have a ringside seat at the struggles that will shape our country—and our future. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/86a4a22962f998f09427811f48e5e8d3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Prime Ministers with Nick Robinson: The Complete BBC Radio 4 Series 1-2 by Nick Robinson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-prime-ministers-with-nick-robinson-the-complete-bbc-radio-4-series-1-2-by-nick-robinson--65208937</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384647" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384647</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prime Ministers with Nick Robinson: The Complete BBC Radio 4 Series 1-2 Author: Nick Robinson Narrator: Nick Robinson, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In the Complete Series 1 and 2 of this fascinating and absorbing Radio 4 series, the BBC's Nick Robinson explores how Prime Ministers have used their power and responded to the great challenges of their time. In the first series he explores the premiership of Sir Robert Walpole; the first and longest-serving prime minister; Lord North; remembered as the prime minister who lost America; Sir Robert Peel; who put national interest before party; Lord Palmerston; who cultivated a cavalier image and dominated mid-Victorian politics; Benjamin Disraeli turned his skills as a novelist to politics and became Britain’s first Jewish-born prime minister; David Lloyd George, Welsh radical who set up the early welfare state, became a presidential PM in the First World War and split the Liberal party; and Stanley Baldwin, the first prime minister to master radio broadcasting, his notion of Englishness shaped inter-war Britain.Clement Attlee, who lacked any charisma, but created the modern welfare state and managed the big political beasts in his Cabinet. In the second series he takes a look at William Pitt the Younger, who became Prime Minister aged only 24 and held the post for almost 19 years in total; Earl Grey, who passed the Great Reform Act and abolished slavery in the British Empire; William Gladstone was our oldest ever premier and finally left Downing Street for the last time aged 84.Herbert Asquith, who had the longest uninterrupted spell in office among twentieth century prime ministers until Margaret Thatcher; Ramsay MacDonald, who became the first Labour Prime Minister in 1924, but seven years later came to be seen as a traitor by his party; Harold Macmillan took over from Eden after Britain’s humiliation in the Suez crisis, and whose upbeat approach earned him the nickname of ‘Supermac’; Harold Wilson captured the mood for change in the 1960s, but his two terms at Number 10 were increasingly dominated by Britain’s economic problems; and Edward Heath, who took Britain into the EEC (now the European Union) in 1973, which still divides opinion. Extract from speech by Lloyd George: © British Library Board. All Rights Reserved.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384647</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208937/9781787538818.mp3" length="2437162" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prime Ministers with Nick Robinson: The Complete BBC Radio 4 Series 1-2 Author: Nick Robinson Narrator: Nick Robinson, Full Cast Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384647" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384647</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prime Ministers with Nick Robinson: The Complete BBC Radio 4 Series 1-2 Author: Nick Robinson Narrator: Nick Robinson, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In the Complete Series 1 and 2 of this fascinating and absorbing Radio 4 series, the BBC's Nick Robinson explores how Prime Ministers have used their power and responded to the great challenges of their time. In the first series he explores the premiership of Sir Robert Walpole; the first and longest-serving prime minister; Lord North; remembered as the prime minister who lost America; Sir Robert Peel; who put national interest before party; Lord Palmerston; who cultivated a cavalier image and dominated mid-Victorian politics; Benjamin Disraeli turned his skills as a novelist to politics and became Britain’s first Jewish-born prime minister; David Lloyd George, Welsh radical who set up the early welfare state, became a presidential PM in the First World War and split the Liberal party; and Stanley Baldwin, the first prime minister to master radio broadcasting, his notion of Englishness shaped inter-war Britain.Clement Attlee, who lacked any charisma, but created the modern welfare state and managed the big political beasts in his Cabinet. In the second series he takes a look at William Pitt the Younger, who became Prime Minister aged only 24 and held the post for almost 19 years in total; Earl Grey, who passed the Great Reform Act and abolished slavery in the British Empire; William Gladstone was our oldest ever premier and finally left Downing Street for the last time aged 84.Herbert Asquith, who had the longest uninterrupted spell in office among twentieth century prime ministers until Margaret Thatcher; Ramsay MacDonald, who became the first Labour Prime Minister in 1924, but seven years later came to be seen as a traitor by his party; Harold Macmillan took over from Eden after Britain’s humiliation in the Suez crisis, and whose upbeat approach earned him the nickname of ‘Supermac’; Harold Wilson captured the mood for change in the 1960s, but his two terms at Number 10 were increasingly dominated by Britain’s economic problems; and Edward Heath, who took Britain into the EEC (now the European Union) in 1973, which still divides opinion. Extract from speech by Lloyd George: © British Library Board. All Rights Reserved.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e54453b03d4316b397089f6e19274a36.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Everything American Government Book: From the Constitution to Present-Day Elections, All You Need to Understand Our Democratic System by</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-everything-american-government-book-from-the-constitution-to-present-day-elections-all-you-need-to-understand-our-democratic-system-by--65208909</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387436" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387436</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything American Government Book: From the Constitution to Present-Day Elections, All You Need to Understand Our Democratic System Author: Nick Ragone Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: December  3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Understand everything you need to know about our democratic system—from the Constitution to present-day elections—with The Everything American Government Book. If the confusion following the last presidential election is any indication, the average citizen knows precious little about the democratic system and the laws that affect their daily lives. The Everything American Government Book unravels the complexities of our democracy and provides you with the knowledge necessary to make the right decisions and take an active role in the management of our country. From the roots of American government and the challenges that have helped shape it over the years to its current structure and systems, this thoroughly researched work is ideal for anyone brushing up on civics, as well as students of all ages.   You’ll learn about:  -The personalities and events that gave rise to our current system  -The real significance of the Bill of Rights and the Constitution  -The functions of each branch of government and how they work together  -Private sector’s influence on public policy and decision-making  -Ways to get involved and make a difference   Specially designed to inform and empower the average citizen during this critical election year, The Everything American Government Book provides the keys to understanding the ins and outs of the most powerful democracy in the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387436</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208909/9781797103808.mp3" length="1478298" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387436 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything American Government Book: From the Constitution to Present-Day Elections, All You Need to Understand Our Democratic System Author: Nick...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387436" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387436</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything American Government Book: From the Constitution to Present-Day Elections, All You Need to Understand Our Democratic System Author: Nick Ragone Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: December  3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Understand everything you need to know about our democratic system—from the Constitution to present-day elections—with The Everything American Government Book. If the confusion following the last presidential election is any indication, the average citizen knows precious little about the democratic system and the laws that affect their daily lives. The Everything American Government Book unravels the complexities of our democracy and provides you with the knowledge necessary to make the right decisions and take an active role in the management of our country. From the roots of American government and the challenges that have helped shape it over the years to its current structure and systems, this thoroughly researched work is ideal for anyone brushing up on civics, as well as students of all ages.   You’ll learn about:  -The personalities and events that gave rise to our current system  -The real significance of the Bill of Rights and the Constitution  -The functions of each branch of government and how they work together  -Private sector’s influence on public policy and decision-making  -Ways to get involved and make a difference   Specially designed to inform and empower the average citizen during this critical election year, The Everything American Government Book provides the keys to understanding the ins and outs of the most powerful democracy in the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/821602d57730c75fc89afa12de667eed.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Cost-Benefit Revolution by Cass R. Sunstein</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-cost-benefit-revolution-by-cass-r-sunstein--65208894</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389763" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389763</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cost-Benefit Revolution Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Peter Marinker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 21, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Why policies should be based on careful consideration of their costs and benefits rather than on intuition, popular opinion, interest groups, and anecdotes. Opinions on government policies vary widely. Some people feel passionately about the child obesity epidemic and support government regulation of sugary drinks. Others argue that people should be able to eat and drink whatever they like. Some people are alarmed about climate change and favor aggressive government intervention. Others don't feel the need for any sort of climate regulation. In The Cost-Benefit Revolution, Cass Sunstein argues our major disagreements really involve facts, not values. It follows that government policy should not be based on public opinion, intuitions, or pressure from interest groups, but on numbers-meaning careful consideration of costs and benefits. Will a policy save one life, or one thousand lives? Will it impose costs on consumers, and if so, will the costs be high or negligible? Will it hurt workers and small businesses, and, if so, precisely how much? As the Obama administration's 'regulatory czar,' Sunstein knows his subject in both theory and practice. Drawing on behavioral economics and his well-known emphasis on 'nudging,' he celebrates the cost-benefit revolution in policy making, tracing its defining moments in the Reagan, Clinton, and Obama administrations (and pondering its uncertain future in the Trump administration). He acknowledges that public officials often lack information about costs and benefits, and outlines state-of-the-art techniques for acquiring that information. Policies should make people's lives better. Quantitative cost-benefit analysis, Sunstein argues, is the best available method for making this happen-even if, in the future, new measures of human well-being, also explored in this book, may be better still.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389763</guid><pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208894/9781528881999.mp3" length="1478181" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389763 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cost-Benefit Revolution Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Peter Marinker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389763" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389763</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cost-Benefit Revolution Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Peter Marinker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 21, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Why policies should be based on careful consideration of their costs and benefits rather than on intuition, popular opinion, interest groups, and anecdotes. Opinions on government policies vary widely. Some people feel passionately about the child obesity epidemic and support government regulation of sugary drinks. Others argue that people should be able to eat and drink whatever they like. Some people are alarmed about climate change and favor aggressive government intervention. Others don't feel the need for any sort of climate regulation. In The Cost-Benefit Revolution, Cass Sunstein argues our major disagreements really involve facts, not values. It follows that government policy should not be based on public opinion, intuitions, or pressure from interest groups, but on numbers-meaning careful consideration of costs and benefits. Will a policy save one life, or one thousand lives? Will it impose costs on consumers, and if so, will the costs be high or negligible? Will it hurt workers and small businesses, and, if so, precisely how much? As the Obama administration's 'regulatory czar,' Sunstein knows his subject in both theory and practice. Drawing on behavioral economics and his well-known emphasis on 'nudging,' he celebrates the cost-benefit revolution in policy making, tracing its defining moments in the Reagan, Clinton, and Obama administrations (and pondering its uncertain future in the Trump administration). He acknowledges that public officials often lack information about costs and benefits, and outlines state-of-the-art techniques for acquiring that information. Policies should make people's lives better. Quantitative cost-benefit analysis, Sunstein argues, is the best available method for making this happen-even if, in the future, new measures of human well-being, also explored in this book, may be better still.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2e2ff61b2a0380c3801a7267242f3e5f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Red Sun: Travels In Naxalite Country by Sudeep Chakravarti</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/red-sun-travels-in-naxalite-country-by-sudeep-chakravarti--65209003</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383482" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383482</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Sun: Travels In Naxalite Country Author: Sudeep Chakravarti Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Spread over fifteen of the country’s twenty-eight states, India’s Maoist movement is now one of the world’s biggest and most sophisticated extreme-left movements. Hardly a week passes without people dying in strikes and counter-strikes by the Maoists—interchangeably known as the Naxalites—and the police and paramilitary forces. In this brilliant and sobering examination of the ‘Other India’, Sudeep Chakravarti combines reportage, political analysis and individual case histories as he takes us to the heart of Maoist zones in the country—areas of extreme destitution, bad governance and perpetual war.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383482</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209003/9780143499688.mp3" length="4837055" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383482 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Sun: Travels In Naxalite Country Author: Sudeep Chakravarti Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 23 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383482" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383482</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Sun: Travels In Naxalite Country Author: Sudeep Chakravarti Narrator: Abhishek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Spread over fifteen of the country’s twenty-eight states, India’s Maoist movement is now one of the world’s biggest and most sophisticated extreme-left movements. Hardly a week passes without people dying in strikes and counter-strikes by the Maoists—interchangeably known as the Naxalites—and the police and paramilitary forces. In this brilliant and sobering examination of the ‘Other India’, Sudeep Chakravarti combines reportage, political analysis and individual case histories as he takes us to the heart of Maoist zones in the country—areas of extreme destitution, bad governance and perpetual war.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7374b76f75ba39baa1ba7a9848bafc81.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Legal Eagles by Indu Bhan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/legal-eagles-by-indu-bhan--65208969</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382242" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382242</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Legal Eagles Author: Indu Bhan Narrator: Kiran Multani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Indian judicial system has garnered worldwide fame through its historical and remarkable judgements and the hard work of its judges and lawyers rarely catches the glaze of common public. Legal Eagle tries to bridge this gap. Indu Bhan’s 'Legal Eagles: Stories of top seven Indian lawyers’ traces the story of the top seven lawyers in India. Lawyers, as we commonly perceive, are not just shrewd intellectuals but much more. It takes more than just intelligence to become a successful lawyer. It takes years of practice, extensive studies and professionalism which set the absolutely outstanding lawyers from the general ones. Their life and career graph is full of crusts and troughs and this book gives an insight into it. Legal Eagles is an exciting read for all the budding lawyers and for all those who are interested in knowing about the life and struggle of great lawyers and how they achieve success in life through sheer grit and hard work . The top seven lawyers chosen by Indu Bhan as the subjects of her book are well known lawyers and have prolific personality worthy to be written about. The seven lawyers whose life and career has found a mention in the book are Harish Salve, Prashant Bhushan, Rohinton Nariman, Mukul Rohatgi, Abhishek Sangvi, CA Sundaram and Arvind Datar. A common link between all seven of them is that they all have been or are applying their trade in the Supreme Court of India. While some of them like Prashant Bhushan, Rohinton Nariman and Mukul Rohatgi carried on their family legacy of being lawyer, other like Harish Salve and Arvind Datar accidently landed upon this profession and are now the stalwarts of legal practice. Legal Eagles is filled with several details of high profile cases handled by these lawyers like Coalgate, Vodafone Tax Case etc. and also explains the psychological and emotional impact that these cases had on them. Not just their professional career, but we also catch a glimpse of their personal life in this book. We get a personal view of the life of these seven legal eagles of India as the author talks about their background, mentors, turning points in their life, what was their way to success, their struggles, daily routine etc.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382242</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208969/9780143500360.mp3" length="4837043" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382242 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Legal Eagles Author: Indu Bhan Narrator: Kiran Multani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382242" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382242</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Legal Eagles Author: Indu Bhan Narrator: Kiran Multani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Indian judicial system has garnered worldwide fame through its historical and remarkable judgements and the hard work of its judges and lawyers rarely catches the glaze of common public. Legal Eagle tries to bridge this gap. Indu Bhan’s 'Legal Eagles: Stories of top seven Indian lawyers’ traces the story of the top seven lawyers in India. Lawyers, as we commonly perceive, are not just shrewd intellectuals but much more. It takes more than just intelligence to become a successful lawyer. It takes years of practice, extensive studies and professionalism which set the absolutely outstanding lawyers from the general ones. Their life and career graph is full of crusts and troughs and this book gives an insight into it. Legal Eagles is an exciting read for all the budding lawyers and for all those who are interested in knowing about the life and struggle of great lawyers and how they achieve success in life through sheer grit and hard work . The top seven lawyers chosen by Indu Bhan as the subjects of her book are well known lawyers and have prolific personality worthy to be written about. The seven lawyers whose life and career has found a mention in the book are Harish Salve, Prashant Bhushan, Rohinton Nariman, Mukul Rohatgi, Abhishek Sangvi, CA Sundaram and Arvind Datar. A common link between all seven of them is that they all have been or are applying their trade in the Supreme Court of India. While some of them like Prashant Bhushan, Rohinton Nariman and Mukul Rohatgi carried on their family legacy of being lawyer, other like Harish Salve and Arvind Datar accidently landed upon this profession and are now the stalwarts of legal practice. Legal Eagles is filled with several details of high profile cases handled by these lawyers like Coalgate, Vodafone Tax Case etc. and also explains the psychological and emotional impact that these cases had on them. Not just their professional career, but we also catch a glimpse of their personal life in this book. We get a personal view of the life of these seven legal eagles of India as the author talks about their background, mentors, turning points in their life, what was their way to success, their struggles, daily routine etc.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2b3897222901feed7cb93a5289c054d3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Democracy on the Road by Ruchir Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/democracy-on-the-road-by-ruchir-sharma--65208882</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391592" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391592</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy on the Road Author: Ruchir Sharma Narrator: Prateek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  On   the eve of a landmark general election, Ruchir Sharma offers an unrivalled   portrait of how India and its democracy work, drawn from his two decades on   the road chasing election campaigns across every major state, travelling the   equivalent of a lap around the earth. Democracy on the Road takes readers on   a rollicking ride with Ruchir and his merry band of fellow writers as they   talk to farmers, shopkeepers and CEOs from Rajasthan to Tamil Nadu, and   interview leaders from Narendra Modi to Rahul Gandhi.  No book has traced the arc of modern India by taking readers so close to   the action. Offering an intimate view inside the lives and minds of India's   political giants and its people, Sharma explains how the complex forces of   family, caste and community, economics and development, money and corruption,   Bollywood and Godmen, have conspired to elect and topple Indian leaders since   Indira Gandhi. The ultimately encouraging message of Ruchir's travels is   that, while democracy is retreating in many parts of the world, it is   thriving in India.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391592</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208882/9780143498872.mp3" length="4837071" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391592 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy on the Road Author: Ruchir Sharma Narrator: Prateek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 10 minutes Release date: November...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391592" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391592</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy on the Road Author: Ruchir Sharma Narrator: Prateek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  On   the eve of a landmark general election, Ruchir Sharma offers an unrivalled   portrait of how India and its democracy work, drawn from his two decades on   the road chasing election campaigns across every major state, travelling the   equivalent of a lap around the earth. Democracy on the Road takes readers on   a rollicking ride with Ruchir and his merry band of fellow writers as they   talk to farmers, shopkeepers and CEOs from Rajasthan to Tamil Nadu, and   interview leaders from Narendra Modi to Rahul Gandhi.  No book has traced the arc of modern India by taking readers so close to   the action. Offering an intimate view inside the lives and minds of India's   political giants and its people, Sharma explains how the complex forces of   family, caste and community, economics and development, money and corruption,   Bollywood and Godmen, have conspired to elect and topple Indian leaders since   Indira Gandhi. The ultimately encouraging message of Ruchir's travels is   that, while democracy is retreating in many parts of the world, it is   thriving in India.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2e644272a19380e9735e7af59c96c8da.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Place Outside the Law: Forgotten Voices from Guantanamo by Peter Jan Honigsberg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-place-outside-the-law-forgotten-voices-from-guantanamo-by-peter-jan-honigsberg--65209044</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380250" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380250</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Place Outside the Law: Forgotten Voices from Guantanamo Author: Peter Jan Honigsberg Narrator: Tom Taylorson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Firsthand testimonies from Guantánamo Bay, inspiring future generations to never repeat the human rights violations of the detention center. Law scholar and Witness to Guantánamo founder Peter Jan Honigsberg uncovers a haunting portrait of life at the military prison and its toll, not only on the detainees and their loved ones but also on its military and civilian personnel and the journalists who reported on it. Honigsberg conducted 158 interviews across 20 countries so that the people who lived and worked there could tell their heartbreaking and inspirational stories. In each one, we face the reality that the healing process cannot begin until we start the conversation about what was done in the name of protecting our country. These are a few of them. Many alleged operatives in Guantánamo were purchased by the United States for ransom from Afghan and Pakistani soldiers. Brandon Neely, a prison guard who processed the first group of suspected operatives to arrive in Cuba, flew to London to embrace the detainees he guarded after leaving the military. Navy whistleblower Matt Diaz covertly released the names of 500 detainees by sending them in a greeting card to a lawyer in New York. Journalist Carol Rosenberg committed the past 17 years of her career to documenting life at Guantánamo. And Damien Corsetti, an interrogator who came to be known as the “King of Torture,” received ribbons and awards for the same cruel actions for which he was later prosecuted. In startling, aching prose, A Place Outside the Law shines a light on these unheard voices, and through them, encourages the global community to embrace humanity as our greatest tool to make the world a safer place.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380250</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209044/9780807081334.mp3" length="4837068" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380250 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Place Outside the Law: Forgotten Voices from Guantanamo Author: Peter Jan Honigsberg Narrator: Tom Taylorson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380250" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380250</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Place Outside the Law: Forgotten Voices from Guantanamo Author: Peter Jan Honigsberg Narrator: Tom Taylorson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Firsthand testimonies from Guantánamo Bay, inspiring future generations to never repeat the human rights violations of the detention center. Law scholar and Witness to Guantánamo founder Peter Jan Honigsberg uncovers a haunting portrait of life at the military prison and its toll, not only on the detainees and their loved ones but also on its military and civilian personnel and the journalists who reported on it. Honigsberg conducted 158 interviews across 20 countries so that the people who lived and worked there could tell their heartbreaking and inspirational stories. In each one, we face the reality that the healing process cannot begin until we start the conversation about what was done in the name of protecting our country. These are a few of them. Many alleged operatives in Guantánamo were purchased by the United States for ransom from Afghan and Pakistani soldiers. Brandon Neely, a prison guard who processed the first group of suspected operatives to arrive in Cuba, flew to London to embrace the detainees he guarded after leaving the military. Navy whistleblower Matt Diaz covertly released the names of 500 detainees by sending them in a greeting card to a lawyer in New York. Journalist Carol Rosenberg committed the past 17 years of her career to documenting life at Guantánamo. And Damien Corsetti, an interrogator who came to be known as the “King of Torture,” received ribbons and awards for the same cruel actions for which he was later prosecuted. In startling, aching prose, A Place Outside the Law shines a light on these unheard voices, and through them, encourages the global community to embrace humanity as our greatest tool to make the world a safer place.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/19cdb2aca3894d73ea990ae0419d1534.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>With All Due Respect: Defending America with Grit and Grace by Nikki R. Haley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/with-all-due-respect-defending-america-with-grit-and-grace-by-nikki-r-haley--65209015</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382580" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382580</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: With All Due Respect: Defending America with Grit and Grace Author: Nikki R. Haley Narrator: Nikki R. Haley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 40   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This program is read by the author. A revealing, dramatic, deeply personal audiobook about the most significant events of our time, by the former United States Ambassador to the United Nations. Nikki Haley is widely admired for her forthright manner (“With all due respect, I don’t get confused”), her sensitive approach to tragic events, and her confident representation of America’s interests as our Ambassador to the United Nations during times of crisis and consequence. In this audiobook, Haley offers a first-hand perspective on major national and international matters, as well as a behind-the-scenes account of her tenure in the Trump administration. This audiobook reveals a woman who can hold her own—and better—in domestic and international power politics, a diplomat who is unafraid to take a principled stand even when it is unpopular, and a leader who seeks to bring Americans together in divisive times.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382580</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209015/9781250267191.mp3" length="2437140" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382580 to listen full audiobooks. Title: With All Due Respect: Defending America with Grit and Grace Author: Nikki R. Haley Narrator: Nikki R. Haley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382580" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382580</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: With All Due Respect: Defending America with Grit and Grace Author: Nikki R. Haley Narrator: Nikki R. Haley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 40   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This program is read by the author. A revealing, dramatic, deeply personal audiobook about the most significant events of our time, by the former United States Ambassador to the United Nations. Nikki Haley is widely admired for her forthright manner (“With all due respect, I don’t get confused”), her sensitive approach to tragic events, and her confident representation of America’s interests as our Ambassador to the United Nations during times of crisis and consequence. In this audiobook, Haley offers a first-hand perspective on major national and international matters, as well as a behind-the-scenes account of her tenure in the Trump administration. This audiobook reveals a woman who can hold her own—and better—in domestic and international power politics, a diplomat who is unafraid to take a principled stand even when it is unpopular, and a leader who seeks to bring Americans together in divisive times.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/50201d1add07c83f019f83736d4fffca.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Ambassadors: America's Diplomats on the Front Lines by Paul Richter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-ambassadors-america-s-diplomats-on-the-front-lines-by-paul-richter--65208912</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383318" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383318</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ambassadors: America's Diplomats on the Front Lines Author: Paul Richter Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Veteran diplomatic correspondent Paul Richter goes behind the battles and the headlines to show how American ambassadors are the unconventional warriors in the Muslim world—running local government, directing drone strikes, building nations, and risking their lives on the front lines. The tale’s heroes are a small circle of top career diplomats who have been an unheralded but crucial line of national defense in the past two decades of wars in the greater Middle East. In The Ambassadors, Paul Richter shares the astonishing, true-life stories of four expeditionary diplomats who “do the hardest things in the hardest places.”   The book describes how Ryan Crocker helped rebuild a shattered Afghan government after the fall of the Taliban and secretly negotiated with the shadowy Iranian mastermind General Qassim Suleimani to wage war in Afghanistan and choose new leaders for post-invasion Iraq. Robert Ford, assigned to be a one-man occupation government for an Iraqi province, struggled to restart a collapsed economy and to deal with spiraling sectarian violence—and was taken hostage by a militia. In Syria at the eruption of the civil war, he is chased by government thugs for defying the country’s ruler. J. Christopher Stevens is smuggled into Libya as US Envoy to the rebels during its bloody civil war, then returns as ambassador only to be killed during a terror attach in Benghazi. War-zone veteran Anne Patterson is sent to Pakistan, considered the world’s most dangerous country, to broker deals that prevent a government collapse and to help guide the secret war on jihadists.   “An important and illuminating read” (The Washington Post) and the winner of the prestigious Douglas Dillon Book Award from the American Academy of Diplomacy, The Ambassadors is a candid examination of the career diplomatic corps, America’s first point of contact with the outside world, and a critical piece of modern-day history.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383318</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208912/9781797101972.mp3" length="1478244" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383318 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ambassadors: America's Diplomats on the Front Lines Author: Paul Richter Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 20...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383318" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383318</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ambassadors: America's Diplomats on the Front Lines Author: Paul Richter Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Veteran diplomatic correspondent Paul Richter goes behind the battles and the headlines to show how American ambassadors are the unconventional warriors in the Muslim world—running local government, directing drone strikes, building nations, and risking their lives on the front lines. The tale’s heroes are a small circle of top career diplomats who have been an unheralded but crucial line of national defense in the past two decades of wars in the greater Middle East. In The Ambassadors, Paul Richter shares the astonishing, true-life stories of four expeditionary diplomats who “do the hardest things in the hardest places.”   The book describes how Ryan Crocker helped rebuild a shattered Afghan government after the fall of the Taliban and secretly negotiated with the shadowy Iranian mastermind General Qassim Suleimani to wage war in Afghanistan and choose new leaders for post-invasion Iraq. Robert Ford, assigned to be a one-man occupation government for an Iraqi province, struggled to restart a collapsed economy and to deal with spiraling sectarian violence—and was taken hostage by a militia. In Syria at the eruption of the civil war, he is chased by government thugs for defying the country’s ruler. J. Christopher Stevens is smuggled into Libya as US Envoy to the rebels during its bloody civil war, then returns as ambassador only to be killed during a terror attach in Benghazi. War-zone veteran Anne Patterson is sent to Pakistan, considered the world’s most dangerous country, to broker deals that prevent a government collapse and to help guide the secret war on jihadists.   “An important and illuminating read” (The Washington Post) and the winner of the prestigious Douglas Dillon Book Award from the American Academy of Diplomacy, The Ambassadors is a candid examination of the career diplomatic corps, America’s first point of contact with the outside world, and a critical piece of modern-day history.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b96372cab0b1d1e70546c847a745fce8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Desk 88: Eight Progressive Senators Who Changed America by Sherrod Brown</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/desk-88-eight-progressive-senators-who-changed-america-by-sherrod-brown--65208991</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380228" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380228</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Desk 88: Eight Progressive Senators Who Changed America Author: Sherrod Brown Narrator: Sherrod Brown, Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 48 minutes Release date: November  5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Ohio Senator Sherrod Brown offers listeners both an insider's and a historical view of the workings of the U.S. Senate in this intriguing audiobook.' -- AudioFile Magazine Since his election to the U.S. Senate in 2006, Ohio’s Sherrod Brown has sat on the Senate floor at a mahogany desk with a proud history. In Desk 88, he tells the story of eight of the Senators who were there before him.  Despite their flaws and frequent setbacks, each made a decisive contribution to the creation of a more just America. They range from Hugo Black, who helped to lift millions of American workers out of poverty, to Robert F. Kennedy, whose eyes were opened by an undernourished Mississippi child and who then spent the rest of his life afflicting the comfortable. Brown revives forgotten figures such as Idaho’s Glen Taylor, a singing cowboy who taught himself economics and stood up to segregationists, and offers new insights into George McGovern, who fought to feed the poor around the world even amid personal and political calamities.  He also writes about Herbert Lehman of New York, Al Gore Sr. of Tennessee, Theodore Francis Green of Rhode Island, and William Proxmire of Wisconsin.  Together, these eight portraits in political courage tell a story about the triumphs and failures of the Progressive idea over the past century: in the 1930s and 1960s, and more intermittently since, politicians and the public have successfully fought against entrenched special interests and advanced the cause of economic or racial fairness. Today, these advances are in peril as employers shed their responsibilities to employees and communities, and a U.S. president gives cover to bigotry. But the Progressive idea is not dead.  Recalling his own career, Brown dramatizes the hard work and high ideals required to renew the social contract and create a new era in which Americans of all backgrounds can know the “Dignity of Work.”]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380228</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208991/9781250261601.mp3" length="2437197" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380228 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Desk 88: Eight Progressive Senators Who Changed America Author: Sherrod Brown Narrator: Sherrod Brown, Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380228" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380228</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Desk 88: Eight Progressive Senators Who Changed America Author: Sherrod Brown Narrator: Sherrod Brown, Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 48 minutes Release date: November  5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Ohio Senator Sherrod Brown offers listeners both an insider's and a historical view of the workings of the U.S. Senate in this intriguing audiobook.' -- AudioFile Magazine Since his election to the U.S. Senate in 2006, Ohio’s Sherrod Brown has sat on the Senate floor at a mahogany desk with a proud history. In Desk 88, he tells the story of eight of the Senators who were there before him.  Despite their flaws and frequent setbacks, each made a decisive contribution to the creation of a more just America. They range from Hugo Black, who helped to lift millions of American workers out of poverty, to Robert F. Kennedy, whose eyes were opened by an undernourished Mississippi child and who then spent the rest of his life afflicting the comfortable. Brown revives forgotten figures such as Idaho’s Glen Taylor, a singing cowboy who taught himself economics and stood up to segregationists, and offers new insights into George McGovern, who fought to feed the poor around the world even amid personal and political calamities.  He also writes about Herbert Lehman of New York, Al Gore Sr. of Tennessee, Theodore Francis Green of Rhode Island, and William Proxmire of Wisconsin.  Together, these eight portraits in political courage tell a story about the triumphs and failures of the Progressive idea over the past century: in the 1930s and 1960s, and more intermittently since, politicians and the public have successfully fought against entrenched special interests and advanced the cause of economic or racial fairness. Today, these advances are in peril as employers shed their responsibilities to employees and communities, and a U.S. president gives cover to bigotry. But the Progressive idea is not dead.  Recalling his own career, Brown dramatizes the hard work and high ideals required to renew the social contract and create a new era in which Americans of all backgrounds can know the “Dignity of Work.”]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/18577aae4d185176fb3960882479e9dc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Leadership in War: Lessons from Those Who Made History by Andrew Roberts</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/leadership-in-war-lessons-from-those-who-made-history-by-andrew-roberts--65208887</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389160" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389160</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership in War: Lessons from Those Who Made History Author: Andrew Roberts Narrator: John Less Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Taking us from the French Revolution to the Cold War and the Falklands, Andrew Roberts presents us with a bracingly honest and insightful look at nine major figures in modern history: Napoleon Bonaparte, Horatio Nelson, Winston Churchill, Adolf Hitler, Joseph Stalin, George C. Marshall, Charles de Gaulle, Dwight D. Eisenhower and Margaret Thatcher. Each of these leaders fundamentally shaped the outcome of the war their nation was embroiled in. How were they alike, and in what ways did they differ? Was their war leadership unique, or did these leaders have something in common, traits and techniques that transcend time and place and can be applied to the fundamental nature of conflict? Meticulously researched and compellingly written, Leadership in War presents readers with fresh, complex portraits of leaders who approached war with different tactics and different weapons, but with the common goal of success in the face of battle. Both inspiring and cautionary, these portraits offer important lessons on leadership in times of struggle. With his trademark verve and incisive observation, Roberts reveals the qualities that doom even the most promising leaders to failure, and the qualities that lead to victory. Taking us from the French Revolution to the Cold War and the Falklands, Andrew Roberts presents us with a bracingly honest and insightful look at nine major figures in modern history: Napoleon Bonaparte, Horatio Nelson, Winston Churchill, Adolf Hitler, Joseph Stalin, George C. Marshall, Charles de Gaulle, Dwight D. Eisenhower and Margaret Thatcher. Each of these leaders fundamentally shaped the outcome of the war their nation was embroiled in. How were they alike, and in what ways did they differ? Was their war leadership unique, or did these leaders have something in common, traits and techniques that transcend time and place and can be applied to the fundamental nature of conflict? Meticulously researched and compellingly written, Leadership in War presents readers with fresh, complex portraits of leaders who approached war with different tactics and different weapons, but with the common goal of success in the face of battle. Both inspiring and cautionary, these portraits offer important lessons on leadership in times of struggle. With his trademark verve and incisive observation, Roberts reveals the qualities that doom even the most promising leaders to failure, and the qualities that lead to victory.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389160</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208887/9780241401682.mp3" length="2437122" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389160 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership in War: Lessons from Those Who Made History Author: Andrew Roberts Narrator: John Less Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389160" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389160</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership in War: Lessons from Those Who Made History Author: Andrew Roberts Narrator: John Less Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Taking us from the French Revolution to the Cold War and the Falklands, Andrew Roberts presents us with a bracingly honest and insightful look at nine major figures in modern history: Napoleon Bonaparte, Horatio Nelson, Winston Churchill, Adolf Hitler, Joseph Stalin, George C. Marshall, Charles de Gaulle, Dwight D. Eisenhower and Margaret Thatcher. Each of these leaders fundamentally shaped the outcome of the war their nation was embroiled in. How were they alike, and in what ways did they differ? Was their war leadership unique, or did these leaders have something in common, traits and techniques that transcend time and place and can be applied to the fundamental nature of conflict? Meticulously researched and compellingly written, Leadership in War presents readers with fresh, complex portraits of leaders who approached war with different tactics and different weapons, but with the common goal of success in the face of battle. Both inspiring and cautionary, these portraits offer important lessons on leadership in times of struggle. With his trademark verve and incisive observation, Roberts reveals the qualities that doom even the most promising leaders to failure, and the qualities that lead to victory. Taking us from the French Revolution to the Cold War and the Falklands, Andrew Roberts presents us with a bracingly honest and insightful look at nine major figures in modern history: Napoleon Bonaparte, Horatio Nelson, Winston Churchill, Adolf Hitler, Joseph Stalin, George C. Marshall, Charles de Gaulle, Dwight D. Eisenhower and Margaret Thatcher. Each of these leaders fundamentally shaped the outcome of the war their nation was embroiled in. How were they alike, and in what ways did they differ? Was their war leadership unique, or did these leaders have something in common, traits and techniques that transcend time and place and can be applied to the fundamental nature of conflict? Meticulously researched and compellingly written, Leadership in War presents readers with fresh, complex portraits of leaders who approached war with different tactics and different weapons, but with the common goal of success in the face of battle. Both inspiring and cautionary, these portraits offer important lessons on leadership in times of struggle. With his trademark verve and incisive observation, Roberts reveals the qualities that doom even the most promising leaders to failure, and the qualities that lead to victory.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7aaaad23dbcc50257f7b41cdc2be62c1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Targeted: My Inside Story of Cambridge Analytica and How Trump, Brexit and Facebook Broke Democracy by Brittany Kaiser</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/targeted-my-inside-story-of-cambridge-analytica-and-how-trump-brexit-and-facebook-broke-democracy-by-brittany-kaiser--65208948</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382384" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382384</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Targeted: My Inside Story of Cambridge Analytica and How Trump, Brexit and Facebook Broke Democracy Author: Brittany Kaiser Narrator: Brittany Kaiser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this explosive memoir, a political consultant and technology whistleblower reveals the disturbing truth about the multi-billion-dollar data industry, revealing to the public how companies are getting richer using our personal information and exposing how Cambridge Analytica exploited weaknesses in privacy laws to help elect Donald Trump.                      When Brittany Kaiser joined Cambridge Analytica – the UK-based political consulting firm funded by conservative billionaire and Donald Trump patron Robert Mercer – she was an idealistic young professional working on her fourth degree in human rights law and international relations. A veteran of Barack Obama’s 2008 campaign, Kaiser’s goal was to utilize data for humanitarian purposes, most notably to prevent genocide and human rights abuses. But her experience inside Cambridge Analytica opened her eyes to the tremendous risks that this unregulated industry poses to privacy and democracy.           Targeted is Kaiser’s eyewitness chronicle of the dramatic and disturbing story of the rise and fall of Cambridge Analytica. She reveals to the public how Facebook’s lax policies and lack of sufficient national laws allowed voters to be manipulated in both Britain and the United States, where personal data was weaponised to spread fake news and racist messaging during the Brexit vote and the 2016 election. But the damage isn’t done Kaiser warns; the 2020 election can be compromised as well if we continue to do nothing.           In the aftermath of the U.S. election, as she became aware of the horrifying reality of what Cambridge Analytica had done in support of Donald Trump, Kaiser made the difficult choice to expose the truth. Risking her career, relationships, and personal safety, she told authorities about the data industry’s unethical business practices, eventually testifying before Parliament.           Packed with never-before-publicly-told stories, Targeted goes inside the secretive meetings with Trump campaign personnel and details the promises Cambridge Analytica made to win. Throughout, Kaiser makes the case for regulation, arguing that legal oversight of the data industry is not only justifiable but essential to ensuring the long-term safety of our democracy.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382384</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208948/9780008363925.mp3" length="2437128" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382384 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Targeted: My Inside Story of Cambridge Analytica and How Trump, Brexit and Facebook Broke Democracy Author: Brittany Kaiser Narrator: Brittany Kaiser...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382384" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382384</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Targeted: My Inside Story of Cambridge Analytica and How Trump, Brexit and Facebook Broke Democracy Author: Brittany Kaiser Narrator: Brittany Kaiser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this explosive memoir, a political consultant and technology whistleblower reveals the disturbing truth about the multi-billion-dollar data industry, revealing to the public how companies are getting richer using our personal information and exposing how Cambridge Analytica exploited weaknesses in privacy laws to help elect Donald Trump.                      When Brittany Kaiser joined Cambridge Analytica – the UK-based political consulting firm funded by conservative billionaire and Donald Trump patron Robert Mercer – she was an idealistic young professional working on her fourth degree in human rights law and international relations. A veteran of Barack Obama’s 2008 campaign, Kaiser’s goal was to utilize data for humanitarian purposes, most notably to prevent genocide and human rights abuses. But her experience inside Cambridge Analytica opened her eyes to the tremendous risks that this unregulated industry poses to privacy and democracy.           Targeted is Kaiser’s eyewitness chronicle of the dramatic and disturbing story of the rise and fall of Cambridge Analytica. She reveals to the public how Facebook’s lax policies and lack of sufficient national laws allowed voters to be manipulated in both Britain and the United States, where personal data was weaponised to spread fake news and racist messaging during the Brexit vote and the 2016 election. But the damage isn’t done Kaiser warns; the 2020 election can be compromised as well if we continue to do nothing.           In the aftermath of the U.S. election, as she became aware of the horrifying reality of what Cambridge Analytica had done in support of Donald Trump, Kaiser made the difficult choice to expose the truth. Risking her career, relationships, and personal safety, she told authorities about the data industry’s unethical business practices, eventually testifying before Parliament.           Packed with never-before-publicly-told stories, Targeted goes inside the secretive meetings with Trump campaign personnel and details the promises Cambridge Analytica made to win. Throughout, Kaiser makes the case for regulation, arguing that legal oversight of the data industry is not only justifiable but essential to ensuring the long-term safety of our democracy.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/56b5bef19ecee4f6ec2699fcc0c87886.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Deep State: Trump, the FBI, and the Rule of Law by James B. Stewart</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/deep-state-trump-the-fbi-and-the-rule-of-law-by-james-b-stewart--65208972</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382910" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382910</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deep State: Trump, the FBI, and the Rule of Law Author: James B. Stewart Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 2 minutes Release date: October  8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The New York Times bestseller from the award-winning author of Den of Thieves and Unscripted. 'Important and stunning. This is must-read material if you want to understand what the Trump administration is still up to right now.' --Lawrence O'Donnell There are questions that the Mueller report couldn't—or wouldn't—answer. What actually happened to instigate the Russia investigation? Did President Trump’s meddling incriminate him? There’s no mystery to what Trump thinks. He claims that the Deep State, a cabal of career bureaucrats—among them, Andrew McCabe, Lisa Page, and Peter Strzok, previously little known figures within the FBI whom he has obsessively and publically reviled—is concerned only with protecting its own power and undermining the democratic process. Conversely, James Comey has defended the FBI as incorruptible apolitical public servants who work tirelessly to uphold the rule of law.      For the first time, bestselling author James B. Stewart sifts these conflicting accounts to present a clear-eyed view of what exactly happened inside the FBI in the lead-up to the 2016 election, drawing on scores of interviews with key FBI, Department of Justice, and White House officialsand voluminous transcripts, notes, and internal reports. In full detail, this is the dramatic saga of the FBI’s simultaneous investigations of both Hillary Clinton and Donald Trump—the first time in American history the FBI has been thrust into the middle of both parties' campaigns for the presidency. Stewart shows what exactly was set in motion when Trump fired Comey, triggering the appointment of Robert Mueller as an independent special counsel and causing the FBI to open a formal investigation into the president himself. And how this unprecedented event joined in ongoing combat two vital institutions of American democracy: the presidency and the Federal Bureau of Investigation.      At stake in this epic battle is the rule of law itself, the foundation of the U.S. Constitution. There is no room for compromise, but plenty for collateral damage. The reputations of both sides have already been harmed, perhaps irrevocably, and at great cost to American democracy. Deep State goes beyond the limits of the legally constrained Mueller report, showing how the president’s obsession with the idea of a conspiracy against him is still upending lives and sending shockwaves through both the FBI and the Department of Justice. In this world-historical struggle—Trump versus intelligence agencies—Stewart shows us in rare style what’s real and what matters now. And for the looming 2020 election.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382910</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208972/9780593170762.mp3" length="4837056" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382910 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deep State: Trump, the FBI, and the Rule of Law Author: James B. Stewart Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 2...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382910" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382910</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deep State: Trump, the FBI, and the Rule of Law Author: James B. Stewart Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 2 minutes Release date: October  8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The New York Times bestseller from the award-winning author of Den of Thieves and Unscripted. 'Important and stunning. This is must-read material if you want to understand what the Trump administration is still up to right now.' --Lawrence O'Donnell There are questions that the Mueller report couldn't—or wouldn't—answer. What actually happened to instigate the Russia investigation? Did President Trump’s meddling incriminate him? There’s no mystery to what Trump thinks. He claims that the Deep State, a cabal of career bureaucrats—among them, Andrew McCabe, Lisa Page, and Peter Strzok, previously little known figures within the FBI whom he has obsessively and publically reviled—is concerned only with protecting its own power and undermining the democratic process. Conversely, James Comey has defended the FBI as incorruptible apolitical public servants who work tirelessly to uphold the rule of law.      For the first time, bestselling author James B. Stewart sifts these conflicting accounts to present a clear-eyed view of what exactly happened inside the FBI in the lead-up to the 2016 election, drawing on scores of interviews with key FBI, Department of Justice, and White House officialsand voluminous transcripts, notes, and internal reports. In full detail, this is the dramatic saga of the FBI’s simultaneous investigations of both Hillary Clinton and Donald Trump—the first time in American history the FBI has been thrust into the middle of both parties' campaigns for the presidency. Stewart shows what exactly was set in motion when Trump fired Comey, triggering the appointment of Robert Mueller as an independent special counsel and causing the FBI to open a formal investigation into the president himself. And how this unprecedented event joined in ongoing combat two vital institutions of American democracy: the presidency and the Federal Bureau of Investigation.      At stake in this epic battle is the rule of law itself, the foundation of the U.S. Constitution. There is no room for compromise, but plenty for collateral damage. The reputations of both sides have already been harmed, perhaps irrevocably, and at great cost to American democracy. Deep State goes beyond the limits of the legally constrained Mueller report, showing how the president’s obsession with the idea of a conspiracy against him is still upending lives and sending shockwaves through both the FBI and the Department of Justice. In this world-historical struggle—Trump versus intelligence agencies—Stewart shows us in rare style what’s real and what matters now. And for the looming 2020 election.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bb33649c2d7c191258654cdb6c77ae24.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Exposure: Poisoned Water, Corporate Greed, and One Lawyer's Twenty-Year Battle Against DuPont by Robert Bilott</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/exposure-poisoned-water-corporate-greed-and-one-lawyer-s-twenty-year-battle-against-dupont-by-robert-bilott--65208919</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386407" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386407</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exposure: Poisoned Water, Corporate Greed, and One Lawyer's Twenty-Year Battle Against DuPont Author: Robert Bilott Narrator: Jeremy Bobb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 53 minutes Release date: October  8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “For Erin Brockovich fans, a David vs. Goliath tale with a twist” (The New York Times Book Review)—the incredible true story of the lawyer who spent two decades building a case against DuPont for its use of the hazardous chemical PFOA, uncovering the worst case of environmental contamination in history—affecting virtually every person on the planet—and the conspiracy that kept it a secret for sixty years.    The story that inspired Dark Waters, the major motion picture from Focus Features starring Mark Ruffalo and Anne Hathaway, directed by Todd Haynes. 1998: Rob Bilott is a young lawyer specializing in helping big corporations stay on the right side of environmental laws and regulations. Then he gets a phone call from a West Virginia farmer named Earl Tennant, who is convinced the creek on his property is being poisoned by runoff from a neighboring DuPont landfill, causing his cattle and the surrounding wildlife to die in hideous ways. Earl hasn’t even been able to get a water sample tested by any state or federal regulatory agency or find a local lawyer willing to take the case. As soon as they hear the name DuPont—the area’s largest employer—they shut him down.   Once Rob sees the thick, foamy water that bubbles into the creek, the gruesome effects it seems to have on livestock, and the disturbing frequency of cancer and other health problems in the area, he’s persuaded to fight against the type of corporation his firm routinely represents. After intense legal wrangling, Rob ultimately gains access to hundreds of thousands of pages of DuPont documents, some of them fifty years old, that reveal the company has been holding onto decades of studies proving the harmful effects of a chemical called PFOA, used in making Teflon. PFOA is often called a “forever chemical,” because once in the environment, it does not break down or degrade for millions of years, contaminating the planet forever. The case of one farmer soon spawns a class action suit on behalf of seventy thousand residents—and the shocking realization that virtually every person on the planet has been exposed to PFOA and carries the chemical in his or her blood.   What emerges is a riveting legal drama “in the grand tradition of Jonathan Harr’s A Civil Action” (Booklist, starred review) about malice and manipulation, the failings of environmental regulation; and one lawyer’s twenty-year struggle to expose the truth about this previously unknown—and still unregulated—chemical that we all have inside us.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386407</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208919/9781797103419.mp3" length="1478200" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386407 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exposure: Poisoned Water, Corporate Greed, and One Lawyer's Twenty-Year Battle Against DuPont Author: Robert Bilott Narrator: Jeremy Bobb Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386407" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386407</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exposure: Poisoned Water, Corporate Greed, and One Lawyer's Twenty-Year Battle Against DuPont Author: Robert Bilott Narrator: Jeremy Bobb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 53 minutes Release date: October  8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “For Erin Brockovich fans, a David vs. Goliath tale with a twist” (The New York Times Book Review)—the incredible true story of the lawyer who spent two decades building a case against DuPont for its use of the hazardous chemical PFOA, uncovering the worst case of environmental contamination in history—affecting virtually every person on the planet—and the conspiracy that kept it a secret for sixty years.    The story that inspired Dark Waters, the major motion picture from Focus Features starring Mark Ruffalo and Anne Hathaway, directed by Todd Haynes. 1998: Rob Bilott is a young lawyer specializing in helping big corporations stay on the right side of environmental laws and regulations. Then he gets a phone call from a West Virginia farmer named Earl Tennant, who is convinced the creek on his property is being poisoned by runoff from a neighboring DuPont landfill, causing his cattle and the surrounding wildlife to die in hideous ways. Earl hasn’t even been able to get a water sample tested by any state or federal regulatory agency or find a local lawyer willing to take the case. As soon as they hear the name DuPont—the area’s largest employer—they shut him down.   Once Rob sees the thick, foamy water that bubbles into the creek, the gruesome effects it seems to have on livestock, and the disturbing frequency of cancer and other health problems in the area, he’s persuaded to fight against the type of corporation his firm routinely represents. After intense legal wrangling, Rob ultimately gains access to hundreds of thousands of pages of DuPont documents, some of them fifty years old, that reveal the company has been holding onto decades of studies proving the harmful effects of a chemical called PFOA, used in making Teflon. PFOA is often called a “forever chemical,” because once in the environment, it does not break down or degrade for millions of years, contaminating the planet forever. The case of one farmer soon spawns a class action suit on behalf of seventy thousand residents—and the shocking realization that virtually every person on the planet has been exposed to PFOA and carries the chemical in his or her blood.   What emerges is a riveting legal drama “in the grand tradition of Jonathan Harr’s A Civil Action” (Booklist, starred review) about malice and manipulation, the failings of environmental regulation; and one lawyer’s twenty-year struggle to expose the truth about this previously unknown—and still unregulated—chemical that we all have inside us.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ef0623d007a33d4fbf7dcbf4634fcee3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Exposure by Robert Bilott</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/exposure-by-robert-bilott--65208875</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390584" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390584</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exposure Author: Robert Bilott Narrator: Jeremy Bobb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 53 minutes Release date: October  8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ERIN BROCKOVICH meets SILENT SPRING in this astounding true story of a lawyer who spent two decades building a case against one of the world’s largest chemical companies, uncovering a shocking history of environmental pollution and heartless cover-up.  The story that inspired the major motion picture from Participant Media/Focus Features, starring Mark Ruffalo, Anne Hathaway, Bill Pullman and Tim Robbins, directed by Todd Haynes.  In 1998, Robert Bilott was a 33-year-old Cincinnati lawyer on the verge of making partner when his career and life took an unforeseen turn. He was taken by surprise when he received a call from a man named Earl Tennant, a farmer from West Virginia with a slight connection to Robert’s family. Earl was convinced the creek on his property, where his cattle grazed, was being poisoned by run-off from a neighbouring factory landfill. His cattle were dying in hideous ways, and he hadn’t even been able to get a water sample tested by local agencies, politicians or vets. As soon as they heard the name DuPont – the area’s largest employer – he felt they were reluctant to investigate further.  Once Robert saw the thick, foamy water that bubbled into the creek, the gruesome effects it seemed to have on livestock, and the disturbing frequency of cancer and lung problems in the surrounding area, he was persuaded to fight against the type of corporation his firm routinely represented. With all the cards stacked against him, Rob happened upon a stray reference in a random memo to a chemical called PFOA – a substance he’d never heard of that is used in the manufacture of Teflon. From that one reference, he ultimately gained access to 110,000 pages of DuPont documents, some of them fifty years old, that revealed decades of medical studies proving the harmful – more often than not fatal – effects of PFOA in animals and humans. And yet PFOA sludge had still been dumped into rivers and landfill, endangering many lives. The case of one farmer soon spawned a class-action suit and the shocking realisation that virtually every person on the planet has been exposed to PFOA and carries the chemical in his or her blood. This is the unforgettable story of the lawyer who worked tirelessly for twenty years to get justice for all those who had suffered because of this chemical.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390584</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208875/9781471191008.mp3" length="1478178" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390584 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exposure Author: Robert Bilott Narrator: Jeremy Bobb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 53 minutes Release date: October  8, 2019 Ratings:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390584" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390584</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exposure Author: Robert Bilott Narrator: Jeremy Bobb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 53 minutes Release date: October  8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ERIN BROCKOVICH meets SILENT SPRING in this astounding true story of a lawyer who spent two decades building a case against one of the world’s largest chemical companies, uncovering a shocking history of environmental pollution and heartless cover-up.  The story that inspired the major motion picture from Participant Media/Focus Features, starring Mark Ruffalo, Anne Hathaway, Bill Pullman and Tim Robbins, directed by Todd Haynes.  In 1998, Robert Bilott was a 33-year-old Cincinnati lawyer on the verge of making partner when his career and life took an unforeseen turn. He was taken by surprise when he received a call from a man named Earl Tennant, a farmer from West Virginia with a slight connection to Robert’s family. Earl was convinced the creek on his property, where his cattle grazed, was being poisoned by run-off from a neighbouring factory landfill. His cattle were dying in hideous ways, and he hadn’t even been able to get a water sample tested by local agencies, politicians or vets. As soon as they heard the name DuPont – the area’s largest employer – he felt they were reluctant to investigate further.  Once Robert saw the thick, foamy water that bubbled into the creek, the gruesome effects it seemed to have on livestock, and the disturbing frequency of cancer and lung problems in the surrounding area, he was persuaded to fight against the type of corporation his firm routinely represented. With all the cards stacked against him, Rob happened upon a stray reference in a random memo to a chemical called PFOA – a substance he’d never heard of that is used in the manufacture of Teflon. From that one reference, he ultimately gained access to 110,000 pages of DuPont documents, some of them fifty years old, that revealed decades of medical studies proving the harmful – more often than not fatal – effects of PFOA in animals and humans. And yet PFOA sludge had still been dumped into rivers and landfill, endangering many lives. The case of one farmer soon spawned a class-action suit and the shocking realisation that virtually every person on the planet has been exposed to PFOA and carries the chemical in his or her blood. This is the unforgettable story of the lawyer who worked tirelessly for twenty years to get justice for all those who had suffered because of this chemical.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/187676757e766d1bc80d7b09080baf05.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Drowning of Money Island: A Forgotten Community's Fight Against the Rising Seas Threatening Coastal America by Andrew S. Lewis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-drowning-of-money-island-a-forgotten-community-s-fight-against-the-rising-seas-threatening-coastal-america-by-andrew-s-lewis--65208995</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380247" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380247</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drowning of Money Island: A Forgotten Community's Fight Against the Rising Seas Threatening Coastal America Author: Andrew S. Lewis Narrator: Thom Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: October  1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Offers a glimpse of the future of vanishing shorelines in America in the age of climate change, where the wealthy will be able to remain the longest while the poor will be forced to leave. Journalist Andrew Lewis chronicles the struggle of his New Jersey hometown to rebuild their ravaged homes in the face of the same environmental stresses and governmental neglect that are endangering coastal areas throughout the United States. Lewis grew up on the Bayshore, a 40-mile stretch of Delaware Bay beaches, marshland, and fishing hamlets at the southern end of New Jersey, whose working-class community is fighting to retain their place in a country that has left them behind. The Bayshore, like so many rural places in the US, is under immense pressure from a combination of severe economic decline, industry loss, and regulation. But it is also contending with one of the fastest rates of sea level rise on the planet and the aftereffects of one of the most destructive hurricanes in American history, Superstorm Sandy. If in the years prior to Sandy the Bayshore had already been slowly disappearing, its beaches eroding and lowland cedar woods hollowing out into saltwater-bleached ghost forests, after the hurricane, the community was decimated. Today, homes and roads and memories are crumbling into the rising bay. Cumberland, the poor, rural county where the Bayshore is located, had been left out of the bulk of the initial federal disaster relief package post-Sandy. Instead of money to rebuild, the Bayshore got the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection’s Superstorm Sandy Blue Acres Program, which identified and purchased flood-prone neighborhoods where working-class citizens lived, then demolished them to be converted to open space. The Drowning of Money Island is an intimate yet unbiased, lyrical yet investigative portrait of a rural community ravaged by sea level rise and economic hardship, as well as the increasingly divisive politics those factors have helped spawn. It invites us to confront how climate change is already intensifying preexisting inequality.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380247</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208995/9780807081297.mp3" length="4837079" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380247 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drowning of Money Island: A Forgotten Community's Fight Against the Rising Seas Threatening Coastal America Author: Andrew S. Lewis Narrator: Thom...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380247" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380247</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drowning of Money Island: A Forgotten Community's Fight Against the Rising Seas Threatening Coastal America Author: Andrew S. Lewis Narrator: Thom Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: October  1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Offers a glimpse of the future of vanishing shorelines in America in the age of climate change, where the wealthy will be able to remain the longest while the poor will be forced to leave. Journalist Andrew Lewis chronicles the struggle of his New Jersey hometown to rebuild their ravaged homes in the face of the same environmental stresses and governmental neglect that are endangering coastal areas throughout the United States. Lewis grew up on the Bayshore, a 40-mile stretch of Delaware Bay beaches, marshland, and fishing hamlets at the southern end of New Jersey, whose working-class community is fighting to retain their place in a country that has left them behind. The Bayshore, like so many rural places in the US, is under immense pressure from a combination of severe economic decline, industry loss, and regulation. But it is also contending with one of the fastest rates of sea level rise on the planet and the aftereffects of one of the most destructive hurricanes in American history, Superstorm Sandy. If in the years prior to Sandy the Bayshore had already been slowly disappearing, its beaches eroding and lowland cedar woods hollowing out into saltwater-bleached ghost forests, after the hurricane, the community was decimated. Today, homes and roads and memories are crumbling into the rising bay. Cumberland, the poor, rural county where the Bayshore is located, had been left out of the bulk of the initial federal disaster relief package post-Sandy. Instead of money to rebuild, the Bayshore got the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection’s Superstorm Sandy Blue Acres Program, which identified and purchased flood-prone neighborhoods where working-class citizens lived, then demolished them to be converted to open space. The Drowning of Money Island is an intimate yet unbiased, lyrical yet investigative portrait of a rural community ravaged by sea level rise and economic hardship, as well as the increasingly divisive politics those factors have helped spawn. It invites us to confront how climate change is already intensifying preexisting inequality.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8de52f93c5b8724e0c9b50cdafb9a3af.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Stealth War: How China Took Over While America's Elite Slept by Robert Spalding</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/stealth-war-how-china-took-over-while-america-s-elite-slept-by-robert-spalding--65208983</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383869" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383869</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stealth War: How China Took Over While America's Elite Slept Author: Robert Spalding Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: October  1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 25   Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  China expert Robert Spalding reveals the shocking success China has had infiltrating American institutions and compromising our national security. The media often suggest that Russia poses the greatest threat to America's national security, but the real danger lies farther east. While those in power have been distracted and disorderly, China has waged a six-front war on America's economy, military, diplomacy, technology, education, and infrastructure--and they're winning. It's almost too late to undo the shocking, though nearly invisible, victories of the Chinese.  In Stealth War, retired Air Force Brigadier General Robert Spalding reveals China's motives and secret attacks on the West. Chronicling how our leaders have failed to protect us over recent decades, he provides shocking evidence of some of China's most brilliant ploys, including: - Placing Confucius Institutes in universities across the United States that serve to monitor and control Chinese students on campus and spread communist narratives to unsuspecting American students. - Offering enormous sums to American experts who create investment funds that funnel technology to China. - Signing a thirty-year agreement with the US that allows China to share peaceful nuclear technology, ensuring that they have access to American nuclear know-how. Spalding's concern isn't merely that America could lose its position on the world stage. More urgently, the Chinese Communist Party has a fundamental loathing of the legal protections America grants its people and seeks to create a world without those rights.  Despite all the damage done so far, Spalding shows how it's still possible for the U.S. and the rest of the free world to combat--and win--China's stealth war.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383869</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208983/9780593164938.mp3" length="4837048" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383869 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stealth War: How China Took Over While America's Elite Slept Author: Robert Spalding Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383869" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383869</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stealth War: How China Took Over While America's Elite Slept Author: Robert Spalding Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: October  1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 25   Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  China expert Robert Spalding reveals the shocking success China has had infiltrating American institutions and compromising our national security. The media often suggest that Russia poses the greatest threat to America's national security, but the real danger lies farther east. While those in power have been distracted and disorderly, China has waged a six-front war on America's economy, military, diplomacy, technology, education, and infrastructure--and they're winning. It's almost too late to undo the shocking, though nearly invisible, victories of the Chinese.  In Stealth War, retired Air Force Brigadier General Robert Spalding reveals China's motives and secret attacks on the West. Chronicling how our leaders have failed to protect us over recent decades, he provides shocking evidence of some of China's most brilliant ploys, including: - Placing Confucius Institutes in universities across the United States that serve to monitor and control Chinese students on campus and spread communist narratives to unsuspecting American students. - Offering enormous sums to American experts who create investment funds that funnel technology to China. - Signing a thirty-year agreement with the US that allows China to share peaceful nuclear technology, ensuring that they have access to American nuclear know-how. Spalding's concern isn't merely that America could lose its position on the world stage. More urgently, the Chinese Communist Party has a fundamental loathing of the legal protections America grants its people and seeks to create a world without those rights.  Despite all the damage done so far, Spalding shows how it's still possible for the U.S. and the rest of the free world to combat--and win--China's stealth war.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ea333155a6cf1158b6ebf5db0f862cce.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Blowout: Corrupted Democracy, Rogue State Russia, and the Richest, Most Destructive  Industry on Earth by Rachel Maddow</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/blowout-corrupted-democracy-rogue-state-russia-and-the-richest-most-destructive-industry-on-earth-by-rachel-maddow--65208967</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383489" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383489</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blowout: Corrupted Democracy, Rogue State Russia, and the Richest, Most Destructive  Industry on Earth Author: Rachel Maddow Narrator: Rachel Maddow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 35 minutes Release date: October  1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 183   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 50 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  2021 GRAMMY® Winner for Best Spoken Word Album #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Big Oil and Gas Versus Democracy—Winner Take All “A rollickingly well-written book, filled with fascinating, exciting, and alarming stories about the impact of the oil and gas industry on the world today.”—The New York Times Book Review  In 2010, the words “earthquake swarm” entered the lexicon in Oklahoma. That same year, a trove of Michael Jackson memorabilia—including his iconic crystal-encrusted white glove—was sold at auction for over $1 million to a guy who was, officially, just the lowly forestry minister of the tiny nation of Equatorial Guinea. And in 2014, Ukrainian revolutionaries raided the palace of their ousted president and found a zoo of peacocks, gilded toilets, and a floating restaurant modeled after a Spanish galleon. Unlikely as it might seem, there is a thread connecting these events, and Rachel Maddow follows it to its crooked source: the unimaginably lucrative and equally corrupting oil and gas industry.  With her trademark black humor, Maddow takes us on a switchback journey around the globe, revealing the greed and incompetence of Big Oil and Gas along the way, and drawing a surprising conclusion about why the Russian government hacked the 2016 U.S. election. She deftly shows how Russia’s rich reserves of crude have, paradoxically, stunted its growth, forcing Putin to maintain his power by spreading Russia’s rot into its rivals, its neighbors, the West’s most important alliances, and the United States. Chevron, BP, and a host of other industry players get their star turn, most notably ExxonMobil and the deceptively well-behaved Rex Tillerson. The oil and gas industry has weakened democracies in developed and developing countries, fouled oceans and rivers, and propped up authoritarian thieves and killers. But being outraged at it is, according to Maddow, “like being indignant when a lion takes down and eats a gazelle. You can’t really blame the lion. It’s in her nature.”   Blowout is a call to contain the lion: to stop subsidizing the wealthiest businesses on earth, to fight for transparency, and to check the influence of the world’s most destructive industry and its enablers. The stakes have never been higher. As Maddow writes, “Democracy either wins this one or disappears.”]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383489</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208967/9781984846730.mp3" length="4837045" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383489 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blowout: Corrupted Democracy, Rogue State Russia, and the Richest, Most Destructive  Industry on Earth Author: Rachel Maddow Narrator: Rachel Maddow...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383489" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383489</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blowout: Corrupted Democracy, Rogue State Russia, and the Richest, Most Destructive  Industry on Earth Author: Rachel Maddow Narrator: Rachel Maddow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 35 minutes Release date: October  1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 183   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 50 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  2021 GRAMMY® Winner for Best Spoken Word Album #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Big Oil and Gas Versus Democracy—Winner Take All “A rollickingly well-written book, filled with fascinating, exciting, and alarming stories about the impact of the oil and gas industry on the world today.”—The New York Times Book Review  In 2010, the words “earthquake swarm” entered the lexicon in Oklahoma. That same year, a trove of Michael Jackson memorabilia—including his iconic crystal-encrusted white glove—was sold at auction for over $1 million to a guy who was, officially, just the lowly forestry minister of the tiny nation of Equatorial Guinea. And in 2014, Ukrainian revolutionaries raided the palace of their ousted president and found a zoo of peacocks, gilded toilets, and a floating restaurant modeled after a Spanish galleon. Unlikely as it might seem, there is a thread connecting these events, and Rachel Maddow follows it to its crooked source: the unimaginably lucrative and equally corrupting oil and gas industry.  With her trademark black humor, Maddow takes us on a switchback journey around the globe, revealing the greed and incompetence of Big Oil and Gas along the way, and drawing a surprising conclusion about why the Russian government hacked the 2016 U.S. election. She deftly shows how Russia’s rich reserves of crude have, paradoxically, stunted its growth, forcing Putin to maintain his power by spreading Russia’s rot into its rivals, its neighbors, the West’s most important alliances, and the United States. Chevron, BP, and a host of other industry players get their star turn, most notably ExxonMobil and the deceptively well-behaved Rex Tillerson. The oil and gas industry has weakened democracies in developed and developing countries, fouled oceans and rivers, and propped up authoritarian thieves and killers. But being outraged at it is, according to Maddow, “like being indignant when a lion takes down and eats a gazelle. You can’t really blame the lion. It’s in her nature.”   Blowout is a call to contain the lion: to stop subsidizing the wealthiest businesses on earth, to fight for transparency, and to check the influence of the world’s most destructive industry and its enablers. The stakes have never been higher. As Maddow writes, “Democracy either wins this one or disappears.”]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/50a29b24bd24f0738126c136c4e305fe.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Vindication of the Rights of Woman: Penguin Classics by Mary Wollstonecraft</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-vindication-of-the-rights-of-woman-penguin-classics-by-mary-wollstonecraft--65209019</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382193" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382193</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Vindication of the Rights of Woman: Penguin Classics Author: Mary Wollstonecraft Narrator: Jeanette Winterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 26, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by celebrated British novelist Jeanette Winterson, CBE. This definitive recording includes an introduction to the audio edition written and performed by Jeanette Winterson. Writing in an age when the call for the rights of man had brought revolution to America and France, Mary Wollstonecraft produced her own declaration of female independence in 1792. Passionate and forthright, A Vindication of the Rights of Woman attacked the prevailing view of docile, decorative femininity, and instead laid out the principles of emancipation: an equal education for girls and boys, an end to prejudice, and for women to become defined by their profession, not their partner. Mary Wollstonecraft's work was received with a mixture of admiration and outrage - one critic called her 'a hyena in petticoats' - yet it established her as the mother of modern feminism.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382193</guid><pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209019/9780241422557.mp3" length="2437165" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382193 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Vindication of the Rights of Woman: Penguin Classics Author: Mary Wollstonecraft Narrator: Jeanette Winterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382193" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382193</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Vindication of the Rights of Woman: Penguin Classics Author: Mary Wollstonecraft Narrator: Jeanette Winterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 26, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by celebrated British novelist Jeanette Winterson, CBE. This definitive recording includes an introduction to the audio edition written and performed by Jeanette Winterson. Writing in an age when the call for the rights of man had brought revolution to America and France, Mary Wollstonecraft produced her own declaration of female independence in 1792. Passionate and forthright, A Vindication of the Rights of Woman attacked the prevailing view of docile, decorative femininity, and instead laid out the principles of emancipation: an equal education for girls and boys, an end to prejudice, and for women to become defined by their profession, not their partner. Mary Wollstonecraft's work was received with a mixture of admiration and outrage - one critic called her 'a hyena in petticoats' - yet it established her as the mother of modern feminism.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/66efb2af7e8d029cc0e98bdbde630d1b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Communist Manifesto: Penguin Classics by Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-communist-manifesto-penguin-classics-by-friedrich-engels-karl-marx--65209010</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383831" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383831</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Communist Manifesto: Penguin Classics Author: Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx Narrator: Arinze Kene Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by Arinzé Kene, writer and performer of Olivier Award nominated Misty, and also known for his roles in Youngers, Informer and Eastenders. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by Gareth Stedman Jones. The Communist Manifesto (1848), Marx and Engels's revolutionary summons to the working classes, is one of the most important and influential political theories ever formulated. After four years of collaboration the authors produced this incisive account of their idea of Communism, in which they envisage a society without classes, private property or a state. They argue that increasing exploitation of industrial workers will eventually lead to a revolution in which Capitalism is overthrown. This vision provided the theoretical basis of political systems in Russia, China, Cuba and Eastern Europe, affecting the lives of millions. The Communist Manifesto still remains a landmark text: a work that continues to influence and provoke debate on capitalism and class. (c) 1888, Karl Marx &amp; Friedrich Engels (P) 2019 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383831</guid><pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209010/9780241426111.mp3" length="2437149" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383831 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Communist Manifesto: Penguin Classics Author: Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx Narrator: Arinze Kene Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383831" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383831</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Communist Manifesto: Penguin Classics Author: Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx Narrator: Arinze Kene Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by Arinzé Kene, writer and performer of Olivier Award nominated Misty, and also known for his roles in Youngers, Informer and Eastenders. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by Gareth Stedman Jones. The Communist Manifesto (1848), Marx and Engels's revolutionary summons to the working classes, is one of the most important and influential political theories ever formulated. After four years of collaboration the authors produced this incisive account of their idea of Communism, in which they envisage a society without classes, private property or a state. They argue that increasing exploitation of industrial workers will eventually lead to a revolution in which Capitalism is overthrown. This vision provided the theoretical basis of political systems in Russia, China, Cuba and Eastern Europe, affecting the lives of millions. The Communist Manifesto still remains a landmark text: a work that continues to influence and provoke debate on capitalism and class. (c) 1888, Karl Marx &amp; Friedrich Engels (P) 2019 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fa012afff1fc52b8cd557510a5ba6a72.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Tyranny of Virtue: Identity, the Academy, and the Hunt for Political Heresies by Robert Boyers</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-tyranny-of-virtue-identity-the-academy-and-the-hunt-for-political-heresies-by-robert-boyers--65209008</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381088" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381088</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tyranny of Virtue: Identity, the Academy, and the Hunt for Political Heresies Author: Robert Boyers Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From public intellectual and professor Robert Boyers, “a powerfully persuasive, insightful, and provocative prose that mixes erudition and first-hand reportage” (Joyce Carol Oates) addressing recent developments in American culture and arguing for the tolerance of difference that is at the heart of the liberal tradition. Written from the perspective of a liberal intellectual who has spent a lifetime as a writer, editor, and college professor, The Tyranny of Virtue is a “courageous, unsparing, and nuanced to a rare degree” (Mary Gaitskill) insider’s look at shifts in American culture—most especially in the American academy—that so many people find alarming.   Part memoir and part polemic, Boyers’s collection of essays laments the erosion of standard liberal values, and covers such subjects as tolerance, identity, privilege, appropriation, diversity, and ableism that have turned academic life into a minefield. Why, Robert Boyers asks, are a great many liberals, people who should know better, invested in the drawing up of enemies lists and driven by the conviction that on critical issues no dispute may be tolerated? In stories, anecdotes, and character profiles, a public intellectual and longtime professor takes on those in his own progressive cohort who labor in the grip of a poisonous and illiberal fundamentalism. The end result is a finely tuned work of cultural intervention from the front lines.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381088</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209008/9781797100111.mp3" length="1478204" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381088 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tyranny of Virtue: Identity, the Academy, and the Hunt for Political Heresies Author: Robert Boyers Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381088" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381088</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tyranny of Virtue: Identity, the Academy, and the Hunt for Political Heresies Author: Robert Boyers Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From public intellectual and professor Robert Boyers, “a powerfully persuasive, insightful, and provocative prose that mixes erudition and first-hand reportage” (Joyce Carol Oates) addressing recent developments in American culture and arguing for the tolerance of difference that is at the heart of the liberal tradition. Written from the perspective of a liberal intellectual who has spent a lifetime as a writer, editor, and college professor, The Tyranny of Virtue is a “courageous, unsparing, and nuanced to a rare degree” (Mary Gaitskill) insider’s look at shifts in American culture—most especially in the American academy—that so many people find alarming.   Part memoir and part polemic, Boyers’s collection of essays laments the erosion of standard liberal values, and covers such subjects as tolerance, identity, privilege, appropriation, diversity, and ableism that have turned academic life into a minefield. Why, Robert Boyers asks, are a great many liberals, people who should know better, invested in the drawing up of enemies lists and driven by the conviction that on critical issues no dispute may be tolerated? In stories, anecdotes, and character profiles, a public intellectual and longtime professor takes on those in his own progressive cohort who labor in the grip of a poisonous and illiberal fundamentalism. The end result is a finely tuned work of cultural intervention from the front lines.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/14c95bbf9d89c054d07434b301da14bf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Start a Revolution: Young People and the Future of American Politics by Lauren Duca</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-start-a-revolution-young-people-and-the-future-of-american-politics-by-lauren-duca--65208992</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376583" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376583</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Start a Revolution: Young People and the Future of American Politics Author: Lauren Duca Narrator: Lauren Duca Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Teen Vogue award-winning columnist Lauren Duca shares a “fun, pithy, and intelligent” (Booklist) guide for challenging the status quo in a much-needed reminder that young people are the ones who will change the world. Journalist Lauren Duca has become an exciting and authoritative voice on the experience of millennials in today’s society. Dan Rather agrees, saying “we need fresh, intelligent, and creative voices—like Lauren’s—now as much—perhaps more—than ever before.” Now, she explores the post-Trump political awakening and lays the groundwork for a re-democratizing moment as it might be built out of the untapped potential of young people.   Duca investigates and explains the issues at the root of our ailing political system and reimagines what an equitable democracy would look like. It begins with young people getting involved. This includes people like Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, the youngest woman ever to be elected to Congress; David and Lauren Hogg, two survivors of the Parkland, Florida shooting who went on to become advocates for gun control; Amanda Litman, who founded the nonprofit organization Run for Something, to assist progressive young people in down ballot elections; and many more.   Called “the millennial feminist warrior queen of social media” by Ariel Levy and “a national newsmaker” by The New York Times, Duca combines extensive research and first-person reporting to track her generation’s shift from political alienation to political participation. Throughout, she also drays on her own story as a young woman catapulted to the front lines of the political conversation (all while figuring out how to deal with her Trump-supporting parents).]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376583</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208992/9781508298502.mp3" length="1478208" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Start a Revolution: Young People and the Future of American Politics Author: Lauren Duca Narrator: Lauren Duca Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376583" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376583</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Start a Revolution: Young People and the Future of American Politics Author: Lauren Duca Narrator: Lauren Duca Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Teen Vogue award-winning columnist Lauren Duca shares a “fun, pithy, and intelligent” (Booklist) guide for challenging the status quo in a much-needed reminder that young people are the ones who will change the world. Journalist Lauren Duca has become an exciting and authoritative voice on the experience of millennials in today’s society. Dan Rather agrees, saying “we need fresh, intelligent, and creative voices—like Lauren’s—now as much—perhaps more—than ever before.” Now, she explores the post-Trump political awakening and lays the groundwork for a re-democratizing moment as it might be built out of the untapped potential of young people.   Duca investigates and explains the issues at the root of our ailing political system and reimagines what an equitable democracy would look like. It begins with young people getting involved. This includes people like Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, the youngest woman ever to be elected to Congress; David and Lauren Hogg, two survivors of the Parkland, Florida shooting who went on to become advocates for gun control; Amanda Litman, who founded the nonprofit organization Run for Something, to assist progressive young people in down ballot elections; and many more.   Called “the millennial feminist warrior queen of social media” by Ariel Levy and “a national newsmaker” by The New York Times, Duca combines extensive research and first-person reporting to track her generation’s shift from political alienation to political participation. Throughout, she also drays on her own story as a young woman catapulted to the front lines of the political conversation (all while figuring out how to deal with her Trump-supporting parents).]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fbcb8b8131ec267681985821795296b3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A World Divided: The Global Struggle for Human Rights in the Age of Nation-States by Eric D. Weitz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-world-divided-the-global-struggle-for-human-rights-in-the-age-of-nation-states-by-eric-d-weitz--65208874</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391228" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391228</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A World Divided: The Global Struggle for Human Rights in the Age of Nation-States Series: #34 of Human Rights and Crimes Against Humanity Author: Eric D. Weitz Narrator: Robert Slade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This audiobook narrated by Robert Slade provides a compelling global history of human rights in a world of nation-states that grant rights to some while denying them to others Once dominated by vast empires, the world is now divided into close to 200 independent countries with laws and constitutions proclaiming human rights—a transformation that suggests that nations and human rights inevitably developed together. But the reality is far more problematic, as Eric Weitz shows in this compelling global history of the fate of human rights in a world of nation-states. Through vivid histories drawn from virtually every continent, A World Divided describes how, since the eighteenth century, nationalists have struggled to establish their own states that grant human rights to some people. At the same time, they have excluded others through forced assimilation, ethnic cleansing, or even genocide. From Greek rebels, American settlers, and Brazilian abolitionists in the nineteenth century to anticolonial Africans and Zionists in the twentieth, nationalists have confronted a crucial question: Who has the 'right to have rights?' A World Divided tells these stories in colorful accounts focusing on people who were at the center of events. And it shows that rights are dynamic. Proclaimed originally for propertied white men, rights were quickly demanded by others, including women, American Indians, and black slaves. A World Divided also explains the origins of many of today's crises, from the existence of more than 65 million refugees and migrants worldwide to the growth of right-wing nationalism. The book argues that only the continual advance of international human rights will move us beyond the quandary of a world divided between those who have rights and those who don't.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391228</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208874/9780691199016.mp3" length="2437256" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391228 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A World Divided: The Global Struggle for Human Rights in the Age of Nation-States Series: #34 of Human Rights and Crimes Against Humanity Author: Eric...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391228" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391228</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A World Divided: The Global Struggle for Human Rights in the Age of Nation-States Series: #34 of Human Rights and Crimes Against Humanity Author: Eric D. Weitz Narrator: Robert Slade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This audiobook narrated by Robert Slade provides a compelling global history of human rights in a world of nation-states that grant rights to some while denying them to others Once dominated by vast empires, the world is now divided into close to 200 independent countries with laws and constitutions proclaiming human rights—a transformation that suggests that nations and human rights inevitably developed together. But the reality is far more problematic, as Eric Weitz shows in this compelling global history of the fate of human rights in a world of nation-states. Through vivid histories drawn from virtually every continent, A World Divided describes how, since the eighteenth century, nationalists have struggled to establish their own states that grant human rights to some people. At the same time, they have excluded others through forced assimilation, ethnic cleansing, or even genocide. From Greek rebels, American settlers, and Brazilian abolitionists in the nineteenth century to anticolonial Africans and Zionists in the twentieth, nationalists have confronted a crucial question: Who has the 'right to have rights?' A World Divided tells these stories in colorful accounts focusing on people who were at the center of events. And it shows that rights are dynamic. Proclaimed originally for propertied white men, rights were quickly demanded by others, including women, American Indians, and black slaves. A World Divided also explains the origins of many of today's crises, from the existence of more than 65 million refugees and migrants worldwide to the growth of right-wing nationalism. The book argues that only the continual advance of international human rights will move us beyond the quandary of a world divided between those who have rights and those who don't.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4fe945222c15c12f349748e6e9360320.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>For the Record by David Cameron</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/for-the-record-by-david-cameron--65208940</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383224" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383224</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For the Record Author: David Cameron Narrator: David Cameron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ‘The political memoir of the decade’ Sunday Times                        The referendum on Britain’s membership of the EU is one of the most controversial political events of our times. For the first time, the man who called that vote talks about the decision and its origins, as well as giving a candid account of his time at the top of British politics.                      David Cameron was Conservative Party leader during the largest financial crash in living memory. The Arab Spring and the Eurozone crisis both started during his first year as prime minister. The backdrop to his time in office included the advent of ISIS, surging migration and a rapidly changing EU.           Here he talks about how he confronted those challenges, from modernising a party that had suffered three successive electoral defeats to forming the first coalition government for seventy years. He sets out how he helped turn around Britain’s economy, implementing a modern, compassionate agenda that included education and welfare reform, the legalisation of gay marriage, the referendum on Scottish independence and world-leading environmental policies.           David Cameron is searingly honest about the key players from his time in politics. And he is frank about himself – the things he got right and the things he got wrong. He opens up about family life too, including the tragic loss of his eldest son.           We learn why he kept Britain’s promise on overseas aid spending and what it was like to commit British troops to conflicts in Libya, Iraq and Syria. He sets out how he won the first outright Conservative majority in nearly a quarter of a century, and describes the events leading up to the EU referendum, the renegotiation, the campaign – and his thoughts on it all today.           It is the most compelling record yet of what it’s like to lead in modern times and to live behind the most famous door in the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383224</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208940/9780008239312.mp3" length="2437145" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383224 to listen full audiobooks. Title: For the Record Author: David Cameron Narrator: David Cameron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 19, 2019...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383224" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383224</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For the Record Author: David Cameron Narrator: David Cameron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ‘The political memoir of the decade’ Sunday Times                        The referendum on Britain’s membership of the EU is one of the most controversial political events of our times. For the first time, the man who called that vote talks about the decision and its origins, as well as giving a candid account of his time at the top of British politics.                      David Cameron was Conservative Party leader during the largest financial crash in living memory. The Arab Spring and the Eurozone crisis both started during his first year as prime minister. The backdrop to his time in office included the advent of ISIS, surging migration and a rapidly changing EU.           Here he talks about how he confronted those challenges, from modernising a party that had suffered three successive electoral defeats to forming the first coalition government for seventy years. He sets out how he helped turn around Britain’s economy, implementing a modern, compassionate agenda that included education and welfare reform, the legalisation of gay marriage, the referendum on Scottish independence and world-leading environmental policies.           David Cameron is searingly honest about the key players from his time in politics. And he is frank about himself – the things he got right and the things he got wrong. He opens up about family life too, including the tragic loss of his eldest son.           We learn why he kept Britain’s promise on overseas aid spending and what it was like to commit British troops to conflicts in Libya, Iraq and Syria. He sets out how he won the first outright Conservative majority in nearly a quarter of a century, and describes the events leading up to the EU referendum, the renegotiation, the campaign – and his thoughts on it all today.           It is the most compelling record yet of what it’s like to lead in modern times and to live behind the most famous door in the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bda589fb892656cfc612ee37a3430fa9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Now We Have Your Attention: The New Politics of the People by Jack Shenker</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/now-we-have-your-attention-the-new-politics-of-the-people-by-jack-shenker--65208899</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391150" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391150</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Now We Have Your Attention: The New Politics of the People Author: Jack Shenker Narrator: Jack Shenker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Bought to you by Penguin.  'One of the most important and compelling books I've ever read, by one of Britain's most gifted writers. If you want to understand why we are in this crisis, listen to the voices all too often airbrushed from the political conversation' OWEN JONES Now We Have Your Attention makes sense of what is happening in British politics by taking a radically different perspective: the people’s. From a warehouse in Manchester to a pub in Essex, from the outskirts of Glasgow to a racecourse in Durham, Jack Shenker uncovers the root causes of our current crisis and the future direction of British politics through the lives of ordinary individuals. Taking us deep into communities hollowed out by austerity and decades of economic disadvantage, among a generation crippled by precarious work and unaffordable housing, he shows where the chaos at Westminster ultimately springs from – and how disillusionment with it is fuelling a passionate engagement with politics of a completely different kind: local, personal, effective and utterly fearless. Joining a ‘McStrike’ protest on a roundabout in Cambridge and a gathering of the London Renters’ Union in the aftermath of Grenfell, meeting hard-right bloggers in Newcastle and climate change protesters in Brighton, Shenker draws on exceptional access to campaign groups, activist movements and grassroots gatherings throughout the country – including unique access to Momentum, who have re-radicalised the Labour party from the outside in – to introduce us to the citizens and leaders of tomorrow: people who are changing things for themselves.   Inspiring and terrifying in equal measure, Now We Have Your Attention uncovers a revolutionary transformation in attitudes and behaviour, and a future that will shape us all. (c) 2019, Jack Shenker (P) Penguin Audio 2019]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391150</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208899/9781473576612.mp3" length="2437139" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391150 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Now We Have Your Attention: The New Politics of the People Author: Jack Shenker Narrator: Jack Shenker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391150" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391150</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Now We Have Your Attention: The New Politics of the People Author: Jack Shenker Narrator: Jack Shenker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Bought to you by Penguin.  'One of the most important and compelling books I've ever read, by one of Britain's most gifted writers. If you want to understand why we are in this crisis, listen to the voices all too often airbrushed from the political conversation' OWEN JONES Now We Have Your Attention makes sense of what is happening in British politics by taking a radically different perspective: the people’s. From a warehouse in Manchester to a pub in Essex, from the outskirts of Glasgow to a racecourse in Durham, Jack Shenker uncovers the root causes of our current crisis and the future direction of British politics through the lives of ordinary individuals. Taking us deep into communities hollowed out by austerity and decades of economic disadvantage, among a generation crippled by precarious work and unaffordable housing, he shows where the chaos at Westminster ultimately springs from – and how disillusionment with it is fuelling a passionate engagement with politics of a completely different kind: local, personal, effective and utterly fearless. Joining a ‘McStrike’ protest on a roundabout in Cambridge and a gathering of the London Renters’ Union in the aftermath of Grenfell, meeting hard-right bloggers in Newcastle and climate change protesters in Brighton, Shenker draws on exceptional access to campaign groups, activist movements and grassroots gatherings throughout the country – including unique access to Momentum, who have re-radicalised the Labour party from the outside in – to introduce us to the citizens and leaders of tomorrow: people who are changing things for themselves.   Inspiring and terrifying in equal measure, Now We Have Your Attention uncovers a revolutionary transformation in attitudes and behaviour, and a future that will shape us all. (c) 2019, Jack Shenker (P) Penguin Audio 2019]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/440429a3573603a189825907719b50ee.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Dead Man Walking: The murky world of Michael McGurk and Ron Medich by Kate Mcclymont</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/dead-man-walking-the-murky-world-of-michael-mcgurk-and-ron-medich-by-kate-mcclymont--65208927</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385654" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385654</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dead Man Walking: The murky world of Michael McGurk and Ron Medich Author: Kate Mcclymont Narrator: Kate Mcclymont Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 1 minute Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  We all know Sydney is full of corruption and crime, but none of us expected to read about a Sydney businessman being shot in the back of his head, in his driveway, in front of his nine-year-old son, in Cremorne. Nor that the order would come from a Point Piper millionaire.  Kate McClymont is Australia's best-known investigative journalist.  Kate and McGurk received intel that he was going to be 'hit'. Before the two could meet, McGurk was murdered. Kate and her family also received death threats and were moved to a hotel for a few days. This story involves bumbling criminals, turncoats, snitches, developers, wealthy people brought down, and devastated families. It unpacks the structures of our major cities and asks some big big questions. Multiple Walkley-winner Kate tells it with pace and character and her insider status.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385654</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208927/9781760891282.mp3" length="1478143" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385654 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dead Man Walking: The murky world of Michael McGurk and Ron Medich Author: Kate Mcclymont Narrator: Kate Mcclymont Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385654" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385654</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dead Man Walking: The murky world of Michael McGurk and Ron Medich Author: Kate Mcclymont Narrator: Kate Mcclymont Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 1 minute Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  We all know Sydney is full of corruption and crime, but none of us expected to read about a Sydney businessman being shot in the back of his head, in his driveway, in front of his nine-year-old son, in Cremorne. Nor that the order would come from a Point Piper millionaire.  Kate McClymont is Australia's best-known investigative journalist.  Kate and McGurk received intel that he was going to be 'hit'. Before the two could meet, McGurk was murdered. Kate and her family also received death threats and were moved to a hotel for a few days. This story involves bumbling criminals, turncoats, snitches, developers, wealthy people brought down, and devastated families. It unpacks the structures of our major cities and asks some big big questions. Multiple Walkley-winner Kate tells it with pace and character and her insider status.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d8c929ef2fa3fc0ad76a5284e19d3fcc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Smallest Minority: Independent Thinking in the Age of Mob Politics by Kevin D. Williamson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-smallest-minority-independent-thinking-in-the-age-of-mob-politics-by-kevin-d-williamson--65208889</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389207" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389207</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smallest Minority: Independent Thinking in the Age of Mob Politics Author: Kevin D. Williamson Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'The most profane, hilarious, and insightful book I've read in quite a while.' — BEN SHAPIRO   'Kevin Williamson's gonzo merger of polemic, autobiography, and batsh*t craziness is totally brilliant.' — JOHN PODHORETZ, Commentary  'Ideological minorities – including the smallest minority, the individual – can get trampled by the unity stampede (as my friend Kevin Williamson masterfully elucidates in his new book, The Smallest Minority).' — JONAH GOLDBERG  “The Smallest Minority is the perfect antidote to our heedless age of populist politics. It is a book unafraid to tell the people that they’re awful.” — NATIONAL REVIEW  'Williamson is blistering and irreverent, stepping without doubt on more than a few toes—but, then again, that’s kind of the point.' — THE NEW CRITERION  'Stylish, unrestrained, and straight from the mind of a pissed-off genius.' — THE WASHINGTON FREE BEACON   Kevin Williamson is 'shocking and brutal' (RUTH MARCUS, Washington Post), 'a total jack**s' (WILL SALETAN, Slate), and 'totally reprehensible' (PAUL KRUGMAN, New York Times).   Reader beware: Kevin D. Williamson—the lively, literary firebrand from National Review who was too hot for The Atlantic to handle—comes to bury democracy, not to praise it. With electrifying honesty and spirit, Williamson takes a flamethrower to mob politics, the “beast with many heads” that haunts social media and what currently passes for real life. It’s destroying our capacity for individualism and dragging us down “the Road to Smurfdom, the place where the deracinated demos of the Twitter age finds itself feeling small and blue.”  The Smallest Minority is by no means a memoir, though Williamson does reflect on that “tawdry little episode” with The Atlantic in which he became all-too-intimately acquainted with mob outrage and the forces of tribalism.  Rather, this book is a dizzying tour through a world you’ll be horrified to recognize as your own. With biting appraisals of social media (“an economy of Willy Lomans,” political hustlers (“that certain kind of man or woman…who will kiss the collective ass of the mob”), journalists (“a contemptible union of neediness and arrogance”) and identity politics (“identity is more accessible than policy, which requires effort”), The Smallest Minority is a defiant, funny, and terrifyingly insightful book about what we human beings have done to ourselves.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389207</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208889/9781799722212.mp3" length="1478240" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389207 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smallest Minority: Independent Thinking in the Age of Mob Politics Author: Kevin D. Williamson Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389207" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389207</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smallest Minority: Independent Thinking in the Age of Mob Politics Author: Kevin D. Williamson Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'The most profane, hilarious, and insightful book I've read in quite a while.' — BEN SHAPIRO   'Kevin Williamson's gonzo merger of polemic, autobiography, and batsh*t craziness is totally brilliant.' — JOHN PODHORETZ, Commentary  'Ideological minorities – including the smallest minority, the individual – can get trampled by the unity stampede (as my friend Kevin Williamson masterfully elucidates in his new book, The Smallest Minority).' — JONAH GOLDBERG  “The Smallest Minority is the perfect antidote to our heedless age of populist politics. It is a book unafraid to tell the people that they’re awful.” — NATIONAL REVIEW  'Williamson is blistering and irreverent, stepping without doubt on more than a few toes—but, then again, that’s kind of the point.' — THE NEW CRITERION  'Stylish, unrestrained, and straight from the mind of a pissed-off genius.' — THE WASHINGTON FREE BEACON   Kevin Williamson is 'shocking and brutal' (RUTH MARCUS, Washington Post), 'a total jack**s' (WILL SALETAN, Slate), and 'totally reprehensible' (PAUL KRUGMAN, New York Times).   Reader beware: Kevin D. Williamson—the lively, literary firebrand from National Review who was too hot for The Atlantic to handle—comes to bury democracy, not to praise it. With electrifying honesty and spirit, Williamson takes a flamethrower to mob politics, the “beast with many heads” that haunts social media and what currently passes for real life. It’s destroying our capacity for individualism and dragging us down “the Road to Smurfdom, the place where the deracinated demos of the Twitter age finds itself feeling small and blue.”  The Smallest Minority is by no means a memoir, though Williamson does reflect on that “tawdry little episode” with The Atlantic in which he became all-too-intimately acquainted with mob outrage and the forces of tribalism.  Rather, this book is a dizzying tour through a world you’ll be horrified to recognize as your own. With biting appraisals of social media (“an economy of Willy Lomans,” political hustlers (“that certain kind of man or woman…who will kiss the collective ass of the mob”), journalists (“a contemptible union of neediness and arrogance”) and identity politics (“identity is more accessible than policy, which requires effort”), The Smallest Minority is a defiant, funny, and terrifyingly insightful book about what we human beings have done to ourselves.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5f2da41ec49a8ba4f73f4aa99d1ed40d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Problem from Hell: America and the Age of Genocide by Samantha Power</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-problem-from-hell-america-and-the-age-of-genocide-by-samantha-power--65209025</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379647" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379647</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Problem from Hell: America and the Age of Genocide Author: Samantha Power Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 12, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Winner of the Pulitzer Prize for Non-Fiction                        ‘A devastating indictment’ SUNDAY TIMES                                   ‘An important book, a superb piece of reporting’ OBSERVER                                   ‘With great narrative verve, and a sober and subtle intelligence, she carries us deep behind the scenes of history-in-the-making’ PHILIP GOUREVITCH                                   Why do leaders who vow ‘never again’ repeatedly fail to prevent genocide?                      In her award-winning modern classic, Samantha Power presents a deeply researched and powerfully argued answer to this haunting question. Disproving claims that successive American leaders were unaware of genocidal horrors occurring around the world, Power tells the stories of courageous individuals who risked their careers and lives in an effort to save others, revealing how policy makers and outsiders alike ignored chilling warnings and rationalised inaction. A riveting account, A Problem From Hell has forever reshaped debates about foreign policy, while inspiring a new generation to raise their voices in the face of contemporary injustice.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379647</guid><pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209025/9780008359379.mp3" length="2437099" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Problem from Hell: America and the Age of Genocide Author: Samantha Power Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 6...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379647" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379647</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Problem from Hell: America and the Age of Genocide Author: Samantha Power Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 12, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Winner of the Pulitzer Prize for Non-Fiction                        ‘A devastating indictment’ SUNDAY TIMES                                   ‘An important book, a superb piece of reporting’ OBSERVER                                   ‘With great narrative verve, and a sober and subtle intelligence, she carries us deep behind the scenes of history-in-the-making’ PHILIP GOUREVITCH                                   Why do leaders who vow ‘never again’ repeatedly fail to prevent genocide?                      In her award-winning modern classic, Samantha Power presents a deeply researched and powerfully argued answer to this haunting question. Disproving claims that successive American leaders were unaware of genocidal horrors occurring around the world, Power tells the stories of courageous individuals who risked their careers and lives in an effort to save others, revealing how policy makers and outsiders alike ignored chilling warnings and rationalised inaction. A riveting account, A Problem From Hell has forever reshaped debates about foreign policy, while inspiring a new generation to raise their voices in the face of contemporary injustice.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2c81f75dde128b9c2cdd87b4ecd4090a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Fight Anti-Semitism by Bari Weiss</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-fight-anti-semitism-by-bari-weiss--65209036</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376666" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376666</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fight Anti-Semitism Author: Bari Weiss Narrator: Bari Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WINNER OF THE NATIONAL JEWISH BOOK AWARD • The prescient founder of The Free Press delivers an urgent wake-up call to all Americans exposing the alarming rise of anti-Semitism in this country—and explains what we can do to defeat it.   “A praiseworthy and concise brief against modern-day anti-Semitism.”—The New York Times On October 27, 2018, eleven Jews were gunned down as they prayed at their synagogue in Pittsburgh. It was the deadliest attack on Jews in American history.     For most Americans, the massacre at Tree of Life, the synagogue where Bari Weiss became a bat mitzvah, came as a shock. But anti-Semitism is the oldest hatred, commonplace across the Middle East and on the rise for years in Europe. So that terrible morning in Pittsburgh, as well as the continued surge of hate crimes against Jews in cities and towns across the country, raise a question Americans cannot avoid: Could it happen here?     This book is Weiss’s answer.     Like many, Weiss long believed this country could escape the rising tide of anti-Semitism. With its promise of free speech and religion, its insistence that all people are created equal, its tolerance for difference, and its emphasis on shared ideals rather than bloodlines, America has been, even with all its flaws, a new Jerusalem for the Jewish people. But now the luckiest Jews in history are beginning to face a three-headed dragon known all too well to Jews of other times and places: the physical fear of violent assault, the moral fear of ideological vilification, and the political fear of resurgent fascism and populism.     No longer the exclusive province of the far right, the far left, and assorted religious bigots, anti-Semitism now finds a home in identity politics as well as the reaction against identity politics, in the renewal of America First isolationism and the rise of one-world socialism, and in the spread of Islamist ideas into unlikely places. A hatred that was, until recently, reliably taboo is migrating toward the mainstream, amplified by social media and a culture of conspiracy that threatens us all.     Weiss is one of our most provocative writers, and her cri de coeur makes a powerful case for renewing Jewish and American values in this uncertain moment. Not just for the sake of America’s Jews, but for the sake of America.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376666</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209036/9780593162965.mp3" length="4837067" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376666 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fight Anti-Semitism Author: Bari Weiss Narrator: Bari Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 10,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376666" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376666</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fight Anti-Semitism Author: Bari Weiss Narrator: Bari Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WINNER OF THE NATIONAL JEWISH BOOK AWARD • The prescient founder of The Free Press delivers an urgent wake-up call to all Americans exposing the alarming rise of anti-Semitism in this country—and explains what we can do to defeat it.   “A praiseworthy and concise brief against modern-day anti-Semitism.”—The New York Times On October 27, 2018, eleven Jews were gunned down as they prayed at their synagogue in Pittsburgh. It was the deadliest attack on Jews in American history.     For most Americans, the massacre at Tree of Life, the synagogue where Bari Weiss became a bat mitzvah, came as a shock. But anti-Semitism is the oldest hatred, commonplace across the Middle East and on the rise for years in Europe. So that terrible morning in Pittsburgh, as well as the continued surge of hate crimes against Jews in cities and towns across the country, raise a question Americans cannot avoid: Could it happen here?     This book is Weiss’s answer.     Like many, Weiss long believed this country could escape the rising tide of anti-Semitism. With its promise of free speech and religion, its insistence that all people are created equal, its tolerance for difference, and its emphasis on shared ideals rather than bloodlines, America has been, even with all its flaws, a new Jerusalem for the Jewish people. But now the luckiest Jews in history are beginning to face a three-headed dragon known all too well to Jews of other times and places: the physical fear of violent assault, the moral fear of ideological vilification, and the political fear of resurgent fascism and populism.     No longer the exclusive province of the far right, the far left, and assorted religious bigots, anti-Semitism now finds a home in identity politics as well as the reaction against identity politics, in the renewal of America First isolationism and the rise of one-world socialism, and in the spread of Islamist ideas into unlikely places. A hatred that was, until recently, reliably taboo is migrating toward the mainstream, amplified by social media and a culture of conspiracy that threatens us all.     Weiss is one of our most provocative writers, and her cri de coeur makes a powerful case for renewing Jewish and American values in this uncertain moment. Not just for the sake of America’s Jews, but for the sake of America.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/12040897fc1d62c1eaaf7454c7c6e91c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Education of an Idealist: A Memoir by Samantha Power</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-education-of-an-idealist-a-memoir-by-samantha-power--65209022</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379550" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379550</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Education of an Idealist: A Memoir Author: Samantha Power Narrator: Samantha Power Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 50   Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A NEW YORK TIMES, WALL STREET JOURNAL, AND USA TODAY BESTSELLER ONE OF AUDIBLE’S BEST AUDIOBOOKS OF 2019 A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF 2019 • AN NPR BEST BOOK OF 2019 • ONE OF TIME’S MUST-READ BOOKS OF 2019 • AN ECONOMIST BOOK OF THE YEAR • A WASHINGTON POST NOTABLE BOOK OF 2019 • A PUBLISHERS WEEKLY BEST BOOK OF 2019 “Her highly personal and reflective memoir . . . is a must-read for anyone who cares about our role in a changing world.”—President Barack Obama An intimate, powerful, and galvanizing memoir by Pulitzer Prize winner, human rights advocate, and former UN Ambassador Samantha Power. In her memoir, Power offers an urgent response to the question ''What can one person do?'' and a call for a clearer eye, a kinder heart, and a more open and civil hand in our politics and daily lives. The Education of an Idealist traces Power’s distinctly American journey from immigrant to war correspondent to presidential Cabinet official. In 2005, her critiques of US foreign policy caught the eye of newly elected senator Barack Obama, who invited her to work with him on Capitol Hill and then on his presidential campaign. After Obama was elected president, Power went from being an activist outsider to a government insider, navigating the halls of power while trying to put her ideals into practice. She served for four years as Obama’s human rights adviser, and in 2013, he named her US Ambassador to the United Nations, the youngest American to assume the role. Power transports us from her childhood in Dublin to the streets of war-torn Bosnia to the White House Situation Room and the world of high-stakes diplomacy. Humorous and deeply honest, The Education of an Idealist lays bare the searing battles and defining moments of her life and shows how she juggled the demands of a 24/7 national security job with the challenge of raising two young children. Along the way, she illuminates the intricacies of politics and geopolitics, reminding us how the United States can lead in the world, and why we each have the opportunity to advance the cause of human dignity. Power’s memoir is an unforgettable account of the power of idealism and of one person’s fierce determination to make a difference. “This is a wonderful book. […] The interweaving of Power’s personal story, family story, diplomatic history and moral arguments is executed seamlessly and with unblinking honesty.”—THOMAS L. FRIEDMAN, The New York Times Book Review  “Honest, personal, revealing… about the development of a young woman’s inner strength and self-knowledge.”—COLM TÓIBÍN, author of Brooklyn and Nora Webster  “Truly engrossing.”—RACHEL MADDOW]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379550</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209022/9780062956484.mp3" length="2437196" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379550 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Education of an Idealist: A Memoir Author: Samantha Power Narrator: Samantha Power Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 8 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379550" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379550</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Education of an Idealist: A Memoir Author: Samantha Power Narrator: Samantha Power Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 50   Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A NEW YORK TIMES, WALL STREET JOURNAL, AND USA TODAY BESTSELLER ONE OF AUDIBLE’S BEST AUDIOBOOKS OF 2019 A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF 2019 • AN NPR BEST BOOK OF 2019 • ONE OF TIME’S MUST-READ BOOKS OF 2019 • AN ECONOMIST BOOK OF THE YEAR • A WASHINGTON POST NOTABLE BOOK OF 2019 • A PUBLISHERS WEEKLY BEST BOOK OF 2019 “Her highly personal and reflective memoir . . . is a must-read for anyone who cares about our role in a changing world.”—President Barack Obama An intimate, powerful, and galvanizing memoir by Pulitzer Prize winner, human rights advocate, and former UN Ambassador Samantha Power. In her memoir, Power offers an urgent response to the question ''What can one person do?'' and a call for a clearer eye, a kinder heart, and a more open and civil hand in our politics and daily lives. The Education of an Idealist traces Power’s distinctly American journey from immigrant to war correspondent to presidential Cabinet official. In 2005, her critiques of US foreign policy caught the eye of newly elected senator Barack Obama, who invited her to work with him on Capitol Hill and then on his presidential campaign. After Obama was elected president, Power went from being an activist outsider to a government insider, navigating the halls of power while trying to put her ideals into practice. She served for four years as Obama’s human rights adviser, and in 2013, he named her US Ambassador to the United Nations, the youngest American to assume the role. Power transports us from her childhood in Dublin to the streets of war-torn Bosnia to the White House Situation Room and the world of high-stakes diplomacy. Humorous and deeply honest, The Education of an Idealist lays bare the searing battles and defining moments of her life and shows how she juggled the demands of a 24/7 national security job with the challenge of raising two young children. Along the way, she illuminates the intricacies of politics and geopolitics, reminding us how the United States can lead in the world, and why we each have the opportunity to advance the cause of human dignity. Power’s memoir is an unforgettable account of the power of idealism and of one person’s fierce determination to make a difference. “This is a wonderful book. […] The interweaving of Power’s personal story, family story, diplomatic history and moral arguments is executed seamlessly and with unblinking honesty.”—THOMAS L. FRIEDMAN, The New York Times Book Review  “Honest, personal, revealing… about the development of a young woman’s inner strength and self-knowledge.”—COLM TÓIBÍN, author of Brooklyn and Nora Webster  “Truly engrossing.”—RACHEL MADDOW]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5ccb83b98202b4272f58531d0d4bfc0d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Year At The Circus: Inside Trump's White House by Jon Sopel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-year-at-the-circus-inside-trump-s-white-house-by-jon-sopel--65209001</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382175" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382175</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Year At The Circus: Inside Trump's White House Author: Jon Sopel Narrator: Jon Sopel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: September  5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Welcome to the White House. At the heart of Washington, there is a circus. It's raucous, noisy and full of clowns. Reporting on it is a daily cacophony. Four major stories can blow up and blow out before breakfast, and political weather systems are moving at warp speed. The one thing absent from the weather forecast is the tranquil eye of the storm. That we never see.  In A Year at the Circus: Inside Trump's White House, BBC North America Editor, Jon Sopel, takes you inside Trump’s West Wing and explores the impact this presidency has had on the most iconic of American institutions. Each chapter starts inside a famous Washington room, uncovering its history and its new resonance in the Trump era.  You are invited to step inside the Oval Office where Trump called for loyalty from FBI Director James Comey, and experience life as a reporter in the Briefing Room, where the tense relationship between the media and the President is played out. Guiding you through these rooms, Jon reveals the inner workings of the Trump White House and details the key moments and conversations that have unfolded within its walls. From Kim Jong-un and Kavanaugh to Merkel and the Mueller Inquiry - this is your insider guide to the Washington Circus. Roll up, roll up  ... (c) 2019, Jon Sopel (P) 2019 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382175</guid><pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209001/9781473532076.mp3" length="2437199" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382175 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Year At The Circus: Inside Trump's White House Author: Jon Sopel Narrator: Jon Sopel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382175" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382175</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Year At The Circus: Inside Trump's White House Author: Jon Sopel Narrator: Jon Sopel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: September  5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Welcome to the White House. At the heart of Washington, there is a circus. It's raucous, noisy and full of clowns. Reporting on it is a daily cacophony. Four major stories can blow up and blow out before breakfast, and political weather systems are moving at warp speed. The one thing absent from the weather forecast is the tranquil eye of the storm. That we never see.  In A Year at the Circus: Inside Trump's White House, BBC North America Editor, Jon Sopel, takes you inside Trump’s West Wing and explores the impact this presidency has had on the most iconic of American institutions. Each chapter starts inside a famous Washington room, uncovering its history and its new resonance in the Trump era.  You are invited to step inside the Oval Office where Trump called for loyalty from FBI Director James Comey, and experience life as a reporter in the Briefing Room, where the tense relationship between the media and the President is played out. Guiding you through these rooms, Jon reveals the inner workings of the Trump White House and details the key moments and conversations that have unfolded within its walls. From Kim Jong-un and Kavanaugh to Merkel and the Mueller Inquiry - this is your insider guide to the Washington Circus. Roll up, roll up  ... (c) 2019, Jon Sopel (P) 2019 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1c77f4bded42971c6b208a7f4b1aa218.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Hitler: Only the World Was Enough by Brendan Simms</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/hitler-only-the-world-was-enough-by-brendan-simms--65208990</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380535" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380535</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hitler: Only the World Was Enough Author: Brendan Simms Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 21 minutes Release date: September  5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Adolf Hitler is one of the most studied men in history, and yet the most important things we think we know about him are wrong. As Brendan Simms's major new biography shows, Hitler's main preoccupation was not, as widely believed, the threat of Bolshevism, but that of international capitalism and Anglo-America. These two fears drove both his anti-semitism and his determination to secure the 'living space' necessary to survive in a world dominated by the British Empire and the United States.  Drawing on new sources, Brendan Simms traces the way in which Hitler's ideology emerged after the First World War. The United States and the British Empire were, in his view, models for Germany's own empire, similarly founded on appropriation of land, racism and violence. Hitler's aim was to create a similarly global future for Germany - a country seemingly doomed otherwise not just to irrelevance, but, through emigration and foreign influence, to extinction. His principal concern during the resulting cataclysm was not just what he saw as the clash between German and Jews, or German and Slav, but above all that between Germans and what he called the 'Anglo-Saxons'. In the end only dominance of the world would have been enough to achieve Hitler's objectives, and it ultimately required a coalition of virtually the entire world to defeat him.  Brendan Simms's new book is the first to explain Hitler's beliefs fully, demonstrating how, as ever, it is ideas that are the ultimate source of the most murderous behaviour. Adolf Hitler is one of the most studied men in history, and yet the most important things we think we know about him are wrong. As Brendan Simms's major new biography shows, Hitler's main preoccupation was not, as widely believed, the threat of Bolshevism, but that of international capitalism and Anglo-America. These two fears drove both his anti-semitism and his determination to secure the 'living space' necessary to survive in a world dominated by the British Empire and the United States.  Drawing on new sources, Brendan Simms traces the way in which Hitler's ideology emerged after the First World War. The United States and the British Empire were, in his view, models for Germany's own empire, similarly founded on appropriation of land, racism and violence. Hitler's aim was to create a similarly global future for Germany - a country seemingly doomed otherwise not just to irrelevance, but, through emigration and foreign influence, to extinction. His principal concern during the resulting cataclysm was not just what he saw as the clash between German and Jews, or German and Slav, but above all that between Germans and what he called the 'Anglo-Saxons'. In the end only dominance of the world would have been enough to achieve Hitler's objectives, and it ultimately required a coalition of virtually the entire world to defeat him.  Brendan Simms's new book is the first to explain Hitler's beliefs fully, demonstrating how, as ever, it is ideas that are the ultimate source of the most murderous behaviour.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380535</guid><pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208990/9780141991702.mp3" length="2437134" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380535 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hitler: Only the World Was Enough Author: Brendan Simms Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 21 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380535" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380535</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hitler: Only the World Was Enough Author: Brendan Simms Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 21 minutes Release date: September  5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Adolf Hitler is one of the most studied men in history, and yet the most important things we think we know about him are wrong. As Brendan Simms's major new biography shows, Hitler's main preoccupation was not, as widely believed, the threat of Bolshevism, but that of international capitalism and Anglo-America. These two fears drove both his anti-semitism and his determination to secure the 'living space' necessary to survive in a world dominated by the British Empire and the United States.  Drawing on new sources, Brendan Simms traces the way in which Hitler's ideology emerged after the First World War. The United States and the British Empire were, in his view, models for Germany's own empire, similarly founded on appropriation of land, racism and violence. Hitler's aim was to create a similarly global future for Germany - a country seemingly doomed otherwise not just to irrelevance, but, through emigration and foreign influence, to extinction. His principal concern during the resulting cataclysm was not just what he saw as the clash between German and Jews, or German and Slav, but above all that between Germans and what he called the 'Anglo-Saxons'. In the end only dominance of the world would have been enough to achieve Hitler's objectives, and it ultimately required a coalition of virtually the entire world to defeat him.  Brendan Simms's new book is the first to explain Hitler's beliefs fully, demonstrating how, as ever, it is ideas that are the ultimate source of the most murderous behaviour. Adolf Hitler is one of the most studied men in history, and yet the most important things we think we know about him are wrong. As Brendan Simms's major new biography shows, Hitler's main preoccupation was not, as widely believed, the threat of Bolshevism, but that of international capitalism and Anglo-America. These two fears drove both his anti-semitism and his determination to secure the 'living space' necessary to survive in a world dominated by the British Empire and the United States.  Drawing on new sources, Brendan Simms traces the way in which Hitler's ideology emerged after the First World War. The United States and the British Empire were, in his view, models for Germany's own empire, similarly founded on appropriation of land, racism and violence. Hitler's aim was to create a similarly global future for Germany - a country seemingly doomed otherwise not just to irrelevance, but, through emigration and foreign influence, to extinction. His principal concern during the resulting cataclysm was not just what he saw as the clash between German and Jews, or German and Slav, but above all that between Germans and what he called the 'Anglo-Saxons'. In the end only dominance of the world would have been enough to achieve Hitler's objectives, and it ultimately required a coalition of virtually the entire world to defeat him.  Brendan Simms's new book is the first to explain Hitler's beliefs fully, demonstrating how, as ever, it is ideas that are the ultimate source of the most murderous behaviour.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4bcaabb38e7ebb74f58383816266183f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Responsible Globalist: What Citizens of the World Can Learn from Nationalism by Hassan Damluji</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-responsible-globalist-what-citizens-of-the-world-can-learn-from-nationalism-by-hassan-damluji--65208908</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390637" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390637</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Responsible Globalist: What Citizens of the World Can Learn from Nationalism Author: Hassan Damluji Narrator: Hassan Damluji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: September  5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Today, globalism has a bad reputation. 'Citizens of the world' are depicted as recklessly uninterested in how international economic forces can affect local communities. Meanwhile, nationalists are often derided as racists and bigots. But what if the two were not so far apart? What could globalists learn from the powerful sense of belonging that nationalism has created? Faced with the injustices of the world's economic and political system, what should a responsible globalist do?  British-Iraqi development expert Hassan Damluji proposes six principles - from changing how we think about mobility to shutting down tax havens - which can help build consensus for a stronger globalist identity. He demonstrates that globalism is not limited to 'Davos man' but is a truly mass phenomenon that is growing fastest in emerging countries. Rather than a 'nowhere' identity, it is a new group solidarity that sits alongside other allegiances.  With a wealth of examples from the United States to India, China and the Middle East, The Responsible Globalistoffers a boldly optimistic and pragmatic blueprint for building an inclusive, global nation. This will be a century-long project, where success is not guaranteed. But unless we can reimagine humanity as a single national community, Damluji warns, the gravest threats we face will not be defeated.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390637</guid><pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208908/9780141992310.mp3" length="2437269" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390637 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Responsible Globalist: What Citizens of the World Can Learn from Nationalism Author: Hassan Damluji Narrator: Hassan Damluji Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390637" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390637</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Responsible Globalist: What Citizens of the World Can Learn from Nationalism Author: Hassan Damluji Narrator: Hassan Damluji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: September  5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Today, globalism has a bad reputation. 'Citizens of the world' are depicted as recklessly uninterested in how international economic forces can affect local communities. Meanwhile, nationalists are often derided as racists and bigots. But what if the two were not so far apart? What could globalists learn from the powerful sense of belonging that nationalism has created? Faced with the injustices of the world's economic and political system, what should a responsible globalist do?  British-Iraqi development expert Hassan Damluji proposes six principles - from changing how we think about mobility to shutting down tax havens - which can help build consensus for a stronger globalist identity. He demonstrates that globalism is not limited to 'Davos man' but is a truly mass phenomenon that is growing fastest in emerging countries. Rather than a 'nowhere' identity, it is a new group solidarity that sits alongside other allegiances.  With a wealth of examples from the United States to India, China and the Middle East, The Responsible Globalistoffers a boldly optimistic and pragmatic blueprint for building an inclusive, global nation. This will be a century-long project, where success is not guaranteed. But unless we can reimagine humanity as a single national community, Damluji warns, the gravest threats we face will not be defeated.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6feef9f17e78514dc480cde6992ba4bd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Misjustice: How British Law is Failing Women by Helena Kennedy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/misjustice-how-british-law-is-failing-women-by-helena-kennedy--65208858</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391100" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391100</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Misjustice: How British Law is Failing Women Author: Helena Kennedy Narrator: Helena Kennedy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: September  5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Two women a week are killed by a spouse or partner. Every seven minutes a woman is raped. The police receive one phone call per minute about domestic violence. Now is the time for change. Helena Kennedy forensically examines the pressing new evidence that women are being discriminated against when it comes to the law. From the shocking lack of female judges to the scandal of female prisons and the double discrimination experienced by BAME women, Kennedy shows with force and fury that change for women must start at the heart of what makes society just. Previously published as Eve Was Shamed. ‘Helena Kennedy has written a chilling exposé of how the law has historically failed women. Taking no prisoners, Kennedy outlines the damage we must undo, and the changes we must make’ Amanda Foreman ‘Fascinating and chilling’ Caroline Criado Perez, author of Invisible Women]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391100</guid><pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208858/9781473576551.mp3" length="2437130" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391100 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Misjustice: How British Law is Failing Women Author: Helena Kennedy Narrator: Helena Kennedy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391100" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391100</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Misjustice: How British Law is Failing Women Author: Helena Kennedy Narrator: Helena Kennedy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: September  5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Two women a week are killed by a spouse or partner. Every seven minutes a woman is raped. The police receive one phone call per minute about domestic violence. Now is the time for change. Helena Kennedy forensically examines the pressing new evidence that women are being discriminated against when it comes to the law. From the shocking lack of female judges to the scandal of female prisons and the double discrimination experienced by BAME women, Kennedy shows with force and fury that change for women must start at the heart of what makes society just. Previously published as Eve Was Shamed. ‘Helena Kennedy has written a chilling exposé of how the law has historically failed women. Taking no prisoners, Kennedy outlines the damage we must undo, and the changes we must make’ Amanda Foreman ‘Fascinating and chilling’ Caroline Criado Perez, author of Invisible Women]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9ac7e4e0c2b4d1011f26d97a55aa2fc5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Power Grab: The Liberal Scheme to Undermine Trump, the GOP, and Our Republic by Jason Chaffetz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/power-grab-the-liberal-scheme-to-undermine-trump-the-gop-and-our-republic-by-jason-chaffetz--65209032</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379669" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379669</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Grab: The Liberal Scheme to Undermine Trump, the GOP, and Our Republic Author: Jason Chaffetz Narrator: Jason Chaffetz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: September  3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How much damage will the Democrats do to our republic in the name of saving it? In the years he served on and eventually chaired the United States House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, Jason Chaffetz gained crucial insight into the inner workings of D.C. Things were bad then, but during the Trump administration, liberals have reached a new level of hysteria and misconduct. Democrat anger has grown so irrational that it has burst through the constitutional guardrails which protect our institutions and our republic. While they constantly label the right “fascist,” the left imposes policies which suppress speech, limit freedom, and empower federal bullies.  In Power Grab, Chaffetz pulls back the curtain on the world of hypocrisy, political intrigue, and procedural malfeasance that is Washington D.C. With stories you won't read anywhere else, he shows how the left weaves false narratives, drums up investigations in search of a crime, and refuses to direct congressional oversight towards its appropriate target: the government. Democrats weaponize nonprofit advocacy groups and monetize partisan anger to line the pockets of their political allies. They use “voter enrollment” as a smokescreen to hide their plans to destabilize free elections and seek to politicize federal agencies like the Federal Election Commission, the IRS, and the Department of Justice. It shouldn’t be this way. Democrats have abandoned the wisdom set forth in the Constitution for short-term political wins. Power Grab shows the lengths to which Democrats will go to maintain their grip on power, and how the only thing that will stop them is a return to our founding principles.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379669</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209032/9780062944443.mp3" length="2437130" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379669 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Grab: The Liberal Scheme to Undermine Trump, the GOP, and Our Republic Author: Jason Chaffetz Narrator: Jason Chaffetz Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379669" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379669</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Grab: The Liberal Scheme to Undermine Trump, the GOP, and Our Republic Author: Jason Chaffetz Narrator: Jason Chaffetz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: September  3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How much damage will the Democrats do to our republic in the name of saving it? In the years he served on and eventually chaired the United States House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, Jason Chaffetz gained crucial insight into the inner workings of D.C. Things were bad then, but during the Trump administration, liberals have reached a new level of hysteria and misconduct. Democrat anger has grown so irrational that it has burst through the constitutional guardrails which protect our institutions and our republic. While they constantly label the right “fascist,” the left imposes policies which suppress speech, limit freedom, and empower federal bullies.  In Power Grab, Chaffetz pulls back the curtain on the world of hypocrisy, political intrigue, and procedural malfeasance that is Washington D.C. With stories you won't read anywhere else, he shows how the left weaves false narratives, drums up investigations in search of a crime, and refuses to direct congressional oversight towards its appropriate target: the government. Democrats weaponize nonprofit advocacy groups and monetize partisan anger to line the pockets of their political allies. They use “voter enrollment” as a smokescreen to hide their plans to destabilize free elections and seek to politicize federal agencies like the Federal Election Commission, the IRS, and the Department of Justice. It shouldn’t be this way. Democrats have abandoned the wisdom set forth in the Constitution for short-term political wins. Power Grab shows the lengths to which Democrats will go to maintain their grip on power, and how the only thing that will stop them is a return to our founding principles.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7b99555919a2731557091f09f8023488.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Socialism 101: From the Bolsheviks and Karl Marx to Universal Healthcare and the Democratic Socialists, Everything You Need to Know about So</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/socialism-101-from-the-bolsheviks-and-karl-marx-to-universal-healthcare-and-the-democratic-socialists-everything-you-need-to-know-about-so--65209005</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380813" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380813</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Socialism 101: From the Bolsheviks and Karl Marx to Universal Healthcare and the Democratic Socialists, Everything You Need to Know about Socialism Author: Kathleen Sears Narrator: Samantha Desz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: September  3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Socialism 101 is a comprehensive and accessible guide to the historical and modern applications of socialism. In today’s political climate, more and more presidential candidates are espousing socialist—or democratic socialist—policies. Once associated with oppression, socialism is now a current topic of conversation with everyday Americans, including policies like taxing the rich and healthcare for all. But what exactly is socialism and why does it spark such an intense debate?   Socialism 101 provides an easy-to-understand, unbiased overview to the nearly 300-year-old origins of this mode of government, its complex history, basic constructs, modern-day interpretations, key figures in its development, and up-to-date concepts and policies in today’s world. As capitalism has become less appealing and socialism experiences a surge in popularity, the need for clarification of what it means has never been more necessary than now.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380813</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209005/9781797100296.mp3" length="1478198" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380813 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Socialism 101: From the Bolsheviks and Karl Marx to Universal Healthcare and the Democratic Socialists, Everything You Need to Know about Socialism...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380813" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380813</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Socialism 101: From the Bolsheviks and Karl Marx to Universal Healthcare and the Democratic Socialists, Everything You Need to Know about Socialism Author: Kathleen Sears Narrator: Samantha Desz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: September  3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Socialism 101 is a comprehensive and accessible guide to the historical and modern applications of socialism. In today’s political climate, more and more presidential candidates are espousing socialist—or democratic socialist—policies. Once associated with oppression, socialism is now a current topic of conversation with everyday Americans, including policies like taxing the rich and healthcare for all. But what exactly is socialism and why does it spark such an intense debate?   Socialism 101 provides an easy-to-understand, unbiased overview to the nearly 300-year-old origins of this mode of government, its complex history, basic constructs, modern-day interpretations, key figures in its development, and up-to-date concepts and policies in today’s world. As capitalism has become less appealing and socialism experiences a surge in popularity, the need for clarification of what it means has never been more necessary than now.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9c8e4efccab5a6bb65a49b39f332b55c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Stakes: 2020 and the Survival of American Democracy by Robert Kuttner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-stakes-2020-and-the-survival-of-american-democracy-by-robert-kuttner--65208910</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387794" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387794</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stakes: 2020 and the Survival of American Democracy Author: Robert Kuttner Narrator: Robert Kuttner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: September  3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  To save both democracy and a decent economy, here's why it's crucial that Americans elect a truly progressive president. The 2020 presidential election will be pivotal for the credibility of government and for democracy itself, argues Robert Kuttner in this brief and compelling call to arms. Either we continue the twin slides into corrupt autocracy and corporate plutocracy? the course set in the past half century by Republican and Democratic presidents alike? or we elect a progressive Democrat in the mold of FDR. At stake is nothing less than the continued success of the American experiment in liberal democracy, which depends on a fairer distribution of life chances and a reduction of the financial industry's influence in the political sphere. Kuttner goes on to show convincingly that a progressive Democrat also has a better chance than a centrist of winning the presidency in the current political environment. A passionate book from one of our best political analysts, The Stakes will be the book to read ahead of the 2020 primaries.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387794</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208910/9781980047896.mp3" length="2437133" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387794 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stakes: 2020 and the Survival of American Democracy Author: Robert Kuttner Narrator: Robert Kuttner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387794" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387794</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stakes: 2020 and the Survival of American Democracy Author: Robert Kuttner Narrator: Robert Kuttner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: September  3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  To save both democracy and a decent economy, here's why it's crucial that Americans elect a truly progressive president. The 2020 presidential election will be pivotal for the credibility of government and for democracy itself, argues Robert Kuttner in this brief and compelling call to arms. Either we continue the twin slides into corrupt autocracy and corporate plutocracy? the course set in the past half century by Republican and Democratic presidents alike? or we elect a progressive Democrat in the mold of FDR. At stake is nothing less than the continued success of the American experiment in liberal democracy, which depends on a fairer distribution of life chances and a reduction of the financial industry's influence in the political sphere. Kuttner goes on to show convincingly that a progressive Democrat also has a better chance than a centrist of winning the presidency in the current political environment. A passionate book from one of our best political analysts, The Stakes will be the book to read ahead of the 2020 primaries.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/41d485869fae70a1b81b3e3ef07c4992.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Powerarchy: Understanding the Psychology of Oppression for Social Transformation by Melanie Joy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/powerarchy-understanding-the-psychology-of-oppression-for-social-transformation-by-melanie-joy--65208863</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391729" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391729</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powerarchy: Understanding the Psychology of Oppression for Social Transformation Author: Melanie Joy Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: September  3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Harvard-educated psychologist and bestselling author Melanie Joy exposes the psychology that underlies all forms of oppression and abuse and the belief system that gives rise to this psychology-which she calls powerarchy. As a prominent vegan activist, Dr. Melanie Joy had long been puzzled that people would become aware of one or more forms of oppression only to stay mired in many others, never seeing the similarities. In this book she identifies, for the first time, the psychological dynamics underlying all oppressive systems, such as racism, sexism, speciesism, and more, which she terms powerarchy. Powerarchy is organized around the belief in a hierarchy of moral worth, which sees some individuals as more worthy of being treated with integrity than others. It reflects and reinforces power dynamics that harm dignity and create power imbalances among social groups and between individuals. Joy says we've targeted the outward manifestations of oppression while leaving its core intact, like weeding a garden without pulling out the roots. She describes the three pillars of powerarchy-psychological defense mechanisms, narratives, and privileges-and shows how to apply this new frame to work more fully toward transformation for ourselves, others, and our world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391729</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208863/9781663739865.mp3" length="2437259" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391729 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powerarchy: Understanding the Psychology of Oppression for Social Transformation Author: Melanie Joy Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391729" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391729</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powerarchy: Understanding the Psychology of Oppression for Social Transformation Author: Melanie Joy Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: September  3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Harvard-educated psychologist and bestselling author Melanie Joy exposes the psychology that underlies all forms of oppression and abuse and the belief system that gives rise to this psychology-which she calls powerarchy. As a prominent vegan activist, Dr. Melanie Joy had long been puzzled that people would become aware of one or more forms of oppression only to stay mired in many others, never seeing the similarities. In this book she identifies, for the first time, the psychological dynamics underlying all oppressive systems, such as racism, sexism, speciesism, and more, which she terms powerarchy. Powerarchy is organized around the belief in a hierarchy of moral worth, which sees some individuals as more worthy of being treated with integrity than others. It reflects and reinforces power dynamics that harm dignity and create power imbalances among social groups and between individuals. Joy says we've targeted the outward manifestations of oppression while leaving its core intact, like weeding a garden without pulling out the roots. She describes the three pillars of powerarchy-psychological defense mechanisms, narratives, and privileges-and shows how to apply this new frame to work more fully toward transformation for ourselves, others, and our world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d1042a6d91898363ab1591f9ee0de91b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Silver, Sword, and Stone: Three Crucibles in the Latin American Story by Marie Arana</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/silver-sword-and-stone-three-crucibles-in-the-latin-american-story-by-marie-arana--65209029</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381081" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381081</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silver, Sword, and Stone: Three Crucibles in the Latin American Story Author: Marie Arana Narrator: Cynthia Farrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Winner, American Library Association Booklist’s Top of the List, 2019 Adult Nonfiction   Acclaimed writer Marie Arana delivers a cultural history of Latin America and the three driving forces that have shaped the character of the region: exploitation (silver), violence (sword), and religion (stone). “Meticulously researched, [this] book’s greatest strengths are the power of its epic narrative, the beauty of its prose, and its rich portrayals of character…Marvelous” (The Washington Post). Leonor Gonzales lives in a tiny community perched 18,000 feet above sea level in the Andean cordillera of Peru, the highest human habitation on earth. Like her late husband, she works the gold mines much as the Indians were forced to do at the time of the Spanish Conquest. Illiteracy, malnutrition, and disease reign as they did five hundred years ago. And now, just as then, a miner’s survival depends on a vast global market whose fluctuations are controlled in faraway places.   Carlos Buergos is a Cuban who fought in the civil war in Angola and now lives in a quiet community outside New Orleans. He was among hundreds of criminals Cuba expelled to the US in 1980. His story echoes the violence that has coursed through the Americas since before Columbus to the crushing savagery of the Spanish Conquest, and from 19th- and 20th-century wars and revolutions to the military crackdowns that convulse Latin America to this day.   Xavier Albó is a Jesuit priest from Barcelona who emigrated to Bolivia, where he works among the indigenous people. He considers himself an Indian in head and heart and, for this, is well known in his adopted country. Although his aim is to learn rather than proselytize, he is an inheritor of a checkered past, where priests marched alongside conquistadors, converting the natives to Christianity, often forcibly, in the effort to win the New World. Ever since, the Catholic Church has played a central role in the political life of Latin America—sometimes for good, sometimes not.   In this “timely and excellent volume” (NPR) Marie Arana seamlessly weaves these stories with the history of the past millennium to explain three enduring themes that have defined Latin America since pre-Columbian times: the foreign greed for its mineral riches, an ingrained propensity to violence, and the abiding power of religion. Silver, Sword, and Stone combines “learned historical analysis with in-depth reporting and political commentary...[and] an informed and authoritative voice, one that deserves a wide audience” (The New York Times Book Review).]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381081</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209029/9781508299813.mp3" length="1478212" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381081 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silver, Sword, and Stone: Three Crucibles in the Latin American Story Author: Marie Arana Narrator: Cynthia Farrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381081" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381081</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silver, Sword, and Stone: Three Crucibles in the Latin American Story Author: Marie Arana Narrator: Cynthia Farrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Winner, American Library Association Booklist’s Top of the List, 2019 Adult Nonfiction   Acclaimed writer Marie Arana delivers a cultural history of Latin America and the three driving forces that have shaped the character of the region: exploitation (silver), violence (sword), and religion (stone). “Meticulously researched, [this] book’s greatest strengths are the power of its epic narrative, the beauty of its prose, and its rich portrayals of character…Marvelous” (The Washington Post). Leonor Gonzales lives in a tiny community perched 18,000 feet above sea level in the Andean cordillera of Peru, the highest human habitation on earth. Like her late husband, she works the gold mines much as the Indians were forced to do at the time of the Spanish Conquest. Illiteracy, malnutrition, and disease reign as they did five hundred years ago. And now, just as then, a miner’s survival depends on a vast global market whose fluctuations are controlled in faraway places.   Carlos Buergos is a Cuban who fought in the civil war in Angola and now lives in a quiet community outside New Orleans. He was among hundreds of criminals Cuba expelled to the US in 1980. His story echoes the violence that has coursed through the Americas since before Columbus to the crushing savagery of the Spanish Conquest, and from 19th- and 20th-century wars and revolutions to the military crackdowns that convulse Latin America to this day.   Xavier Albó is a Jesuit priest from Barcelona who emigrated to Bolivia, where he works among the indigenous people. He considers himself an Indian in head and heart and, for this, is well known in his adopted country. Although his aim is to learn rather than proselytize, he is an inheritor of a checkered past, where priests marched alongside conquistadors, converting the natives to Christianity, often forcibly, in the effort to win the New World. Ever since, the Catholic Church has played a central role in the political life of Latin America—sometimes for good, sometimes not.   In this “timely and excellent volume” (NPR) Marie Arana seamlessly weaves these stories with the history of the past millennium to explain three enduring themes that have defined Latin America since pre-Columbian times: the foreign greed for its mineral riches, an ingrained propensity to violence, and the abiding power of religion. Silver, Sword, and Stone combines “learned historical analysis with in-depth reporting and political commentary...[and] an informed and authoritative voice, one that deserves a wide audience” (The New York Times Book Review).]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bc52374fc97a04e8b427d508adf55f96.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Accidental Prime Minister: The Making And Unmaking Of Manmohan Singh by Sanjaya Baru</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-accidental-prime-minister-the-making-and-unmaking-of-manmohan-singh-by-sanjaya-baru--65208954</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387169" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387169</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Accidental Prime Minister: The Making And Unmaking Of Manmohan Singh Author: Sanjaya Baru Narrator: Suyash Mohan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  When   The Accidental Prime Minister was published in 2014, it created a storm and   became the publishing sensation of the year. The Prime Minister's Office   called the book a work of 'fiction', the press hailed it as a revelatory   account of Prime Minister Manmohan Singh's first term in the UPA. Written by   Singh's media adviser and trusted aide, the book describes Singh's often   troubled relations with his ministers, his cautious equation with Sonia   Gandhi and how he handled the big crises from managing the Left to pushing   through the nuclear deal. Insightful, acute and packed with political   anecdotes, The Accidental Prime Minister is one of the great insider accounts   of Indian political life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387169</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208954/9780143499374.mp3" length="4837053" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387169 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Accidental Prime Minister: The Making And Unmaking Of Manmohan Singh Author: Sanjaya Baru Narrator: Suyash Mohan Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387169" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387169</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Accidental Prime Minister: The Making And Unmaking Of Manmohan Singh Author: Sanjaya Baru Narrator: Suyash Mohan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  When   The Accidental Prime Minister was published in 2014, it created a storm and   became the publishing sensation of the year. The Prime Minister's Office   called the book a work of 'fiction', the press hailed it as a revelatory   account of Prime Minister Manmohan Singh's first term in the UPA. Written by   Singh's media adviser and trusted aide, the book describes Singh's often   troubled relations with his ministers, his cautious equation with Sonia   Gandhi and how he handled the big crises from managing the Left to pushing   through the nuclear deal. Insightful, acute and packed with political   anecdotes, The Accidental Prime Minister is one of the great insider accounts   of Indian political life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7ae9d01c72a2a0668edd704c259c8503.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Radicals, Resistance, and Revenge: The Left's Plot to Remake America by Jeanine Pirro</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/radicals-resistance-and-revenge-the-left-s-plot-to-remake-america-by-jeanine-pirro--65208876</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391562" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391562</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radicals, Resistance, and Revenge: The Left's Plot to Remake America Author: Jeanine Pirro Narrator: Jeanine Pirro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.54 of Total 24   Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Picking up where her #1 New York Times bestseller, Liars, Leakers, and Liberals left off, Judge Jeanine Pirro exposes the latest chapter in the unfolding liberal attack on our most basic values. Donald Trump's presidency has been under siege by the Left and their Deep State fellow travelers who concocted an outrageous case of conspiracy with Russia to keep him from doing what he was elected to do: secure America's borders, revive its economy, drain the Washington DC swamp, and restore our constitutional republic. Overturning presidential elections, nationalizing private industries like healthcare and education, destroying America's borders, erasing its national identity, and effectively silencing conservative voices in the cybersphere and public square are a few examples of the lengths to which the far-left progressives and socialists will go to destroy the America we love. Radicals, Resistance, and Revenge features Judge Jeanine's keen analysis of explosive information about the anti-Trump conspirators, their corrupt methods and possible crimes, and the Left's subversive plot against the foundation of American liberty. Judge Jeanine is sounding the alarm and calling out those who despise our most cherished ideals and institutions to warn patriotic Americans before it's too late.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391562</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208876/9781549123894.mp3" length="1478246" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391562 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radicals, Resistance, and Revenge: The Left's Plot to Remake America Author: Jeanine Pirro Narrator: Jeanine Pirro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391562" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391562</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radicals, Resistance, and Revenge: The Left's Plot to Remake America Author: Jeanine Pirro Narrator: Jeanine Pirro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.54 of Total 24   Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Picking up where her #1 New York Times bestseller, Liars, Leakers, and Liberals left off, Judge Jeanine Pirro exposes the latest chapter in the unfolding liberal attack on our most basic values. Donald Trump's presidency has been under siege by the Left and their Deep State fellow travelers who concocted an outrageous case of conspiracy with Russia to keep him from doing what he was elected to do: secure America's borders, revive its economy, drain the Washington DC swamp, and restore our constitutional republic. Overturning presidential elections, nationalizing private industries like healthcare and education, destroying America's borders, erasing its national identity, and effectively silencing conservative voices in the cybersphere and public square are a few examples of the lengths to which the far-left progressives and socialists will go to destroy the America we love. Radicals, Resistance, and Revenge features Judge Jeanine's keen analysis of explosive information about the anti-Trump conspirators, their corrupt methods and possible crimes, and the Left's subversive plot against the foundation of American liberty. Judge Jeanine is sounding the alarm and calling out those who despise our most cherished ideals and institutions to warn patriotic Americans before it's too late.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c0c3eedaa55b624f1a41b3cf1df4d148.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Levant Express: The Arab Uprisings, Human Rights, and the Future of the Middle East by Micheline R. Ishay</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-levant-express-the-arab-uprisings-human-rights-and-the-future-of-the-middle-east-by-micheline-r-ishay--65208877</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391467" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391467</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Levant Express: The Arab Uprisings, Human Rights, and the Future of the Middle East Author: Micheline R. Ishay Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The enormous sense of optimism unleashed by the Arab Spring in 2011 soon gave way to widespread suffering and despair. Of the many popular uprisings against autocratic regimes, Tunisia’s now stands alone as a beacon of hope for sustainable human rights progress. Libya is a failed state; Egypt returned to military dictatorship; the Gulf States suppressed popular protests and tightened control; and Syria and Yemen are ravaged by civil war. Challenging the widely shared pessimism among regional experts, Micheline Ishay charts bold and realistic pathways for human rights in a region beset by political repression, economic distress, sectarian conflict, a refugee crisis, and violence against women. With due attention to how patterns of revolution and counterrevolution play out in different societies and historical contexts, Ishay reveals the progressive potential of subterranean human rights forces and offers strategies for transforming current realities in the Middle East.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391467</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208877/9781630157494.mp3" length="4837060" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391467 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Levant Express: The Arab Uprisings, Human Rights, and the Future of the Middle East Author: Micheline R. Ishay Narrator: Christina Delaine Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391467" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391467</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Levant Express: The Arab Uprisings, Human Rights, and the Future of the Middle East Author: Micheline R. Ishay Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The enormous sense of optimism unleashed by the Arab Spring in 2011 soon gave way to widespread suffering and despair. Of the many popular uprisings against autocratic regimes, Tunisia’s now stands alone as a beacon of hope for sustainable human rights progress. Libya is a failed state; Egypt returned to military dictatorship; the Gulf States suppressed popular protests and tightened control; and Syria and Yemen are ravaged by civil war. Challenging the widely shared pessimism among regional experts, Micheline Ishay charts bold and realistic pathways for human rights in a region beset by political repression, economic distress, sectarian conflict, a refugee crisis, and violence against women. With due attention to how patterns of revolution and counterrevolution play out in different societies and historical contexts, Ishay reveals the progressive potential of subterranean human rights forces and offers strategies for transforming current realities in the Middle East.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/471a604dfed560383f570b9e74da569a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Syria's Secret Library: Reading and Redemption in a Town Under Siege by Mike Thomson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/syria-s-secret-library-reading-and-redemption-in-a-town-under-siege-by-mike-thomson--65208873</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391356" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391356</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Syria's Secret Library: Reading and Redemption in a Town Under Siege Author: Mike Thomson Narrator: David Rintoul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The remarkable story of a small, makeshift library in the town of Daraya, and the people who found hope and humanity in its books during a four-year siege. Daraya lies on the fringe of Damascus, just southwest of the Syrian capital. Yet for four years it lived in another world. Besieged by government forces early in the Syrian Civil War, its people were deprived of food, bombarded by heavy artillery, and under the constant fire of snipers. But deep beneath this scene of frightening devastation lay a hidden library. While the streets above echoed with shelling and rifle fire, the secret world below was a haven of books. Long rows of well-thumbed volumes lined almost every wall: bloated editions with grand leather covers, pocket-sized guides to Syrian poetry, and no-nonsense reference books, all arranged in well-ordered lines. But this precious horde was not bought from publishers or loaned by other libraries--they were the books salvaged and scavenged at great personal risk from the doomed city above. The story of this extraordinary place and the people who found purpose and refuge in it is one of hope, human resilience, and above all, the timeless, universal love of literature and the compassion and wisdom it fosters.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391356</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208873/9781549177507.mp3" length="1478202" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391356 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Syria's Secret Library: Reading and Redemption in a Town Under Siege Author: Mike Thomson Narrator: David Rintoul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391356" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391356</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Syria's Secret Library: Reading and Redemption in a Town Under Siege Author: Mike Thomson Narrator: David Rintoul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The remarkable story of a small, makeshift library in the town of Daraya, and the people who found hope and humanity in its books during a four-year siege. Daraya lies on the fringe of Damascus, just southwest of the Syrian capital. Yet for four years it lived in another world. Besieged by government forces early in the Syrian Civil War, its people were deprived of food, bombarded by heavy artillery, and under the constant fire of snipers. But deep beneath this scene of frightening devastation lay a hidden library. While the streets above echoed with shelling and rifle fire, the secret world below was a haven of books. Long rows of well-thumbed volumes lined almost every wall: bloated editions with grand leather covers, pocket-sized guides to Syrian poetry, and no-nonsense reference books, all arranged in well-ordered lines. But this precious horde was not bought from publishers or loaned by other libraries--they were the books salvaged and scavenged at great personal risk from the doomed city above. The story of this extraordinary place and the people who found purpose and refuge in it is one of hope, human resilience, and above all, the timeless, universal love of literature and the compassion and wisdom it fosters.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/70ca4c6cc113f5187dfa718d6788d704.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Socialism Sucks: Two Economists Drink Their Way Through the Unfree World by Benjamin Powell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/socialism-sucks-two-economists-drink-their-way-through-the-unfree-world-by-benjamin-powell--65208860</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390621" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390621</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Socialism Sucks: Two Economists Drink Their Way Through the Unfree World Author: Benjamin Powell Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The bastard step-child of Milton Friedman and Anthony Bourdain, Socialism Sucks is a bar-crawl through former, current, and wannabe socialist countries around the world. Free-market economists Robert Lawson and Benjamin Powell travel to countries like Venezuela, Cuba, Russia, and Sweden to investigate the dangers and idiocies of socialism—while drinking a lot of beer.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390621</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208860/9781666573732.mp3" length="1478200" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390621 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Socialism Sucks: Two Economists Drink Their Way Through the Unfree World Author: Benjamin Powell Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390621" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390621</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Socialism Sucks: Two Economists Drink Their Way Through the Unfree World Author: Benjamin Powell Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The bastard step-child of Milton Friedman and Anthony Bourdain, Socialism Sucks is a bar-crawl through former, current, and wannabe socialist countries around the world. Free-market economists Robert Lawson and Benjamin Powell travel to countries like Venezuela, Cuba, Russia, and Sweden to investigate the dangers and idiocies of socialism—while drinking a lot of beer.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a21b58f1ee8a487edaa56b38dfd301e6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>BBC: Brainwashing Britain by David Sedgwick</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/bbc-brainwashing-britain-by-david-sedgwick--65208911</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390152" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390152</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: BBC: Brainwashing Britain Author: David Sedgwick Narrator: Philip D'arcy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  BBC: Brainwashing Britain? is a shocking expose of mass propaganda, its components, and aims. You may never look at Auntie in the same way ever again. The people of Britain are under attack. We are being brainwashed. We are being brainwashed completely, ceaselessly and cynically... So just who is doing the brainwashing? How are they doing it and for what purposes? David Sedgwick's latest book takes the reader on a disturbing journey deep into the realms of mistruth and deception to reveal, for the very first time, the many tricks and subterfuges used by the British Broadcasting Corporation. Every time we engage with BBC content, the author argues, we are exposing ourselves to a very dark art: the art of brainwashing. Wilful, deceitful and incessant, Orwellian parallels define the modern corporation and should chill the soul of all who cherish freedom and liberty. Mind control is here. This is not fiction.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390152</guid><pubDate>Thu, 15 Aug 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208911/9781528875509.mp3" length="1478178" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390152 to listen full audiobooks. Title: BBC: Brainwashing Britain Author: David Sedgwick Narrator: Philip D'arcy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 25 minutes Release date: August...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390152" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390152</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: BBC: Brainwashing Britain Author: David Sedgwick Narrator: Philip D'arcy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  BBC: Brainwashing Britain? is a shocking expose of mass propaganda, its components, and aims. You may never look at Auntie in the same way ever again. The people of Britain are under attack. We are being brainwashed. We are being brainwashed completely, ceaselessly and cynically... So just who is doing the brainwashing? How are they doing it and for what purposes? David Sedgwick's latest book takes the reader on a disturbing journey deep into the realms of mistruth and deception to reveal, for the very first time, the many tricks and subterfuges used by the British Broadcasting Corporation. Every time we engage with BBC content, the author argues, we are exposing ourselves to a very dark art: the art of brainwashing. Wilful, deceitful and incessant, Orwellian parallels define the modern corporation and should chill the soul of all who cherish freedom and liberty. Mind control is here. This is not fiction.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6d121638fde465bb0fe8ff03e8328dba.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Management of Savagery: How America's National Security State Fueled the Rise of Al Qaeda, ISIS, and Donald Trump by Max Blumenthal</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-management-of-savagery-how-america-s-national-security-state-fueled-the-rise-of-al-qaeda-isis-and-donald-trump-by-max-blumenthal--65208870</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391927" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391927</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Management of Savagery: How America's National Security State Fueled the Rise of Al Qaeda, ISIS, and Donald Trump Author: Max Blumenthal Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The rise of international jihad and Western ultra-nationalism In the Management of Savagery, Max Blumenthal excavates the real story behind America's dealings with the world and shows how the extremist forces that now threaten peace across the globe are the inevitable flowering of America's imperial designs. Washington's secret funding of the mujahedin provoked the Russian invasion of Afghanistan in 1979. With guns and money, the United States has ever since sustained the extremists, including Osama Bin Laden, who have become its enemies. The Pentagon has trained and armed jihadist elements in Afghanistan, Syria, and Libya; it has launched military interventions to change regimes in the Middle East. In doing so, it created fertile ground for the Islamic State and brought foreign conflicts home to American soil. These failed wars abroad have made the United States more vulnerable to both terrorism as well as native ultra-nationalism. The Trump presidency is the inevitable consequence of neoconservative imperialism in the post–Cold War age. Trump's dealings in the Middle East are likely only to exacerbate the situation.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391927</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208870/9781630157227.mp3" length="2437144" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391927 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Management of Savagery: How America's National Security State Fueled the Rise of Al Qaeda, ISIS, and Donald Trump Author: Max Blumenthal Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391927" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391927</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Management of Savagery: How America's National Security State Fueled the Rise of Al Qaeda, ISIS, and Donald Trump Author: Max Blumenthal Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The rise of international jihad and Western ultra-nationalism In the Management of Savagery, Max Blumenthal excavates the real story behind America's dealings with the world and shows how the extremist forces that now threaten peace across the globe are the inevitable flowering of America's imperial designs. Washington's secret funding of the mujahedin provoked the Russian invasion of Afghanistan in 1979. With guns and money, the United States has ever since sustained the extremists, including Osama Bin Laden, who have become its enemies. The Pentagon has trained and armed jihadist elements in Afghanistan, Syria, and Libya; it has launched military interventions to change regimes in the Middle East. In doing so, it created fertile ground for the Islamic State and brought foreign conflicts home to American soil. These failed wars abroad have made the United States more vulnerable to both terrorism as well as native ultra-nationalism. The Trump presidency is the inevitable consequence of neoconservative imperialism in the post–Cold War age. Trump's dealings in the Middle East are likely only to exacerbate the situation.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/48efe8f93d7ccb952fef3b7a3e6b4ba3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Trudeau: The Education of a Prime Minister by John Ivison</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/trudeau-the-education-of-a-prime-minister-by-john-ivison--65209027</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380290" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380290</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trudeau: The Education of a Prime Minister Author: John Ivison Narrator: Harry Judge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: August  6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  National Bestseller From one of Canada's most popular and connected political journalists, an unblinkered warts-and-all look at Justin Trudeau and the Liberal government's record in power. A must-read as we head into the 2019 federal election. Canadians are becoming increasingly skeptical about their chameleon prime minister. When he entered politics, Justin Trudeau came across as a person with no fixed principles. Now, he presents himself as a conviction politician. What motivated his metamorphosis—belief or opportunism?  Either way, in 2019’s election he will be judged on results—results that have so far been disappointing for many, even those in his own party. From the ballooning deficit to the Trans Mountain purchase to the fallout of his disastrous trip to India to the unpopular implementation of a carbon tax, Justin Trudeau has presided over his share of controversy. Most damaging, his egregious missteps during the SNC-Lavalin scandal and the subsequent resignation of two top ministers, his principal secretary, and the clerk of the Privy Council have raised serious questions about Trudeau’s integrity.  As a political columnist for the National Post since 2003and Ottawa bureau chief for Postmedia for the past three years, John Ivison has watched Trudeau evolve as a politician and leader, a fascinating transition that has not been fully captured by any writer. Trudeau traces the complexities of the man himself, now barely visible beneath the talking points, virtue signalling, and polished trappings of office. Ivison concludes that while Trudeau led a moribund Liberal Party to victory in the 2015 election, the shine of his leadership has been worn off by a series of self-inflicted wounds, broken promises, and rookie mistakes.  One of the central contentions of Trudeau is already apparent: the prime minister’s greatest strengths are also his greatest weaknesses; the famous name, high-handedness, and impulsiveness are as liable to hurl him from office as they were to get him there in the first place.  With unprecedented access and insight, John Ivison takes us inside one of the most contentious first terms of any prime minister in our history.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380290</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209027/9780771003196.mp3" length="4837050" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380290 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trudeau: The Education of a Prime Minister Author: John Ivison Narrator: Harry Judge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380290" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380290</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trudeau: The Education of a Prime Minister Author: John Ivison Narrator: Harry Judge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: August  6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  National Bestseller From one of Canada's most popular and connected political journalists, an unblinkered warts-and-all look at Justin Trudeau and the Liberal government's record in power. A must-read as we head into the 2019 federal election. Canadians are becoming increasingly skeptical about their chameleon prime minister. When he entered politics, Justin Trudeau came across as a person with no fixed principles. Now, he presents himself as a conviction politician. What motivated his metamorphosis—belief or opportunism?  Either way, in 2019’s election he will be judged on results—results that have so far been disappointing for many, even those in his own party. From the ballooning deficit to the Trans Mountain purchase to the fallout of his disastrous trip to India to the unpopular implementation of a carbon tax, Justin Trudeau has presided over his share of controversy. Most damaging, his egregious missteps during the SNC-Lavalin scandal and the subsequent resignation of two top ministers, his principal secretary, and the clerk of the Privy Council have raised serious questions about Trudeau’s integrity.  As a political columnist for the National Post since 2003and Ottawa bureau chief for Postmedia for the past three years, John Ivison has watched Trudeau evolve as a politician and leader, a fascinating transition that has not been fully captured by any writer. Trudeau traces the complexities of the man himself, now barely visible beneath the talking points, virtue signalling, and polished trappings of office. Ivison concludes that while Trudeau led a moribund Liberal Party to victory in the 2015 election, the shine of his leadership has been worn off by a series of self-inflicted wounds, broken promises, and rookie mistakes.  One of the central contentions of Trudeau is already apparent: the prime minister’s greatest strengths are also his greatest weaknesses; the famous name, high-handedness, and impulsiveness are as liable to hurl him from office as they were to get him there in the first place.  With unprecedented access and insight, John Ivison takes us inside one of the most contentious first terms of any prime minister in our history.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cd456e71c96c1cf4320d66b71475d78a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>This Is Not Propaganda: Adventures in the War Against Reality by Peter Pomerantsev</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-is-not-propaganda-adventures-in-the-war-against-reality-by-peter-pomerantsev--65208861</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390587" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390587</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Not Propaganda: Adventures in the War Against Reality Author: Peter Pomerantsev Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August  6, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Learn how the perception of truth has been weaponized in modern politics with this 'insightful' account of propaganda in Russia and beyond during the age of disinformation (New York Times). When information is a weapon, every opinion is an act of war. We live in a world of influence operations run amok, where dark ads, psyops, hacks, bots, soft facts, ISIS, Putin, trolls, and Trump seek to shape our very reality. In this surreal atmosphere created to disorient us and undermine our sense of truth, we've lost not only our grip on peace and democracy -- but our very notion of what those words even mean. Peter Pomerantsev takes us to the front lines of the disinformation age, where he meets Twitter revolutionaries and pop-up populists, 'behavioral change' salesmen, Jihadi fanboys, Identitarians, truth cops, and many others. Forty years after his dissident parents were pursued by the KGB, Pomerantsev finds the Kremlin re-emerging as a great propaganda power. His research takes him back to Russia -- but the answers he finds there are not what he expected. Blending reportage, family history, and intellectual adventure, This Is Not Propaganda explores how we can reimagine our politics and ourselves when reality seems to be coming apart.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390587</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208861/9781549195198.mp3" length="1478163" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Not Propaganda: Adventures in the War Against Reality Author: Peter Pomerantsev Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390587" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390587</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Not Propaganda: Adventures in the War Against Reality Author: Peter Pomerantsev Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August  6, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Learn how the perception of truth has been weaponized in modern politics with this 'insightful' account of propaganda in Russia and beyond during the age of disinformation (New York Times). When information is a weapon, every opinion is an act of war. We live in a world of influence operations run amok, where dark ads, psyops, hacks, bots, soft facts, ISIS, Putin, trolls, and Trump seek to shape our very reality. In this surreal atmosphere created to disorient us and undermine our sense of truth, we've lost not only our grip on peace and democracy -- but our very notion of what those words even mean. Peter Pomerantsev takes us to the front lines of the disinformation age, where he meets Twitter revolutionaries and pop-up populists, 'behavioral change' salesmen, Jihadi fanboys, Identitarians, truth cops, and many others. Forty years after his dissident parents were pursued by the KGB, Pomerantsev finds the Kremlin re-emerging as a great propaganda power. His research takes him back to Russia -- but the answers he finds there are not what he expected. Blending reportage, family history, and intellectual adventure, This Is Not Propaganda explores how we can reimagine our politics and ourselves when reality seems to be coming apart.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/eaa28b0df99c87b54e78780a3ea944c4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Cold War Spy Stories from Eastern Europe by Corina L. Petrescu, Alison Lewis, Valentina Glajar</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/cold-war-spy-stories-from-eastern-europe-by-corina-l-petrescu-alison-lewis-valentina-glajar--65209000</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390998" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390998</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cold War Spy Stories from Eastern Europe Author: Corina L. Petrescu, Alison Lewis, Valentina Glajar Narrator: James Anderson Foster, Christa Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: August  1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  During the Cold War, stories of espionage became popular on both sides of the Iron Curtain, capturing the imagination of readers and filmgoers alike as secret police quietly engaged in surveillance under the shroud of impenetrable secrecy. And curiously, in the post–Cold War period there are no signs of this enthusiasm diminishing. The opening of secret police archives in many Eastern European countries has provided the opportunity to excavate and narrate forgotten spy stories for the first time. Cold War Spy Stories from Eastern Europe brings together a wide range of accounts compiled from the East German Stasi, the Romanian Securitate, and the Ukrainian KGB files. The stories are a complex amalgam of fact and fiction, history and imagination, past and present. These stories of collusion and complicity, betrayal and treason, right and wrong, and good and evil cast surprising new light on the question of Cold War certainties and divides.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390998</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209000/9781630153007.mp3" length="14437211" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390998 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cold War Spy Stories from Eastern Europe Author: Corina L. Petrescu, Alison Lewis, Valentina Glajar Narrator: James Anderson Foster, Christa Lewis...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390998" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390998</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cold War Spy Stories from Eastern Europe Author: Corina L. Petrescu, Alison Lewis, Valentina Glajar Narrator: James Anderson Foster, Christa Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: August  1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  During the Cold War, stories of espionage became popular on both sides of the Iron Curtain, capturing the imagination of readers and filmgoers alike as secret police quietly engaged in surveillance under the shroud of impenetrable secrecy. And curiously, in the post–Cold War period there are no signs of this enthusiasm diminishing. The opening of secret police archives in many Eastern European countries has provided the opportunity to excavate and narrate forgotten spy stories for the first time. Cold War Spy Stories from Eastern Europe brings together a wide range of accounts compiled from the East German Stasi, the Romanian Securitate, and the Ukrainian KGB files. The stories are a complex amalgam of fact and fiction, history and imagination, past and present. These stories of collusion and complicity, betrayal and treason, right and wrong, and good and evil cast surprising new light on the question of Cold War certainties and divides.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8add8246b81e98fc924d397ca33dd001.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Ten Judgements that Changed India by Zia Mody</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/ten-judgements-that-changed-india-by-zia-mody--65209004</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383426" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383426</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Judgements that Changed India Author: Zia Mody Narrator: Beneifer Mirza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This book presents a compilation of 10 essays on some of the most influential judgments’ that were passed by the Supreme Court of India and proved to be life-altering for the common man and the democracy of the nation. These judgments by the Indian Judiciary proved that the nation’s legal system is not as irresolute as often cited. The author attempts to paint the complete picture of some of the most controversial cases, like Maneka Gandhi versus the Union Bank of India, the Union Carbide Corporation versus Union of India, Mohammed Ahmed Khan versus Shah Bano Begam and Olga Tellis versus the Bombay Municipal Corporation among others. From the matter of environmental jurisprudence and custodial deaths to the controversial topic of reservations, the author deals extensively with each case in the 10 essays and points out the effects that the Supreme court’s final verdicts produced. The book describes how the Indian judicial system is capable of impacting the lives of the millions that thrive under this democracy and succeeds in restoring the reader’s faith on the legal system of the nation. The internal affairs that go about in each case, which otherwise escape scrutiny, have been shed light on through the book.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383426</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209004/9780143500377.mp3" length="4837064" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383426 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Judgements that Changed India Author: Zia Mody Narrator: Beneifer Mirza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: July...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383426" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383426</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Judgements that Changed India Author: Zia Mody Narrator: Beneifer Mirza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This book presents a compilation of 10 essays on some of the most influential judgments’ that were passed by the Supreme Court of India and proved to be life-altering for the common man and the democracy of the nation. These judgments by the Indian Judiciary proved that the nation’s legal system is not as irresolute as often cited. The author attempts to paint the complete picture of some of the most controversial cases, like Maneka Gandhi versus the Union Bank of India, the Union Carbide Corporation versus Union of India, Mohammed Ahmed Khan versus Shah Bano Begam and Olga Tellis versus the Bombay Municipal Corporation among others. From the matter of environmental jurisprudence and custodial deaths to the controversial topic of reservations, the author deals extensively with each case in the 10 essays and points out the effects that the Supreme court’s final verdicts produced. The book describes how the Indian judicial system is capable of impacting the lives of the millions that thrive under this democracy and succeeds in restoring the reader’s faith on the legal system of the nation. The internal affairs that go about in each case, which otherwise escape scrutiny, have been shed light on through the book.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ee928e8b73447592bda8f77e543f17a2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>E Pluribus Unum: How the Common Law Helped Unify and Liberate Colonial America, 1607-1776 by William E. Nelson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/e-pluribus-unum-how-the-common-law-helped-unify-and-liberate-colonial-america-1607-1776-by-william-e-nelson--65208957</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388296" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388296</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: E Pluribus Unum: How the Common Law Helped Unify and Liberate Colonial America, 1607-1776 Author: William E. Nelson Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From their inception, the colonies exercised a range of approaches to the law. While New England based its legal system around the word of God, Maryland followed the common law tradition, and New York adhered to Dutch law. Over time, though, the British crown standardized legal procedure to more uniformly and efficiently exert control over the Empire. But, while the common law emerged as the dominant system across the colonies, its effects were far from what English rulers had envisioned. E Pluribus Unum highlights the political context in which the common law developed and how it influenced the United States Constitution. In practice, the triumph of the common law over competing approaches gave lawyers more authority than governing officials. By the end of the eighteenth century, many colonial legal professionals began to espouse constitutional ideology that would mature into the doctrine of judicial review. In turn, laypeople came to accept constitutional doctrine by the time of independence in 1776. Nelson shows that the colonies' gradual embrace of the common law was instrumental to the establishment of the United States. Not simply a masterful legal history of colonial America, Nelson's magnum opus fundamentally reshapes our understanding of the sources of both the American Revolution and the Founding.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388296</guid><pubDate>Wed, 24 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208957/9781630150303.mp3" length="14437151" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388296 to listen full audiobooks. Title: E Pluribus Unum: How the Common Law Helped Unify and Liberate Colonial America, 1607-1776 Author: William E. Nelson Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388296" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388296</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: E Pluribus Unum: How the Common Law Helped Unify and Liberate Colonial America, 1607-1776 Author: William E. Nelson Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From their inception, the colonies exercised a range of approaches to the law. While New England based its legal system around the word of God, Maryland followed the common law tradition, and New York adhered to Dutch law. Over time, though, the British crown standardized legal procedure to more uniformly and efficiently exert control over the Empire. But, while the common law emerged as the dominant system across the colonies, its effects were far from what English rulers had envisioned. E Pluribus Unum highlights the political context in which the common law developed and how it influenced the United States Constitution. In practice, the triumph of the common law over competing approaches gave lawyers more authority than governing officials. By the end of the eighteenth century, many colonial legal professionals began to espouse constitutional ideology that would mature into the doctrine of judicial review. In turn, laypeople came to accept constitutional doctrine by the time of independence in 1776. Nelson shows that the colonies' gradual embrace of the common law was instrumental to the establishment of the United States. Not simply a masterful legal history of colonial America, Nelson's magnum opus fundamentally reshapes our understanding of the sources of both the American Revolution and the Founding.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/337b3e4f5fff96aab0b0b41f2909efb9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Heaven on Earth: The Rise, Fall, and Afterlife of Socialism by Joshua Muravchik</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/heaven-on-earth-the-rise-fall-and-afterlife-of-socialism-by-joshua-muravchik--65208924</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388310" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388310</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heaven on Earth: The Rise, Fall, and Afterlife of Socialism Author: Joshua Muravchik Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Socialism was man's most ambitious attempt to supplant religion with a doctrine claiming to ground itself in 'science.' Each failure to create societies of abundance or give birth to 'the New Man' inspired more searching for the path to the promised land: revolution, communes, social democracy, communism, fascism, Arab socialism, African socialism. None worked, and some exacted a staggering human toll. Then, after two centuries of wishful thinking and bitter disappointment, socialism imploded in a fin de siècle drama of falling walls and collapsing regimes. It was an astonishing denouement but what followed was no less astonishing. After the hiatus of a couple of decades, new voices were raised, as if innocent of all that had come before, proposing to try it all over again. Joshua Muravchik traces the pursuit of this phantasm, presenting sketches of the thinkers and leaders who developed the theory, led it to power, and presided over its collapse, as well as those who are trying to revive it today. Heaven on Earth is a story filled with character and event which at the same time gives us an epic chronicle of a movement that tried to turn the world upside down—and for a time succeeded.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388310</guid><pubDate>Wed, 24 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208924/9781630154240.mp3" length="14437156" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388310 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heaven on Earth: The Rise, Fall, and Afterlife of Socialism Author: Joshua Muravchik Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388310" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388310</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heaven on Earth: The Rise, Fall, and Afterlife of Socialism Author: Joshua Muravchik Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Socialism was man's most ambitious attempt to supplant religion with a doctrine claiming to ground itself in 'science.' Each failure to create societies of abundance or give birth to 'the New Man' inspired more searching for the path to the promised land: revolution, communes, social democracy, communism, fascism, Arab socialism, African socialism. None worked, and some exacted a staggering human toll. Then, after two centuries of wishful thinking and bitter disappointment, socialism imploded in a fin de siècle drama of falling walls and collapsing regimes. It was an astonishing denouement but what followed was no less astonishing. After the hiatus of a couple of decades, new voices were raised, as if innocent of all that had come before, proposing to try it all over again. Joshua Muravchik traces the pursuit of this phantasm, presenting sketches of the thinkers and leaders who developed the theory, led it to power, and presided over its collapse, as well as those who are trying to revive it today. Heaven on Earth is a story filled with character and event which at the same time gives us an epic chronicle of a movement that tried to turn the world upside down—and for a time succeeded.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8a20aba90668a82aae15a556100585e4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Cult of the Constitution by Mary Anne Franks</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-cult-of-the-constitution-by-mary-anne-franks--65208903</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390531" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390531</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cult of the Constitution Author: Mary Anne Franks Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this controversial and provocative book, Mary Anne Franks examines the thin line between constitutional fidelity and constitutional fundamentalism. Constitutional fundamentalists read the Constitution selectively and self-servingly. Fundamentalist interpretations of the Constitution elevate certain constitutional rights above all others, benefit the most powerful members of society, and undermine the integrity of the document as a whole. The conservative fetish for the Second Amendment (enforced by groups such as the NRA) provides an obvious example of constitutional fundamentalism; the liberal fetish for the First Amendment (enforced by groups such as the ACLU) is less obvious but no less influential. Economic and civil libertarianism have increasingly merged to produce a deregulatory, 'free-market' approach to constitutional rights that achieves fullest expression in the idealization of the Internet. The worship of guns, speech, and the Internet in the name of the Constitution has blurred the boundaries between conduct and speech and between veneration and violence. But the Constitution itself contains the antidote to fundamentalism. The Cult of the Constitution lays bare the dark, antidemocratic consequences of constitutional fundamentalism and urges listeners to take the Constitution seriously, not selectively.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390531</guid><pubDate>Wed, 24 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208903/9781630157661.mp3" length="14437172" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390531 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cult of the Constitution Author: Mary Anne Franks Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390531" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390531</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cult of the Constitution Author: Mary Anne Franks Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this controversial and provocative book, Mary Anne Franks examines the thin line between constitutional fidelity and constitutional fundamentalism. Constitutional fundamentalists read the Constitution selectively and self-servingly. Fundamentalist interpretations of the Constitution elevate certain constitutional rights above all others, benefit the most powerful members of society, and undermine the integrity of the document as a whole. The conservative fetish for the Second Amendment (enforced by groups such as the NRA) provides an obvious example of constitutional fundamentalism; the liberal fetish for the First Amendment (enforced by groups such as the ACLU) is less obvious but no less influential. Economic and civil libertarianism have increasingly merged to produce a deregulatory, 'free-market' approach to constitutional rights that achieves fullest expression in the idealization of the Internet. The worship of guns, speech, and the Internet in the name of the Constitution has blurred the boundaries between conduct and speech and between veneration and violence. But the Constitution itself contains the antidote to fundamentalism. The Cult of the Constitution lays bare the dark, antidemocratic consequences of constitutional fundamentalism and urges listeners to take the Constitution seriously, not selectively.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/edc92f283f4b656aa0320876f275bb0a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Armies of Sand: The Past, Present, and Future of Arab Military Effectiveness by Kenneth M. Pollack</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/armies-of-sand-the-past-present-and-future-of-arab-military-effectiveness-by-kenneth-m-pollack--65208898</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390509" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390509</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Armies of Sand: The Past, Present, and Future of Arab Military Effectiveness Author: Kenneth M. Pollack Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Since the Second World War, Arab armed forces have consistently punched below their weight. They have lost many wars that by all rights they should have won, and in their best performances only ever achieved quite modest accomplishments. Over time, soldiers, scholars, and military experts have offered various explanations for this pattern. Reliance on Soviet military methods, the poor civil-military relations of the Arab world, the underdevelopment of the Arab states, and patterns of behavior derived from the wider Arab culture, have all been suggested as the ultimate source of Arab military difficulties.   Armies of Sand, Kenneth M. Pollack's powerful and riveting history of Arab armies from the end of World War Two to the present, assesses these differing explanations and isolates the most important causes. Over the course of the book, he examines the combat performance of fifteen Arab armies and air forces in virtually every Middle Eastern war, from the Jordanians and Syrians in 1948 to Hizballah in 2006 and the Iraqis and ISIS in 2014-2017. He then compares these experiences to the performance of the Argentine, Chadian, Chinese, Cuban, North Korean, and South Vietnamese armed forces in their own combat operations during the twentieth century.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390509</guid><pubDate>Wed, 24 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208898/9781977319449.mp3" length="14437162" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390509 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Armies of Sand: The Past, Present, and Future of Arab Military Effectiveness Author: Kenneth M. Pollack Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390509" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390509</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Armies of Sand: The Past, Present, and Future of Arab Military Effectiveness Author: Kenneth M. Pollack Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Since the Second World War, Arab armed forces have consistently punched below their weight. They have lost many wars that by all rights they should have won, and in their best performances only ever achieved quite modest accomplishments. Over time, soldiers, scholars, and military experts have offered various explanations for this pattern. Reliance on Soviet military methods, the poor civil-military relations of the Arab world, the underdevelopment of the Arab states, and patterns of behavior derived from the wider Arab culture, have all been suggested as the ultimate source of Arab military difficulties.   Armies of Sand, Kenneth M. Pollack's powerful and riveting history of Arab armies from the end of World War Two to the present, assesses these differing explanations and isolates the most important causes. Over the course of the book, he examines the combat performance of fifteen Arab armies and air forces in virtually every Middle Eastern war, from the Jordanians and Syrians in 1948 to Hizballah in 2006 and the Iraqis and ISIS in 2014-2017. He then compares these experiences to the performance of the Argentine, Chadian, Chinese, Cuban, North Korean, and South Vietnamese armed forces in their own combat operations during the twentieth century.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3b02233c7e969f79a2cd1f9bde296e6c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Making of a Democratic Economy: Building Prosperity For the Many, Not Just the Few by Ted Howard, Marjorie Kelly</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-making-of-a-democratic-economy-building-prosperity-for-the-many-not-just-the-few-by-ted-howard-marjorie-kelly--65208881</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385941" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385941</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of a Democratic Economy: Building Prosperity For the Many, Not Just the Few Author: Ted Howard, Marjorie Kelly Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Our economy is designed by the 1 percent, for the 1 percent. This book offers a compelling vision of an equitable, ecologically sustainable alternative that meets the essential needs of all people. Seventy-one percent of the American people say the economy is rigged against them, and they're right. Marjorie Kelly and Ted Howard describe the current economic system as the Extractive Economy-it enables the financial elite to extract maximum gain for themselves, heedless of any damage to people or planet. As an alternative, they offer the Democratic Economy, which is responsive to the concerns of ordinary people and balances human consumption with the regenerative capacity of the earth. Kelly and Howard lay out seven principles of a Democratic Economy: Community, Inclusion, Place (keeping wealth local), Good Work (putting labor before capital), Democratized Ownership, Ethical Finance, and Sustainability. The book pairs each principle with a portrait of a place where it is being put into practice, from Pine Ridge to Portland to Cleveland to Preston, England, and more. This is a powerful, coherent, and achievable vision of an economy that serves the many, not the few.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385941</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208881/9781663743381.mp3" length="1477687" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385941 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of a Democratic Economy: Building Prosperity For the Many, Not Just the Few Author: Ted Howard, Marjorie Kelly Narrator: Tiffany Williams...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385941" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385941</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of a Democratic Economy: Building Prosperity For the Many, Not Just the Few Author: Ted Howard, Marjorie Kelly Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Our economy is designed by the 1 percent, for the 1 percent. This book offers a compelling vision of an equitable, ecologically sustainable alternative that meets the essential needs of all people. Seventy-one percent of the American people say the economy is rigged against them, and they're right. Marjorie Kelly and Ted Howard describe the current economic system as the Extractive Economy-it enables the financial elite to extract maximum gain for themselves, heedless of any damage to people or planet. As an alternative, they offer the Democratic Economy, which is responsive to the concerns of ordinary people and balances human consumption with the regenerative capacity of the earth. Kelly and Howard lay out seven principles of a Democratic Economy: Community, Inclusion, Place (keeping wealth local), Good Work (putting labor before capital), Democratized Ownership, Ethical Finance, and Sustainability. The book pairs each principle with a portrait of a place where it is being put into practice, from Pine Ridge to Portland to Cleveland to Preston, England, and more. This is a powerful, coherent, and achievable vision of an economy that serves the many, not the few.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/dd94743a8877a60abb9b78bf4c62b817.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Ley Orgánica 3/2007 para la igualdad efectiva de mujeres y hombres by Aprende La Ley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-ley-organica-3-2007-para-la-igualdad-efectiva-de-mujeres-y-hombres-by-aprende-la-ley--65208884</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390942" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390942</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ley Orgánica 3/2007 para la igualdad efectiva de mujeres y hombres Author: Aprende La Ley Narrator: Aprende La Ley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Con este audiolibro podrás estudiar y repasar todas las veces que necesites, la estructura, el índice sistemático, los títulos completos y las disposiciones de la Ley Orgánica 3/2007, de 22 de marzo, para la igualdad efectiva de mujeres y hombres.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390942</guid><pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208884/9781982768041.mp3" length="2437182" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390942 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ley Orgánica 3/2007 para la igualdad efectiva de mujeres y hombres Author: Aprende La Ley Narrator: Aprende La Ley Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390942" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390942</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ley Orgánica 3/2007 para la igualdad efectiva de mujeres y hombres Author: Aprende La Ley Narrator: Aprende La Ley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Con este audiolibro podrás estudiar y repasar todas las veces que necesites, la estructura, el índice sistemático, los títulos completos y las disposiciones de la Ley Orgánica 3/2007, de 22 de marzo, para la igualdad efectiva de mujeres y hombres.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/153169b08788a279798aa1d3b66b289c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Public Opinion by Walter Lippmann</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/public-opinion-by-walter-lippmann--65208872</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390943" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390943</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Public Opinion Author: Walter Lippmann Narrator: John Klickman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An instrumental work on today's outlook on the dominance of media in democracy, Public Opinion, is a key work by author Walter Lippmann. Does the manufacturing of consent amount to a democracy in the way democracy is practiced? Does the mass media have a control over the public opinion? These are questions that are more important today with the emergence of new technologies like the internet, and older technologies, like television, which are being politically dominated by an opportunistic media. Public Opinion is a highly recommended work for those who are interested in understanding the role of media and public opinion in politics and also those who enjoy the writings of Walter Lippmann.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390943</guid><pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208872/9781982768065.mp3" length="2437136" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390943 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Public Opinion Author: Walter Lippmann Narrator: John Klickman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390943" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390943</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Public Opinion Author: Walter Lippmann Narrator: John Klickman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An instrumental work on today's outlook on the dominance of media in democracy, Public Opinion, is a key work by author Walter Lippmann. Does the manufacturing of consent amount to a democracy in the way democracy is practiced? Does the mass media have a control over the public opinion? These are questions that are more important today with the emergence of new technologies like the internet, and older technologies, like television, which are being politically dominated by an opportunistic media. Public Opinion is a highly recommended work for those who are interested in understanding the role of media and public opinion in politics and also those who enjoy the writings of Walter Lippmann.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0893d39a744b8db9e8425ae30fa1e60b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>September 11: The 9/11 Conspiracy by Albert Jack</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/september-11-the-9-11-conspiracy-by-albert-jack--65208895</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390698" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390698</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: September 11: The 9/11 Conspiracy Author: Albert Jack Narrator: Albert Jack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the internationally best selling author of Red Herrings and White Elephants, Pop Goes the Weasel, New World Order and many more; The events of 9/11 2001 must not be forgotten because the consequences and still revolving around the world today. The events that took place on September 11, 2001 were the most important of our generation. Possibly the most important of our lifetimes and certainly the since the bombing of Pearl Harbour and the Second World War. But they will definitely not be the Crime of the Century. There is much more to come, although hopefully not in my lifetime. For over a decade we have been told on every news program, every radio bulletin, in speeches, statements &amp; announcements, front page stories, magazine articles, Government policy announcements and by every government official throughout the West; that the world has changed. And we have to react with it. We are told that 9/11 has changed the course of our domestic and foreign policy. (It certainly has) Our civil liberties must be amended with the changing times. Those responsible and their allies must be hunted down and punished, however loosely connected they are, regardless of the cost, either in human or financial measure. The event must not be forgotten. It should dominate debate, both public and private. We must reconfigure, adapt, refocus, reprioritise and come together as one, with our allies, to defend our freedoms and liberties. And we should do everything we can to make sure it never happens again. And that means we must rely on the elected policy makers, who are advised by experts with minds immeasurably greater than ours. And then do as we are told and pay for it. Really, how does a projectile manage to hit the Pentagon in Washington DC? How can that even happen, never mind New York for the moment. How do Fred Flintstone and Barney Rubble manage to pull that off? So find out who really was responsible and why...?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390698</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208895/9781982766443.mp3" length="2437124" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390698 to listen full audiobooks. Title: September 11: The 9/11 Conspiracy Author: Albert Jack Narrator: Albert Jack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: July...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390698" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390698</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: September 11: The 9/11 Conspiracy Author: Albert Jack Narrator: Albert Jack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the internationally best selling author of Red Herrings and White Elephants, Pop Goes the Weasel, New World Order and many more; The events of 9/11 2001 must not be forgotten because the consequences and still revolving around the world today. The events that took place on September 11, 2001 were the most important of our generation. Possibly the most important of our lifetimes and certainly the since the bombing of Pearl Harbour and the Second World War. But they will definitely not be the Crime of the Century. There is much more to come, although hopefully not in my lifetime. For over a decade we have been told on every news program, every radio bulletin, in speeches, statements &amp; announcements, front page stories, magazine articles, Government policy announcements and by every government official throughout the West; that the world has changed. And we have to react with it. We are told that 9/11 has changed the course of our domestic and foreign policy. (It certainly has) Our civil liberties must be amended with the changing times. Those responsible and their allies must be hunted down and punished, however loosely connected they are, regardless of the cost, either in human or financial measure. The event must not be forgotten. It should dominate debate, both public and private. We must reconfigure, adapt, refocus, reprioritise and come together as one, with our allies, to defend our freedoms and liberties. And we should do everything we can to make sure it never happens again. And that means we must rely on the elected policy makers, who are advised by experts with minds immeasurably greater than ours. And then do as we are told and pay for it. Really, how does a projectile manage to hit the Pentagon in Washington DC? How can that even happen, never mind New York for the moment. How do Fred Flintstone and Barney Rubble manage to pull that off? So find out who really was responsible and why...?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ce99a21d309dd0dad7d758416be88aab.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Revolución senior: El auge de la generación + 45 by Sebastián Campanario</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-revolucion-senior-el-auge-de-la-generacion-45-by-sebastian-campanario--65208900</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389591" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389591</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Revolución senior: El auge de la generación + 45 Author: Sebastián Campanario Narrator: Gonzalo Campos Pini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Sebastián Campanario cuenta de qué modo los +45 tendrán  un lugar protagónico en los próximos años. Una propuesta original y  disruptiva, que da las claves para deconstruir nuestros prejuicios por  edad hacia las personas mayores y entender los huracanes de cambio que estamos atravesando.     ¿Solo los jóvenes son creativos e innovadores? ¿Qué podrían hacer las  empresas y los gobiernos para dejar de ver los años como un problema y  aprovechar su potencial económico? ¿A qué edad, realmente, uno considera que los demás son viejos?  Así como sucedió con el debate de género, crece la conciencia sobre el  estigma de valores negativos atribuidos a la vida adulta. El  advenimiento de los primeros millennials cincuentones no está lejos, así  que las economías se están replanteando su relación con los mayores de esa edad.  Sebastián Campanario cuenta de qué modo los +45 tendrán un lugar  protagónico en los próximos años, y da las claves para deconstruir  nuestros prejuicios etarios y entender los huracanes de cambio que  estamos atravesando. Mitos, estadísticas y testimonios en torno a la  generación senior en la era de la inteligencia adaptativa. Paso a paso,  cómo será 'el contraataque de los clásicos', en uno de los libros más disruptivos y originales.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389591</guid><pubDate>Fri, 12 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208900/9789500763233.mp3" length="2437199" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389591 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Revolución senior: El auge de la generación + 45 Author: Sebastián Campanario Narrator: Gonzalo Campos Pini Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389591" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389591</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Revolución senior: El auge de la generación + 45 Author: Sebastián Campanario Narrator: Gonzalo Campos Pini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Sebastián Campanario cuenta de qué modo los +45 tendrán  un lugar protagónico en los próximos años. Una propuesta original y  disruptiva, que da las claves para deconstruir nuestros prejuicios por  edad hacia las personas mayores y entender los huracanes de cambio que estamos atravesando.     ¿Solo los jóvenes son creativos e innovadores? ¿Qué podrían hacer las  empresas y los gobiernos para dejar de ver los años como un problema y  aprovechar su potencial económico? ¿A qué edad, realmente, uno considera que los demás son viejos?  Así como sucedió con el debate de género, crece la conciencia sobre el  estigma de valores negativos atribuidos a la vida adulta. El  advenimiento de los primeros millennials cincuentones no está lejos, así  que las economías se están replanteando su relación con los mayores de esa edad.  Sebastián Campanario cuenta de qué modo los +45 tendrán un lugar  protagónico en los próximos años, y da las claves para deconstruir  nuestros prejuicios etarios y entender los huracanes de cambio que  estamos atravesando. Mitos, estadísticas y testimonios en torno a la  generación senior en la era de la inteligencia adaptativa. Paso a paso,  cómo será 'el contraataque de los clásicos', en uno de los libros más disruptivos y originales.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f82039983b5407476987b942d699fb90.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Debajo del agua: Una inmersión en los problemas argentinos y sus soluciones by Martín Lousteau</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-debajo-del-agua-una-inmersion-en-los-problemas-argentinos-y-sus-soluciones-by-martin-lousteau--65208862</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389592" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389592</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Debajo del agua: Una inmersión en los problemas argentinos y sus soluciones Author: Martín Lousteau Narrator: Matías Carossia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 12, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Martín Lousteau analiza en profundidad los problemas que  llevaron a la Argentina a repetir crisis económicas y sociales, y brinda  las claves necesarias para construir un Estado eficiente a largo plazo.     La Argentina parece haberse hundido. Casi medio siglo de mal desempeño  económico, problemas que se repiten y un tejido social deteriorado son  las marcas de esa clara decadencia. Lo que vemos es sólo la punta del  iceberg porque, de no hacer algo radicalmente distinto, las cosas  tenderán a empeorar. Si sumergimos la cabeza y abrimos los ojos, encontraremos la causa del declive argentino. Debajo del agua es un tour submarino para entender qué pasa y cómo modificarlo. Un libro para mojarse y contener la respiración.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389592</guid><pubDate>Fri, 12 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208862/9789500763127.mp3" length="2437137" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389592 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Debajo del agua: Una inmersión en los problemas argentinos y sus soluciones Author: Martín Lousteau Narrator: Matías Carossia Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389592" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389592</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Debajo del agua: Una inmersión en los problemas argentinos y sus soluciones Author: Martín Lousteau Narrator: Matías Carossia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 12, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Martín Lousteau analiza en profundidad los problemas que  llevaron a la Argentina a repetir crisis económicas y sociales, y brinda  las claves necesarias para construir un Estado eficiente a largo plazo.     La Argentina parece haberse hundido. Casi medio siglo de mal desempeño  económico, problemas que se repiten y un tejido social deteriorado son  las marcas de esa clara decadencia. Lo que vemos es sólo la punta del  iceberg porque, de no hacer algo radicalmente distinto, las cosas  tenderán a empeorar. Si sumergimos la cabeza y abrimos los ojos, encontraremos la causa del declive argentino. Debajo del agua es un tour submarino para entender qué pasa y cómo modificarlo. Un libro para mojarse y contener la respiración.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0b54c89263757a10f08bed14505a4cc8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Traces: The memoir of a forensic scientist and criminal investigator by Patricia Wiltshire</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/traces-the-memoir-of-a-forensic-scientist-and-criminal-investigator-by-patricia-wiltshire--65208941</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385689" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385689</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Traces: The memoir of a forensic scientist and criminal investigator Author: Patricia Wiltshire Narrator: Antonia Beamish Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Engrossing, emotionally honest and forensically fascinating' - Dr Richard Shepherd, author of Unnatural Causes In Traces, Professor Patricia Wiltshire will take you on a journey through the fascinating edgeland where nature and crime are intertwined.  She'll take you searching for bodies of loved ones - through woodlands, along hedgerows, field-edges, and through plantations - solving time since death, and disposal of remains, from ditches to living rooms. She will give you glimpses of her own history: her loves, her losses, and the narrow little valley in Wales where she first woke up to the wonders of the natural world. Pat will show you how her work with a microscope reveals tell-tale traces of the world around us, and how these have taken suspects of the darkest criminal activities to court. From flowers, fungi, tree trunks to car pedals, walking boots, carpets, and corpses' hair, Traces is a fascinating, unique, and utterly compelling audiobook on life, death, and one's indelible link with nature.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385689</guid><pubDate>Thu, 11 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208941/9781788701945.mp3" length="2437296" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385689 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Traces: The memoir of a forensic scientist and criminal investigator Author: Patricia Wiltshire Narrator: Antonia Beamish Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385689" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385689</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Traces: The memoir of a forensic scientist and criminal investigator Author: Patricia Wiltshire Narrator: Antonia Beamish Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Engrossing, emotionally honest and forensically fascinating' - Dr Richard Shepherd, author of Unnatural Causes In Traces, Professor Patricia Wiltshire will take you on a journey through the fascinating edgeland where nature and crime are intertwined.  She'll take you searching for bodies of loved ones - through woodlands, along hedgerows, field-edges, and through plantations - solving time since death, and disposal of remains, from ditches to living rooms. She will give you glimpses of her own history: her loves, her losses, and the narrow little valley in Wales where she first woke up to the wonders of the natural world. Pat will show you how her work with a microscope reveals tell-tale traces of the world around us, and how these have taken suspects of the darkest criminal activities to court. From flowers, fungi, tree trunks to car pedals, walking boots, carpets, and corpses' hair, Traces is a fascinating, unique, and utterly compelling audiobook on life, death, and one's indelible link with nature.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d26ae7a6995f86a9191ed0afdee259c1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Half the Sky: Turning Oppression into Opportunity for Women Worldwide by Nicholas D. Kristof</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/half-the-sky-turning-oppression-into-opportunity-for-women-worldwide-by-nicholas-d-kristof--65209031</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376640" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376640</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Half the Sky: Turning Oppression into Opportunity for Women Worldwide Author: Nicholas D. Kristof Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: July  9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  #1 NATIONAL BESTSELLER • A passionate call to arms against our era’s most pervasive human rights violation—the oppression of women and girls in the developing world. From the bestselling authors of Tightrope, two of our most fiercely moral voices With Pulitzer Prize winners Nicholas D. Kristof and Sheryl WuDunn as our guides, we undertake an odyssey through Africa and Asia to meet the extraordinary women struggling there, among them a Cambodian teenager sold into sex slavery and an Ethiopian woman who suffered devastating injuries in childbirth. Drawing on the breadth of their combined reporting experience, Kristof and WuDunn depict our world with anger, sadness, clarity, and, ultimately, hope. They show how a little help can transform the lives of women and girls abroad. That Cambodian girl eventually escaped from her brothel and, with assistance from an aid group, built a thriving retail business that supports her family. The Ethiopian woman had her injuries repaired and in time became a surgeon. A Zimbabwean mother of five, counseled to return to school, earned her doctorate and became an expert on AIDS. Through these stories, Kristof and WuDunn help us see that the key to economic progress lies in unleashing women’s potential. They make clear how so many people have helped to do just that, and how we can each do our part. Throughout much of the world, the greatest unexploited economic resource is the female half of the population. Countries such as China have prospered precisely because they emancipated women and brought them into the formal economy. Unleashing that process globally is not only the right thing to do; it’s also the best strategy for fighting poverty. Deeply felt, pragmatic, and inspirational, Half the Sky is essential reading for every global citizen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376640</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209031/9780593163023.mp3" length="4837064" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376640 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Half the Sky: Turning Oppression into Opportunity for Women Worldwide Author: Nicholas D. Kristof Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376640" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376640</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Half the Sky: Turning Oppression into Opportunity for Women Worldwide Author: Nicholas D. Kristof Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: July  9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  #1 NATIONAL BESTSELLER • A passionate call to arms against our era’s most pervasive human rights violation—the oppression of women and girls in the developing world. From the bestselling authors of Tightrope, two of our most fiercely moral voices With Pulitzer Prize winners Nicholas D. Kristof and Sheryl WuDunn as our guides, we undertake an odyssey through Africa and Asia to meet the extraordinary women struggling there, among them a Cambodian teenager sold into sex slavery and an Ethiopian woman who suffered devastating injuries in childbirth. Drawing on the breadth of their combined reporting experience, Kristof and WuDunn depict our world with anger, sadness, clarity, and, ultimately, hope. They show how a little help can transform the lives of women and girls abroad. That Cambodian girl eventually escaped from her brothel and, with assistance from an aid group, built a thriving retail business that supports her family. The Ethiopian woman had her injuries repaired and in time became a surgeon. A Zimbabwean mother of five, counseled to return to school, earned her doctorate and became an expert on AIDS. Through these stories, Kristof and WuDunn help us see that the key to economic progress lies in unleashing women’s potential. They make clear how so many people have helped to do just that, and how we can each do our part. Throughout much of the world, the greatest unexploited economic resource is the female half of the population. Countries such as China have prospered precisely because they emancipated women and brought them into the formal economy. Unleashing that process globally is not only the right thing to do; it’s also the best strategy for fighting poverty. Deeply felt, pragmatic, and inspirational, Half the Sky is essential reading for every global citizen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6da6319079c12b7918c7e2b8db49df13.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Justice on Trial: The Kavanaugh Confirmation and the Future of the Supreme Court by Mollie Hemingway, Carrie Severino</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/justice-on-trial-the-kavanaugh-confirmation-and-the-future-of-the-supreme-court-by-mollie-hemingway-carrie-severino--65208993</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385490" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385490</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Justice on Trial: The Kavanaugh Confirmation and the Future of the Supreme Court Author: Mollie Hemingway, Carrie Severino Narrator: Mollie Hemingway, Carrie Severino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: July  9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 47   Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Justice Anthony Kennedy slipped out of the Supreme Court building on June 27, 2018, and traveled incognito to the White House to inform President Donald Trump that he was retiring, setting in motion a political process that his successor, Brett Kavanaugh, would denounce three months later as a 'national disgrace' and a 'circus.' Justice on Trial, the definitive insider's account of Kavanaugh's appointment to the Supreme Court, is based on extraordinary access to more than one hundred key figures--including the president, justices, and senators--in that ferocious political drama. The Trump presidency opened with the appointment of Neil Gorsuch to succeed the late Antonin Scalia on the Supreme Court. But the following year, when Trump drew from the same list of candidates for his nomination of Brett Kavanaugh, the justice being replaced was the swing vote on abortion, and all hell broke loose. The judicial confirmation process, on the point of breakdown for thirty years, now proved utterly dysfunctional. Unverified accusations of sexual assault became weapons in a ruthless campaign of personal destruction, culminating in the melodramatic hearings in which Kavanaugh's impassioned defense resuscitated a nomination that seemed beyond saving. The Supreme Court has become the arbiter of our nation's most vexing and divisive disputes. With the stakes of each vacancy incalculably high, the incentive to destroy a nominee is nearly irresistible. The next time a nomination promises to change the balance of the Court, Hemingway and Severino warn, the confirmation fight will be even uglier than Kavanaugh's. A good person might accept that nomination in the naïve belief that what happened to Kavanaugh won't happen to him because he is a good person. But it can happen, it does happen, and it just happened. The question is whether America will let it happen again.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385490</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208993/9780593162606.mp3" length="4837099" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385490 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Justice on Trial: The Kavanaugh Confirmation and the Future of the Supreme Court Author: Mollie Hemingway, Carrie Severino Narrator: Mollie Hemingway,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385490" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385490</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Justice on Trial: The Kavanaugh Confirmation and the Future of the Supreme Court Author: Mollie Hemingway, Carrie Severino Narrator: Mollie Hemingway, Carrie Severino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: July  9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 47   Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Justice Anthony Kennedy slipped out of the Supreme Court building on June 27, 2018, and traveled incognito to the White House to inform President Donald Trump that he was retiring, setting in motion a political process that his successor, Brett Kavanaugh, would denounce three months later as a 'national disgrace' and a 'circus.' Justice on Trial, the definitive insider's account of Kavanaugh's appointment to the Supreme Court, is based on extraordinary access to more than one hundred key figures--including the president, justices, and senators--in that ferocious political drama. The Trump presidency opened with the appointment of Neil Gorsuch to succeed the late Antonin Scalia on the Supreme Court. But the following year, when Trump drew from the same list of candidates for his nomination of Brett Kavanaugh, the justice being replaced was the swing vote on abortion, and all hell broke loose. The judicial confirmation process, on the point of breakdown for thirty years, now proved utterly dysfunctional. Unverified accusations of sexual assault became weapons in a ruthless campaign of personal destruction, culminating in the melodramatic hearings in which Kavanaugh's impassioned defense resuscitated a nomination that seemed beyond saving. The Supreme Court has become the arbiter of our nation's most vexing and divisive disputes. With the stakes of each vacancy incalculably high, the incentive to destroy a nominee is nearly irresistible. The next time a nomination promises to change the balance of the Court, Hemingway and Severino warn, the confirmation fight will be even uglier than Kavanaugh's. A good person might accept that nomination in the naïve belief that what happened to Kavanaugh won't happen to him because he is a good person. But it can happen, it does happen, and it just happened. The question is whether America will let it happen again.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ddc6ebb5a9068450c928e4a09fdb1c03.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Limited Liability Companies For Dummies: 3rd Edition by Jennifer Reuting</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/limited-liability-companies-for-dummies-3rd-edition-by-jennifer-reuting--65208935</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390523" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390523</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Limited Liability Companies For Dummies: 3rd Edition Author: Jennifer Reuting Narrator: Stina Nielsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: July  9, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Limited Liability Companies For Dummies, 3rd Edition offers a clear, concise guide that explains the pros and cons of LLCs, and shares insider tips on everything from choosing your members and your company name to creating and filing your Articles of Organization and managing day-to-day operations. You'll find the most current, real-world advice on customizing an LLC for your specific business needs, creating a great operating agreement, keeping accurate records, and new information on federal regulations and fees that are applicable to LLCs. Most of the previous drawbacks to forming an LLC have all but disappeared with the IRS having loosened restrictions and individual states following suit. Because LLCs are now more flexible, they remain an attractive option for those launching a new business or reorganizing an existing business. This book shows how to form and tap into the power of an LLC: ● Keep up on the latest information on federal taxes, regulations, and fees ● Discover the advances in technology, including tools that streamline the processes ● Learn how to set-up a real estate LLC or an LLC among family members]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390523</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208935/9781630154707.mp3" length="14437175" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390523 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Limited Liability Companies For Dummies: 3rd Edition Author: Jennifer Reuting Narrator: Stina Nielsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390523" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390523</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Limited Liability Companies For Dummies: 3rd Edition Author: Jennifer Reuting Narrator: Stina Nielsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: July  9, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Limited Liability Companies For Dummies, 3rd Edition offers a clear, concise guide that explains the pros and cons of LLCs, and shares insider tips on everything from choosing your members and your company name to creating and filing your Articles of Organization and managing day-to-day operations. You'll find the most current, real-world advice on customizing an LLC for your specific business needs, creating a great operating agreement, keeping accurate records, and new information on federal regulations and fees that are applicable to LLCs. Most of the previous drawbacks to forming an LLC have all but disappeared with the IRS having loosened restrictions and individual states following suit. Because LLCs are now more flexible, they remain an attractive option for those launching a new business or reorganizing an existing business. This book shows how to form and tap into the power of an LLC: ● Keep up on the latest information on federal taxes, regulations, and fees ● Discover the advances in technology, including tools that streamline the processes ● Learn how to set-up a real estate LLC or an LLC among family members]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/75f1041a58615de14e3fa1cbee4d619f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Still Winning: Why America Went All In on Donald Trump-And Why We Must Do It Again by Charles Hurt</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/still-winning-why-america-went-all-in-on-donald-trump-and-why-we-must-do-it-again-by-charles-hurt--65208915</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383363" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383363</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Still Winning: Why America Went All In on Donald Trump-And Why We Must Do It Again Author: Charles Hurt Narrator: Nelson Hawthorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: July  9, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this stirring true account of American leadership, learn how President Trump will put an end to a corrupt system of government ruled by the establishment and special interests. Still Winning is the story of the unlikeliest of heroes who emerged from the unlikeliest of places to take up the impossible cause of a truly forgotten people. They are people who love their country, trust their higher God, obey laws and will do anything for their family and neighbors. They are the very people the Founders envisioned when they hatched the radical idea of self-governance. This is the story of a Leviathan government -- the most powerful political force in the history of mankind -- that has become dangerously unmoored from the people it represents. It is the story of how elites and the politically comfortable controlling both parties in Washington have utterly lost touch. They don't even realize how much the people they represent despise the uncontrollable Leviathan. The establishment has tried their best to ignore Donald Trump -- except to brand him as a racist, a xenophobe, an isolationist, and a dangerous, violence-inciting war monger. All standards of reporting vanished. In the era of Trump, no sort of criticism was off-limits. They openly mocked his looks, ridiculed his private business accomplishments, pilloried his family and children and made fun of his foreign-born wife for her accent! The Leviathan has grown untamable. Democrats and Republicans run for office year after year on promises they have no intention of keeping. Neither side wants to fix a single problem. The whole thing has become one giant ungovernable, corrupt Ponzi scheme that -- one day -- will come crashing down. Charles Hurt advocates for the 'Nuclear Option' for dealing with this mess: just blow the whole damned thing up. Whatever is presidential or diplomatic, let's try the opposite. Whatever these people in Washington find most horrifying, let's try that. Finally, the multi-headed Leviathan swamp monster has met the perfect dragon slayer in Donald Trump. Still Winning examines each corrupt head of this Leviathan, and why Donald Trump is the only good answer to fixing it.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383363</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208915/9781549120626.mp3" length="1478210" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383363 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Still Winning: Why America Went All In on Donald Trump-And Why We Must Do It Again Author: Charles Hurt Narrator: Nelson Hawthorne Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383363" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383363</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Still Winning: Why America Went All In on Donald Trump-And Why We Must Do It Again Author: Charles Hurt Narrator: Nelson Hawthorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: July  9, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this stirring true account of American leadership, learn how President Trump will put an end to a corrupt system of government ruled by the establishment and special interests. Still Winning is the story of the unlikeliest of heroes who emerged from the unlikeliest of places to take up the impossible cause of a truly forgotten people. They are people who love their country, trust their higher God, obey laws and will do anything for their family and neighbors. They are the very people the Founders envisioned when they hatched the radical idea of self-governance. This is the story of a Leviathan government -- the most powerful political force in the history of mankind -- that has become dangerously unmoored from the people it represents. It is the story of how elites and the politically comfortable controlling both parties in Washington have utterly lost touch. They don't even realize how much the people they represent despise the uncontrollable Leviathan. The establishment has tried their best to ignore Donald Trump -- except to brand him as a racist, a xenophobe, an isolationist, and a dangerous, violence-inciting war monger. All standards of reporting vanished. In the era of Trump, no sort of criticism was off-limits. They openly mocked his looks, ridiculed his private business accomplishments, pilloried his family and children and made fun of his foreign-born wife for her accent! The Leviathan has grown untamable. Democrats and Republicans run for office year after year on promises they have no intention of keeping. Neither side wants to fix a single problem. The whole thing has become one giant ungovernable, corrupt Ponzi scheme that -- one day -- will come crashing down. Charles Hurt advocates for the 'Nuclear Option' for dealing with this mess: just blow the whole damned thing up. Whatever is presidential or diplomatic, let's try the opposite. Whatever these people in Washington find most horrifying, let's try that. Finally, the multi-headed Leviathan swamp monster has met the perfect dragon slayer in Donald Trump. Still Winning examines each corrupt head of this Leviathan, and why Donald Trump is the only good answer to fixing it.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/98a16a2cfb0ef1c0cfc9c21d6ef8c298.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Do Nothing: Resisting the Attention Economy by Jenny Odell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-do-nothing-resisting-the-attention-economy-by-jenny-odell--65208913</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388924" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388924</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Do Nothing: Resisting the Attention Economy Author: Jenny Odell Narrator: Rebecca Gidel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: July  4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A galvanizing critique of the forces vying for our attention—and our personal information—that redefines what we think of as productivity, reconnects us with the environment, and reveals all that we've been too distracted to see about ourselves and our world. Nothing is harder to do these days than nothing. But in a world where our value is determined by our 24/7 data productivity . . . doing nothing may be our most important form of resistance. So argues artist and critic Jenny Odell in this field guide to doing nothing (at least as capitalism defines it). Odell sees our attention as the most precious—and overdrawn—resource we have. Once we can start paying a new kind of attention, she writes, we can undertake bolder forms of political action, reimagine humankind's role in the environment, and arrive at more meaningful understandings of happiness and progress.  Far from the simple anti-technology screed, or the back-to-nature meditation we read so often, How to do Nothing is an action plan for thinking outside of capitalist narratives of efficiency and techno-determinism. Provocative, timely, and utterly persuasive, this book is a four-course meal in the age of Soylent.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388924</guid><pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208913/9781528873888.mp3" length="1478200" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388924 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Do Nothing: Resisting the Attention Economy Author: Jenny Odell Narrator: Rebecca Gidel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388924" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388924</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Do Nothing: Resisting the Attention Economy Author: Jenny Odell Narrator: Rebecca Gidel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: July  4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A galvanizing critique of the forces vying for our attention—and our personal information—that redefines what we think of as productivity, reconnects us with the environment, and reveals all that we've been too distracted to see about ourselves and our world. Nothing is harder to do these days than nothing. But in a world where our value is determined by our 24/7 data productivity . . . doing nothing may be our most important form of resistance. So argues artist and critic Jenny Odell in this field guide to doing nothing (at least as capitalism defines it). Odell sees our attention as the most precious—and overdrawn—resource we have. Once we can start paying a new kind of attention, she writes, we can undertake bolder forms of political action, reimagine humankind's role in the environment, and arrive at more meaningful understandings of happiness and progress.  Far from the simple anti-technology screed, or the back-to-nature meditation we read so often, How to do Nothing is an action plan for thinking outside of capitalist narratives of efficiency and techno-determinism. Provocative, timely, and utterly persuasive, this book is a four-course meal in the age of Soylent.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4325742c93be4888b5dec0219ff44306.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Innovating in a Secret World: The Future of National Security and Global Leadership by Tina P. Srivastava</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/innovating-in-a-secret-world-the-future-of-national-security-and-global-leadership-by-tina-p-srivastava--65208952</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386540" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386540</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Innovating in a Secret World: The Future of National Security and Global Leadership Author: Tina P. Srivastava Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: July  1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Our national security increasingly depends on access to the most sophisticated and advanced technology. Yet the next time we set out to capture a terrorist leader, we may fail. Why? The answer lies in a conflict between two worlds. One is the dynamic, global, commercial world with its thriving innovations. The other is the world of national security, in which innovation is a matter of life or death. The conflict is about secrecy. Innovating in a Secret World is a detailed examination of the U.S. government and innovation landscapes and of the current trends in often secret national security–related research and development (R&amp;D). Based on case studies, detailed research, and interviews with executives at Fortune 500s, startup entrepreneurs, and military directors and program managers, this accessible and timely book is a must-listen. Tina P. Srivastava evaluates whether the strategy of technology innovation in the world of national security leaves certain innovations behind or unintentionally precludes certain classes of innovators from participating. This examination unfolds in a complex, dynamic system that includes the legal framework in which technology innovation must exist.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386540</guid><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jul 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208952/9781630152994.mp3" length="14437176" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386540 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Innovating in a Secret World: The Future of National Security and Global Leadership Author: Tina P. Srivastava Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386540" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386540</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Innovating in a Secret World: The Future of National Security and Global Leadership Author: Tina P. Srivastava Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: July  1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Our national security increasingly depends on access to the most sophisticated and advanced technology. Yet the next time we set out to capture a terrorist leader, we may fail. Why? The answer lies in a conflict between two worlds. One is the dynamic, global, commercial world with its thriving innovations. The other is the world of national security, in which innovation is a matter of life or death. The conflict is about secrecy. Innovating in a Secret World is a detailed examination of the U.S. government and innovation landscapes and of the current trends in often secret national security–related research and development (R&amp;D). Based on case studies, detailed research, and interviews with executives at Fortune 500s, startup entrepreneurs, and military directors and program managers, this accessible and timely book is a must-listen. Tina P. Srivastava evaluates whether the strategy of technology innovation in the world of national security leaves certain innovations behind or unintentionally precludes certain classes of innovators from participating. This examination unfolds in a complex, dynamic system that includes the legal framework in which technology innovation must exist.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a50b92ce5fc6a4570246ff57b6c82183.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Truth to Power: A History of the U.S. National Intelligence Council by Gregory F. Treverton, Robert Hutchings</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/truth-to-power-a-history-of-the-u-s-national-intelligence-council-by-gregory-f-treverton-robert-hutchings--65208999</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386515" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386515</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth to Power: A History of the U.S. National Intelligence Council Author: Gregory F. Treverton, Robert Hutchings Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 28, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This historic mission of this remarkable but little-known organization, the U.S. National Intelligence Council (NIC), now forty years old, is strategic intelligence assessment in service of senior American foreign policymakers. Its signature inside products, National Intelligence Estimates, are now accompanied by the NIC's every-four-years Global Trends. Unclassified, Global Trends has become a noted NIC brand, its release awaited by officials, academics, and private sector managers around the world. Truth to Power tracks the NIC's role in providing strategic analysis on every major foreign policy issue confronting the United States during this consequential period. Chapters provide insider insights on the Balkan wars of the 1990s, the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, the invasion and occupation of Iraq in 2003, the nuclear weapons programs in Iran and North Korea, upheaval in the Middle East including the rise and fall of the Islamic State, the rise of China, and Russia's turn toward aggression under Vladimir Putin. The book also assesses the NIC's newly expanded role in direct support to meetings of the National Security Council as well as its longstanding role in producing longer-range strategic intelligence.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386515</guid><pubDate>Fri, 28 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208999/9781630150181.mp3" length="14437144" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386515 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth to Power: A History of the U.S. National Intelligence Council Author: Gregory F. Treverton, Robert Hutchings Narrator: David Marantz Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386515" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386515</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth to Power: A History of the U.S. National Intelligence Council Author: Gregory F. Treverton, Robert Hutchings Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 28, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This historic mission of this remarkable but little-known organization, the U.S. National Intelligence Council (NIC), now forty years old, is strategic intelligence assessment in service of senior American foreign policymakers. Its signature inside products, National Intelligence Estimates, are now accompanied by the NIC's every-four-years Global Trends. Unclassified, Global Trends has become a noted NIC brand, its release awaited by officials, academics, and private sector managers around the world. Truth to Power tracks the NIC's role in providing strategic analysis on every major foreign policy issue confronting the United States during this consequential period. Chapters provide insider insights on the Balkan wars of the 1990s, the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, the invasion and occupation of Iraq in 2003, the nuclear weapons programs in Iran and North Korea, upheaval in the Middle East including the rise and fall of the Islamic State, the rise of China, and Russia's turn toward aggression under Vladimir Putin. The book also assesses the NIC's newly expanded role in direct support to meetings of the National Security Council as well as its longstanding role in producing longer-range strategic intelligence.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b3e901e193a39328f83f721081eeca97.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Che Guevara Speaks - Selected Speeches and Writings by Che Guevara</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/che-guevara-speaks-selected-speeches-and-writings-by-che-guevara--65208897</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387031" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387031</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Che Guevara Speaks - Selected Speeches and Writings Author: Che Guevara Narrator: Che Guevara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 26, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'A faithful reflection of Che as he was, or, better, as he developed.' (Joseph Hansen) In 20 speeches, interviews, and letters, Guevara dissects the workings of the imperialist system with scientific clarity, unflinching truthfulness, and biting humor. Cuba has shown by its example, he says, that 'People can liberate themselves and keep themselves free.']]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387031</guid><pubDate>Wed, 26 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208897/9781982761073.mp3" length="2437161" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387031 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Che Guevara Speaks - Selected Speeches and Writings Author: Che Guevara Narrator: Che Guevara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387031" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387031</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Che Guevara Speaks - Selected Speeches and Writings Author: Che Guevara Narrator: Che Guevara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 26, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'A faithful reflection of Che as he was, or, better, as he developed.' (Joseph Hansen) In 20 speeches, interviews, and letters, Guevara dissects the workings of the imperialist system with scientific clarity, unflinching truthfulness, and biting humor. Cuba has shown by its example, he says, that 'People can liberate themselves and keep themselves free.']]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d961cf27cfd4d006b4c3b2f9f7f23e55.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Anatomy of the State by Murray N. Rothbard</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/anatomy-of-the-state-by-murray-n-rothbard--65208880</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387972" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387972</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anatomy of the State Author: Murray N. Rothbard Narrator: John Riddle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Description: Murray Rothbard was known as the state's greatest living enemy, and this book is his most powerful statement on the topic. He explains what a state is and what it is not. He shows how it is an institution that violates all that we hold as honest and moral, and how it operates under a false cover. He shows how the state wrecks freedom, destroys civilization, and threatens all lives and property and social wellbeing, all under the veneer of 'good intentions'. Length:]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387972</guid><pubDate>Wed, 26 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208880/9781982762728.mp3" length="2437149" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387972 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anatomy of the State Author: Murray N. Rothbard Narrator: John Riddle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 26,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387972" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387972</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anatomy of the State Author: Murray N. Rothbard Narrator: John Riddle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Description: Murray Rothbard was known as the state's greatest living enemy, and this book is his most powerful statement on the topic. He explains what a state is and what it is not. He shows how it is an institution that violates all that we hold as honest and moral, and how it operates under a false cover. He shows how the state wrecks freedom, destroys civilization, and threatens all lives and property and social wellbeing, all under the veneer of 'good intentions'. Length:]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/dc66b2da799f1b67e586064c27cd9aa9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Inequality Paradox: How Capitalism Can Work for Everyone by Douglas Mcwilliams</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-inequality-paradox-how-capitalism-can-work-for-everyone-by-douglas-mcwilliams--65209028</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379597" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379597</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inequality Paradox: How Capitalism Can Work for Everyone Author: Douglas Mcwilliams Narrator: Gerard Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The groundbreaking and timely challenge to dominant theories on global inequality by leading economist Douglas McWilliams In his illuminating book, Douglas McWilliams argues that inequality is largely driven not by a conspiracy of the rich, as Thomas Piketty suggests, but by technology and globalization that have led to the paradox of rising inequality even as worldwide poverty drops. But what are the implications of this seeming contradiction, and what ultimately drives the global distribution of wealth? What can societies do to reshape capitalism for the 21st century? Drawing on the latest research, McWilliams investigates how wealth is concentrated and why it persistently remains in the hands of very few. In accessible and thought-provoking prose, McWilliams poses a comprehensive theory on why capitalism has not met its match in the form of increasingly disparate income distribution, but warns of the coming wave of technological development―the fourth industrial revolution―that threatens to create a scarcity of unskilled jobs that will lead to even greater inequality and explains what governments can do to prepare for this. From the inquisitive layperson to the professional economist or policymaker, The Inequality Paradox is essential reading for understanding the global economy in its present state. McWilliams is a fresh, authoritative voice entering the global discussion, making this book indispensable in preparing for the imminent economic challenges of our changing world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379597</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209028/9781721386574.mp3" length="2437148" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379597 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inequality Paradox: How Capitalism Can Work for Everyone Author: Douglas Mcwilliams Narrator: Gerard Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379597" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379597</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inequality Paradox: How Capitalism Can Work for Everyone Author: Douglas Mcwilliams Narrator: Gerard Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The groundbreaking and timely challenge to dominant theories on global inequality by leading economist Douglas McWilliams In his illuminating book, Douglas McWilliams argues that inequality is largely driven not by a conspiracy of the rich, as Thomas Piketty suggests, but by technology and globalization that have led to the paradox of rising inequality even as worldwide poverty drops. But what are the implications of this seeming contradiction, and what ultimately drives the global distribution of wealth? What can societies do to reshape capitalism for the 21st century? Drawing on the latest research, McWilliams investigates how wealth is concentrated and why it persistently remains in the hands of very few. In accessible and thought-provoking prose, McWilliams poses a comprehensive theory on why capitalism has not met its match in the form of increasingly disparate income distribution, but warns of the coming wave of technological development―the fourth industrial revolution―that threatens to create a scarcity of unskilled jobs that will lead to even greater inequality and explains what governments can do to prepare for this. From the inquisitive layperson to the professional economist or policymaker, The Inequality Paradox is essential reading for understanding the global economy in its present state. McWilliams is a fresh, authoritative voice entering the global discussion, making this book indispensable in preparing for the imminent economic challenges of our changing world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2985727fb2b32b1236bf737558da47ad.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Capital City: Gentrification and the Real Estate State by Samuel Stein</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/capital-city-gentrification-and-the-real-estate-state-by-samuel-stein--65209020</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385764" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385764</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capital City: Gentrification and the Real Estate State Author: Samuel Stein Narrator: Emily Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Our cities are changing. Around the world, more and more money is being invested in buildings and land. Real estate is now a $217 trillion-dollar industry, worth thirty-six times the value of all the gold ever mined. It forms sixty percent of global assets, and one of the most powerful people in the world—the president of the United States—made his name as a landlord and developer. Samuel Stein shows that this explosive transformation of urban life and politics has been driven not only by the tastes of wealthy newcomers, but by the state-driven process of urban planning. Planning agencies provide a unique window into the ways the state uses and is used by capital, and the means by which urban renovations are translated into rising real estate values and rising rents. Capital City explains the role of planners in the real estate state, as well as the remarkable power of planning to reclaim urban life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385764</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209020/9781630157838.mp3" length="14437153" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385764 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capital City: Gentrification and the Real Estate State Author: Samuel Stein Narrator: Emily Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385764" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385764</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capital City: Gentrification and the Real Estate State Author: Samuel Stein Narrator: Emily Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Our cities are changing. Around the world, more and more money is being invested in buildings and land. Real estate is now a $217 trillion-dollar industry, worth thirty-six times the value of all the gold ever mined. It forms sixty percent of global assets, and one of the most powerful people in the world—the president of the United States—made his name as a landlord and developer. Samuel Stein shows that this explosive transformation of urban life and politics has been driven not only by the tastes of wealthy newcomers, but by the state-driven process of urban planning. Planning agencies provide a unique window into the ways the state uses and is used by capital, and the means by which urban renovations are translated into rising real estate values and rising rents. Capital City explains the role of planners in the real estate state, as well as the remarkable power of planning to reclaim urban life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cdbf41f6b6cfd8c44200bd59c989601f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>After the Flight 93 Election: The Vote That Saved America and What We Still Have to Lose by Michael Anton</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/after-the-flight-93-election-the-vote-that-saved-america-and-what-we-still-have-to-lose-by-michael-anton--65208961</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380234" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380234</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Flight 93 Election: The Vote That Saved America and What We Still Have to Lose Author: Michael Anton Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In September 2016, the provocative essay “The Flight 93 Election” galvanized many voters by spotlighting the stakes ahead in November and reproaching complacent elements of the Right. It also drew disparagement from many who judged it too apocalyptic in its assessment of the options facing the electorate. Its author, Michael Anton―writing as “Publius Decius Mus”―addressed the main criticisms of his argument soon afterward in a “Restatement on Flight 93.” A new criticism emerged later on: that he had painted a dire scenario to be averted, but no positive vision. Here, Anton presents the positive ideal that inspired him―a distillation of his thinking on Americanism and the West, refined over decades. He lays out the foundational principles of the American and Western traditions, examines the biggest threats to their survival, and underscores the necessity of continuing to defend them.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380234</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208961/9781094005942.mp3" length="1478218" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380234 to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Flight 93 Election: The Vote That Saved America and What We Still Have to Lose Author: Michael Anton Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380234" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380234</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Flight 93 Election: The Vote That Saved America and What We Still Have to Lose Author: Michael Anton Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In September 2016, the provocative essay “The Flight 93 Election” galvanized many voters by spotlighting the stakes ahead in November and reproaching complacent elements of the Right. It also drew disparagement from many who judged it too apocalyptic in its assessment of the options facing the electorate. Its author, Michael Anton―writing as “Publius Decius Mus”―addressed the main criticisms of his argument soon afterward in a “Restatement on Flight 93.” A new criticism emerged later on: that he had painted a dire scenario to be averted, but no positive vision. Here, Anton presents the positive ideal that inspired him―a distillation of his thinking on Americanism and the West, refined over decades. He lays out the foundational principles of the American and Western traditions, examines the biggest threats to their survival, and underscores the necessity of continuing to defend them.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/36c76e412286a48725d790ea7f04c3ac.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Paralegal Career For Dummies: 2nd Edition by Scott A. Hatch, Lisa Zimmer Hatch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/paralegal-career-for-dummies-2nd-edition-by-scott-a-hatch-lisa-zimmer-hatch--65208950</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384806" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384806</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paralegal Career For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Scott A. Hatch, Lisa Zimmer Hatch Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Your career as a top-notch paralegal starts here. The demand for paralegal professionals is exploding, and Paralegal Career For Dummies, 2nd Edition explains the skills and requirements needed to pursue this rewarding career. Inside, you'll discover the ins and outs of paralegal skills, from preparing documents and performing legal research to obtaining certification, job hunting, and understanding legal concepts. Use this hands-on guide to help in your career considerations, bolster your paralegal training, or as an everyday on-the-job reference. Paralegal Career For Dummies will be your trusty assistant through all phases of your life as a paralegal, taking you forward with tips on networking and joining professional organizations that will enhance your career. ● Discover the job skills required for success as a paralegal ● Learn important legal concepts you’ll need on the job ● Access forms, templates, and examples on the companion website ● Develop strategies to manage time and advance your career Complete with a companion website containing a wealth of valuable information, this book covers everything you need to become a top-notch paralegal.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384806</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208950/9781515934356.mp3" length="14437180" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384806 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paralegal Career For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Scott A. Hatch, Lisa Zimmer Hatch Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384806" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384806</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paralegal Career For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Scott A. Hatch, Lisa Zimmer Hatch Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Your career as a top-notch paralegal starts here. The demand for paralegal professionals is exploding, and Paralegal Career For Dummies, 2nd Edition explains the skills and requirements needed to pursue this rewarding career. Inside, you'll discover the ins and outs of paralegal skills, from preparing documents and performing legal research to obtaining certification, job hunting, and understanding legal concepts. Use this hands-on guide to help in your career considerations, bolster your paralegal training, or as an everyday on-the-job reference. Paralegal Career For Dummies will be your trusty assistant through all phases of your life as a paralegal, taking you forward with tips on networking and joining professional organizations that will enhance your career. ● Discover the job skills required for success as a paralegal ● Learn important legal concepts you’ll need on the job ● Access forms, templates, and examples on the companion website ● Develop strategies to manage time and advance your career Complete with a companion website containing a wealth of valuable information, this book covers everything you need to become a top-notch paralegal.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e310257a6e2f7556139c7133025673a6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Concentration Camps: A Very Short Introduction by Dan Stone</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/concentration-camps-a-very-short-introduction-by-dan-stone--65208946</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384801" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384801</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Concentration Camps: A Very Short Introduction Author: Dan Stone Narrator: Paul Woodson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Concentration camps are a relatively new invention, a recurring feature of twentieth century warfare, and one that is important to the modern global consciousness and identity. Although the most famous concentration camps are those under the Nazis, the use of concentration camps originated several decades before the Third Reich, in the Philippines and in the Boer War, and they have been used again in numerous locations, not least during the genocides in Bosnia and Rwanda. Over the course of the twentieth century they have become defining symbols of humankind's lowest point and basest acts.   In this Very Short Introduction, Dan Stone gives a global history of concentration camps. Setting concentration camps against the longer history of incarceration, he explains how the ability of the modern state to control populations led to the creation of this extreme institution. Looking at their emergence and spread around the world, Stone argues that concentration camps serve the purpose, from the point of view of the state in crisis, of removing a section of the population that is perceived to be threatening, traitorous, or diseased. Drawing on contemporary accounts of camps, as well as the philosophical literature surrounding them, Stone considers the story camps tell us about the nature of the modern world as well as about specific regimes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384801</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208946/9781515933342.mp3" length="14437144" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384801 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Concentration Camps: A Very Short Introduction Author: Dan Stone Narrator: Paul Woodson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384801" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384801</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Concentration Camps: A Very Short Introduction Author: Dan Stone Narrator: Paul Woodson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Concentration camps are a relatively new invention, a recurring feature of twentieth century warfare, and one that is important to the modern global consciousness and identity. Although the most famous concentration camps are those under the Nazis, the use of concentration camps originated several decades before the Third Reich, in the Philippines and in the Boer War, and they have been used again in numerous locations, not least during the genocides in Bosnia and Rwanda. Over the course of the twentieth century they have become defining symbols of humankind's lowest point and basest acts.   In this Very Short Introduction, Dan Stone gives a global history of concentration camps. Setting concentration camps against the longer history of incarceration, he explains how the ability of the modern state to control populations led to the creation of this extreme institution. Looking at their emergence and spread around the world, Stone argues that concentration camps serve the purpose, from the point of view of the state in crisis, of removing a section of the population that is perceived to be threatening, traitorous, or diseased. Drawing on contemporary accounts of camps, as well as the philosophical literature surrounding them, Stone considers the story camps tell us about the nature of the modern world as well as about specific regimes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/17daeeb5ac9eb42068e9d3158370d460.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Sand and Blood: America's Stealth War on the Mexico Border by John Carlos Frey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/sand-and-blood-america-s-stealth-war-on-the-mexico-border-by-john-carlos-frey--65208936</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384364" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384364</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sand and Blood: America's Stealth War on the Mexico Border Author: John Carlos Frey Narrator: Gustavo Rex Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A damning portrait of the U.S.-Mexico border, where militaristic fantasies are unleashed, violent technologies are tested, and immigrants are targeted. Over the past three decades, U.S. immigration and border security policies have turned the southern states into conflict zones, spawned a network of immigrant detention centers, and unleashed an army of ICE agents into cities across the country. As award-winning journalist John Carlos Frey reveals in this groundbreaking book, the war against immigrants has been escalating for decades, fueled by defense contractors and lobbyists seeking profits and politicians--Republicans and Democrats alike--who relied on racist fear-mongering to turn out votes. After 9/11, while Americans' attention was trained on the Middle East and the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, the War on Terror was ramping up on our own soil--aimed not at terrorists but at economic migrants, refugees, and families from South and Central America seeking jobs, safety, and freedom in the U.S. But we are no safer. Instead, families are being ripped apart, undocumented people are living in fear, and thousands of migrants have died in detention or crossing the border. Taking readers to the Border Patrol outposts, unmarked graves, detention centers, and halls of power, Sand and Blood is a frightening, essential story we must not ignore.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384364</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208936/9781549119767.mp3" length="1478196" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384364 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sand and Blood: America's Stealth War on the Mexico Border Author: John Carlos Frey Narrator: Gustavo Rex Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384364" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384364</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sand and Blood: America's Stealth War on the Mexico Border Author: John Carlos Frey Narrator: Gustavo Rex Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A damning portrait of the U.S.-Mexico border, where militaristic fantasies are unleashed, violent technologies are tested, and immigrants are targeted. Over the past three decades, U.S. immigration and border security policies have turned the southern states into conflict zones, spawned a network of immigrant detention centers, and unleashed an army of ICE agents into cities across the country. As award-winning journalist John Carlos Frey reveals in this groundbreaking book, the war against immigrants has been escalating for decades, fueled by defense contractors and lobbyists seeking profits and politicians--Republicans and Democrats alike--who relied on racist fear-mongering to turn out votes. After 9/11, while Americans' attention was trained on the Middle East and the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, the War on Terror was ramping up on our own soil--aimed not at terrorists but at economic migrants, refugees, and families from South and Central America seeking jobs, safety, and freedom in the U.S. But we are no safer. Instead, families are being ripped apart, undocumented people are living in fear, and thousands of migrants have died in detention or crossing the border. Taking readers to the Border Patrol outposts, unmarked graves, detention centers, and halls of power, Sand and Blood is a frightening, essential story we must not ignore.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9047ce3d85e7e257c42fd340de8142f6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Helping the Good Do Better: How a White Hat Lobbyist Advocates for Social Change by Thomas F. Sheridan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/helping-the-good-do-better-how-a-white-hat-lobbyist-advocates-for-social-change-by-thomas-f-sheridan--65208918</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384365" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384365</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Helping the Good Do Better: How a White Hat Lobbyist Advocates for Social Change Author: Thomas F. Sheridan Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How to effect positive social change by the top progressive white hat lobbyist in Washington. HELPING THE GOOD DO BETTER pulls back the curtain on the corridors of power in Washington to reveal how social change really happens. This book offers lessons from the trenches on how some of this generation's most defining social issues-AIDS, disabilities, global poverty, cancer, human trafficking, national service, early childhood education, and social entrepreneurship -- engendered landmark federal policies. Each chapter tells the story of how a particular issue was shaped by the movements and legislation at the center of public debate. Each case provides powerful lessons about how coalitions are built, strategies crafted, and powerful interests challenged in high-stakes, no-holds-barred political battles. Doing good requires more than just providing programs and services. It requires coordination, organization, and a new, stronger emphasis on and dedication to advocacy. Participating in advocacy is no longer a luxury -- it is a necessity. Visionaries and activists together with 'white hat' lobbyists -- people who understand the power of politics and who are able to put it to work to serve the public interest -- have won some of the most transformative policy fights in recent times. The culmination of those experiences, of fighting and winning on behalf of public interest causes, is presented here in a new theory for social change. Successful campaigns and movements must possess a lobbyist's combined approach to policy, politics, and press. Leveraging these 3 Ps, with true passion and discipline, can create results that are nothing short of awe-inspiring. An insightful first-person guide to advocacy by a white-hat lobbyist who was in the rooms where historic social changes were made, HELPING THE GOOD DO BETTER is a direct and honest look at government in action and the behind-the-scenes players who help make progress a reality.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384365</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208918/9781549149511.mp3" length="1478224" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384365 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Helping the Good Do Better: How a White Hat Lobbyist Advocates for Social Change Author: Thomas F. Sheridan Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384365" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384365</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Helping the Good Do Better: How a White Hat Lobbyist Advocates for Social Change Author: Thomas F. Sheridan Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How to effect positive social change by the top progressive white hat lobbyist in Washington. HELPING THE GOOD DO BETTER pulls back the curtain on the corridors of power in Washington to reveal how social change really happens. This book offers lessons from the trenches on how some of this generation's most defining social issues-AIDS, disabilities, global poverty, cancer, human trafficking, national service, early childhood education, and social entrepreneurship -- engendered landmark federal policies. Each chapter tells the story of how a particular issue was shaped by the movements and legislation at the center of public debate. Each case provides powerful lessons about how coalitions are built, strategies crafted, and powerful interests challenged in high-stakes, no-holds-barred political battles. Doing good requires more than just providing programs and services. It requires coordination, organization, and a new, stronger emphasis on and dedication to advocacy. Participating in advocacy is no longer a luxury -- it is a necessity. Visionaries and activists together with 'white hat' lobbyists -- people who understand the power of politics and who are able to put it to work to serve the public interest -- have won some of the most transformative policy fights in recent times. The culmination of those experiences, of fighting and winning on behalf of public interest causes, is presented here in a new theory for social change. Successful campaigns and movements must possess a lobbyist's combined approach to policy, politics, and press. Leveraging these 3 Ps, with true passion and discipline, can create results that are nothing short of awe-inspiring. An insightful first-person guide to advocacy by a white-hat lobbyist who was in the rooms where historic social changes were made, HELPING THE GOOD DO BETTER is a direct and honest look at government in action and the behind-the-scenes players who help make progress a reality.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f4bd1f65f794ee2163688149e7d37382.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Bleeding Out: The Devastating Consequences of Urban Violence--and a Bold New Plan for Peace in the Streets by Thomas Abt</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/bleeding-out-the-devastating-consequences-of-urban-violence-and-a-bold-new-plan-for-peace-in-the-streets-by-thomas-abt--65208905</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385195" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385195</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bleeding Out: The Devastating Consequences of Urban Violence--and a Bold New Plan for Peace in the Streets Author: Thomas Abt Narrator: Brad Raymond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From a Harvard scholar and former Obama official, a powerful proposal for curtailing violent crime in America  Urban violence is one of the most divisive and allegedly intractable issues of our time. But as Harvard scholar Thomas Abt shows in Bleeding Out, we actually possess all the tools necessary to stem violence in our cities. Coupling the latest social science with firsthand experience as a crime-fighter, Abt proposes a relentless focus on violence itself -- not drugs, gangs, or guns. Because violence is 'sticky,' clustering among small groups of people and places, it can be predicted and prevented using a series of smart-on-crime strategies that do not require new laws or big budgets. Bringing these strategies together, Abt offers a concrete, cost-effective plan to reduce homicides by over 50 percent in eight years, saving more than 12,000 lives nationally. Violence acts as a linchpin for urban poverty, so curbing such crime can unlock the untapped potential of our cities' most disadvantaged communities and help us to bridge the nation's larger economic and social divides. Urgent yet hopeful, Bleeding Out offers practical solutions to the national emergency of urban violence -- and challenges readers to demand action.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385195</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208905/9781549175978.mp3" length="1478190" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385195 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bleeding Out: The Devastating Consequences of Urban Violence--and a Bold New Plan for Peace in the Streets Author: Thomas Abt Narrator: Brad Raymond...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385195" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385195</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bleeding Out: The Devastating Consequences of Urban Violence--and a Bold New Plan for Peace in the Streets Author: Thomas Abt Narrator: Brad Raymond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From a Harvard scholar and former Obama official, a powerful proposal for curtailing violent crime in America  Urban violence is one of the most divisive and allegedly intractable issues of our time. But as Harvard scholar Thomas Abt shows in Bleeding Out, we actually possess all the tools necessary to stem violence in our cities. Coupling the latest social science with firsthand experience as a crime-fighter, Abt proposes a relentless focus on violence itself -- not drugs, gangs, or guns. Because violence is 'sticky,' clustering among small groups of people and places, it can be predicted and prevented using a series of smart-on-crime strategies that do not require new laws or big budgets. Bringing these strategies together, Abt offers a concrete, cost-effective plan to reduce homicides by over 50 percent in eight years, saving more than 12,000 lives nationally. Violence acts as a linchpin for urban poverty, so curbing such crime can unlock the untapped potential of our cities' most disadvantaged communities and help us to bridge the nation's larger economic and social divides. Urgent yet hopeful, Bleeding Out offers practical solutions to the national emergency of urban violence -- and challenges readers to demand action.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/20b122a1d6224f36ae7dcde3367e38f2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Handbook for a Post-Roe America by Robin Marty</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/handbook-for-a-post-roe-america-by-robin-marty--65208925</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385817" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385817</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Handbook for a Post-Roe America Author: Robin Marty Narrator: Charon Normand-Widmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This comprehensive manual for understanding and preparing for the looming changes to reproductive rights law explains how to get the healthcare you need—by any means necessary. Activist and writer Robin Marty guides listeners through various worst-case scenarios of a post-Roe America and offers ways to fight back, including how to acquire financial support, how to use existing networks and create new ones, and how to, when required, work outside existing legal systems. She details how to plan for your own emergencies, how to start organizing now, what to know about self-managed abortion care with pills and/or herbs, and how to avoid surveillance. The only guidebook of its kind, Handbook for a Post-Roe America includes an extensive, detailed resource guide for all pregnant people (whether cis, trans, or non-binary), listing clinics, action groups, abortion funds, and practical support groups in each state so that, wherever you live, you can get involved. With a newly right-wing Supreme Court and a Republican Senate, Roe is under threat. Robin Marty observes that When we say abortion will be illegal in half the states in the nation, we are no longer talking about some hypothetical future—we are talking about just years down the road. We have to act now to secure what access remains, shore up the networks supporting those who need care, and decide what risks we are willing to take to ensure that any person who wants a termination can still end that pregnancy—with or without the government's permission.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385817</guid><pubDate>Sat, 22 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208925/9781666579383.mp3" length="1478322" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385817 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Handbook for a Post-Roe America Author: Robin Marty Narrator: Charon Normand-Widmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385817" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385817</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Handbook for a Post-Roe America Author: Robin Marty Narrator: Charon Normand-Widmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This comprehensive manual for understanding and preparing for the looming changes to reproductive rights law explains how to get the healthcare you need—by any means necessary. Activist and writer Robin Marty guides listeners through various worst-case scenarios of a post-Roe America and offers ways to fight back, including how to acquire financial support, how to use existing networks and create new ones, and how to, when required, work outside existing legal systems. She details how to plan for your own emergencies, how to start organizing now, what to know about self-managed abortion care with pills and/or herbs, and how to avoid surveillance. The only guidebook of its kind, Handbook for a Post-Roe America includes an extensive, detailed resource guide for all pregnant people (whether cis, trans, or non-binary), listing clinics, action groups, abortion funds, and practical support groups in each state so that, wherever you live, you can get involved. With a newly right-wing Supreme Court and a Republican Senate, Roe is under threat. Robin Marty observes that When we say abortion will be illegal in half the states in the nation, we are no longer talking about some hypothetical future—we are talking about just years down the road. We have to act now to secure what access remains, shore up the networks supporting those who need care, and decide what risks we are willing to take to ensure that any person who wants a termination can still end that pregnancy—with or without the government's permission.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bfcb592645cf52961eb7c308cca4b325.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Who Killed My Father by Édouard Louis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/who-killed-my-father-by-edouard-louis--65208980</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384135" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384135</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Killed My Father Author: Édouard Louis Narrator: Édouard Louis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 38 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Penguin presents the audio edition of Who Killed My Father, written and read by Edouard Louis. Who Killed My Father is the story of a tough guy – the story of the little boy I never was. The story of my father. In Who Killed My Father, Édouard Louis explores key moments in his father’s life, and the tenderness and disconnects in their relationship.  Told with the fire of a writer determined on social justice, and with the compassion of a loving son, the book urgently and brilliantly engages with issues surrounding masculinity, class, homophobia, shame and social poverty.  It unflinchingly takes aim at systems that disadvantage those they seek to exclude – those who have their expectations, hopes and passions crushed by a society which gives them little thought.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384135</guid><pubDate>Thu, 20 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208980/9781473572522.mp3" length="2437168" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384135 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Killed My Father Author: Édouard Louis Narrator: Édouard Louis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 38 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384135" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384135</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Killed My Father Author: Édouard Louis Narrator: Édouard Louis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 38 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Penguin presents the audio edition of Who Killed My Father, written and read by Edouard Louis. Who Killed My Father is the story of a tough guy – the story of the little boy I never was. The story of my father. In Who Killed My Father, Édouard Louis explores key moments in his father’s life, and the tenderness and disconnects in their relationship.  Told with the fire of a writer determined on social justice, and with the compassion of a loving son, the book urgently and brilliantly engages with issues surrounding masculinity, class, homophobia, shame and social poverty.  It unflinchingly takes aim at systems that disadvantage those they seek to exclude – those who have their expectations, hopes and passions crushed by a society which gives them little thought.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/281d71682a6981a257a6c15ec14403b1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Anthem by Ayn Rand</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/anthem-by-ayn-rand--65208971</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386222" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386222</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anthem Author: Ayn Rand Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ayn Rand's dystopic science-fiction novella takes place at some unspecified future date. Mankind has entered another dark age as a result of what Rand saw as the weaknesses of socialistic thinking and economics. Technological advancement is now carefully planned -- when it is allowed to occur at all -- and the concept of individuality has been eliminated. As is common in her work, Rand draws a clear distinction between the 'socialist/communal' values of equality and brotherhood and the 'productive/capitalist' values of achievement and individuality.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386222</guid><pubDate>Thu, 20 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208971/9781982760342.mp3" length="2437124" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386222 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anthem Author: Ayn Rand Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Genres: Current...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386222" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386222</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anthem Author: Ayn Rand Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ayn Rand's dystopic science-fiction novella takes place at some unspecified future date. Mankind has entered another dark age as a result of what Rand saw as the weaknesses of socialistic thinking and economics. Technological advancement is now carefully planned -- when it is allowed to occur at all -- and the concept of individuality has been eliminated. As is common in her work, Rand draws a clear distinction between the 'socialist/communal' values of equality and brotherhood and the 'productive/capitalist' values of achievement and individuality.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a1988063e7637d8222e86f23e9472371.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Accident of Color: A Story of Race in Reconstruction by Daniel Brook</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-accident-of-color-a-story-of-race-in-reconstruction-by-daniel-brook--65209046</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384819" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384819</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Accident of Color: A Story of Race in Reconstruction Author: Daniel Brook Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In The Accident of Color, Daniel Brook journeys to nineteenth-century New Orleans and Charleston and introduces us to cosmopolitan residents who elude the racial categories the rest of America takes for granted. Before the Civil War, these free, openly mixed-race urbanites enjoyed some rights of citizenship and the privileges of wealth and social status. But after Emancipation, as former slaves move to assert their rights, the black-white binary that rules the rest of the nation begins to intrude. During Reconstruction, a movement arises as mixed-race elites make common cause with the formerly enslaved and allies at the fringes of whiteness in a bid to achieve political and social equality for all. In some areas, this coalition proved remarkably successful. Activists peacefully integrated the streetcars of Charleston and New Orleans for decades and, for a time, even the New Orleans public schools and the University of South Carolina were educating students of all backgrounds side by side. Tragically, the achievements of this movement were ultimately swept away by a violent political backlash and expunged from the history books, culminating in the Jim Crow laws that would legalize segregation for a half century and usher in the binary racial regime that rules us to this day.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384819</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209046/9781684419807.mp3" length="14437158" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384819 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Accident of Color: A Story of Race in Reconstruction Author: Daniel Brook Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384819" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384819</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Accident of Color: A Story of Race in Reconstruction Author: Daniel Brook Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In The Accident of Color, Daniel Brook journeys to nineteenth-century New Orleans and Charleston and introduces us to cosmopolitan residents who elude the racial categories the rest of America takes for granted. Before the Civil War, these free, openly mixed-race urbanites enjoyed some rights of citizenship and the privileges of wealth and social status. But after Emancipation, as former slaves move to assert their rights, the black-white binary that rules the rest of the nation begins to intrude. During Reconstruction, a movement arises as mixed-race elites make common cause with the formerly enslaved and allies at the fringes of whiteness in a bid to achieve political and social equality for all. In some areas, this coalition proved remarkably successful. Activists peacefully integrated the streetcars of Charleston and New Orleans for decades and, for a time, even the New Orleans public schools and the University of South Carolina were educating students of all backgrounds side by side. Tragically, the achievements of this movement were ultimately swept away by a violent political backlash and expunged from the history books, culminating in the Jim Crow laws that would legalize segregation for a half century and usher in the binary racial regime that rules us to this day.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/12f69f103059cba0a836af03e3dd6638.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Basics of Resistance: The Practical Freedomista, Book I by Claire Wolfe, Kit Perez</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/basics-of-resistance-the-practical-freedomista-book-i-by-claire-wolfe-kit-perez--65209042</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384334" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384334</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Basics of Resistance: The Practical Freedomista, Book I Series: #1 of Practical Freedomista Author: Claire Wolfe, Kit Perez Narrator: Francine Waverly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Have you looked around lately and felt like something's fundamentally wrong? Are you tired of having to ask permission to live your life? Are you angered by the level of control and surveillance you see everywhere? Are you sick of everyone wanting your data?   If you want to do something about it but aren't sure where to start, this book is for you. Well-known resistance author Claire Wolfe (The Freedom Outlaw's Handbook and the Hardyville Tales) has teamed up with counterintelligence analyst and liberty activist Kit Perez to pen a beginning 'how-to' for those who are ready to do more than complain on social media. You'll learn about how to get properly set up, ideas for action ranging from easy to dangerous (but never violent or harmful), and how to find and collaborate with like-minded folks in a way that will help keep you safe and out of jail while still getting stuff done. You'll get an overview of how resistance works, why it's important, and how you can get started—today—in an accessible, entertaining format. If you often think that 'someone should do something,' then this book will tell you how to be that someone.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384334</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209042/9781630152987.mp3" length="14437178" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384334 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Basics of Resistance: The Practical Freedomista, Book I Series: #1 of Practical Freedomista Author: Claire Wolfe, Kit Perez Narrator: Francine Waverly...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384334" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384334</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Basics of Resistance: The Practical Freedomista, Book I Series: #1 of Practical Freedomista Author: Claire Wolfe, Kit Perez Narrator: Francine Waverly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Have you looked around lately and felt like something's fundamentally wrong? Are you tired of having to ask permission to live your life? Are you angered by the level of control and surveillance you see everywhere? Are you sick of everyone wanting your data?   If you want to do something about it but aren't sure where to start, this book is for you. Well-known resistance author Claire Wolfe (The Freedom Outlaw's Handbook and the Hardyville Tales) has teamed up with counterintelligence analyst and liberty activist Kit Perez to pen a beginning 'how-to' for those who are ready to do more than complain on social media. You'll learn about how to get properly set up, ideas for action ranging from easy to dangerous (but never violent or harmful), and how to find and collaborate with like-minded folks in a way that will help keep you safe and out of jail while still getting stuff done. You'll get an overview of how resistance works, why it's important, and how you can get started—today—in an accessible, entertaining format. If you often think that 'someone should do something,' then this book will tell you how to be that someone.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2fb1126eb6d8d70412e1ac4d56c86a8e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Asedio: Trump en el punto de mira / Siege: Trump Under Fire: Trump en el punto de mira by Michael Wolff</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-asedio-trump-en-el-punto-de-mira-siege-trump-under-fire-trump-en-el-punto-de-mira-by-michael-wolff--65208959</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383428" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383428</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Asedio: Trump en el punto de mira / Siege: Trump Under Fire: Trump en el punto de mira Author: Michael Wolff Narrator: Mio Marabotto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Michael Wolff, autor del fenómeno de ventas Fuego y furia, regresa de nuevo para llevarnos dentro de la presidencia de Trump y revelar a una Casa Blanca bajo asedio. Si Fuego y furia definió la primera fase de la administración de Trump, ahora, en Asedio, Wolff ha escrito un libro igualmente imprescindible y explosivo sobre una presidencia que se encuentra en el punto de mira desde todos los ángulos. En una narración de espectacular frescura, que comienza con el inicio del segundo año de la presidencia de Trump y termina con la entrega del informe Mueller, Asedio revela una administración que se encuentra perpetuamente acosada por investigaciones y un presidente cada vez más volátil, errante y expuesto. ENGLISH DESCRIPTION Michael Wolff, author of the bombshell bestseller Fire and Fury, once again takes us inside the Trump presidency to reveal a White House under siege. Just one year into Donald Trump’s term as president, Michael Wolff told the electrifying story of a White House consumed by controversy, chaos, and intense rivalries. Fire and Fury, an instant sensation, defined the first phase of the Trump administration; now, in Siege, Wolff has written an equally essential and explosive book about a presidency that is under fire from almost every side. At the outset of Trump’s second year as president, his situation is profoundly different. No longer tempered by experienced advisers, he is more impulsive and volatile than ever. But the wheels of justice are inexorably turning: Robert Mueller’s “witch hunt” haunts Trump every day, and other federal prosecutors are taking a deep dive into his business affairs. Many in the political establishment―even some members of his own administration―have turned on him and are dedicated to bringing him down. The Democrats see victory at the polls, and perhaps impeachment, in front of them. Trump, meanwhile, is certain he is invincible, making him all the more exposed and vulnerable. Week by week, as Trump becomes increasingly erratic, the question that lies at the heart of his tenure becomes ever more urgent: Will this most abnormal of presidencies at last reach the breaking point and implode? Both a riveting narrative and a brilliant front-lines report, Siege provides an alarming and indelible portrait of a president like no other. Surrounded by enemies and blind to his peril, Trump is a raging, self-destructive inferno―and the most divisive leader in American history.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383428</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208959/9780593171134.mp3" length="4837049" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383428 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Asedio: Trump en el punto de mira / Siege: Trump Under Fire: Trump en el punto de mira Author: Michael Wolff Narrator: Mio Marabotto...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383428" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383428</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Asedio: Trump en el punto de mira / Siege: Trump Under Fire: Trump en el punto de mira Author: Michael Wolff Narrator: Mio Marabotto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Michael Wolff, autor del fenómeno de ventas Fuego y furia, regresa de nuevo para llevarnos dentro de la presidencia de Trump y revelar a una Casa Blanca bajo asedio. Si Fuego y furia definió la primera fase de la administración de Trump, ahora, en Asedio, Wolff ha escrito un libro igualmente imprescindible y explosivo sobre una presidencia que se encuentra en el punto de mira desde todos los ángulos. En una narración de espectacular frescura, que comienza con el inicio del segundo año de la presidencia de Trump y termina con la entrega del informe Mueller, Asedio revela una administración que se encuentra perpetuamente acosada por investigaciones y un presidente cada vez más volátil, errante y expuesto. ENGLISH DESCRIPTION Michael Wolff, author of the bombshell bestseller Fire and Fury, once again takes us inside the Trump presidency to reveal a White House under siege. Just one year into Donald Trump’s term as president, Michael Wolff told the electrifying story of a White House consumed by controversy, chaos, and intense rivalries. Fire and Fury, an instant sensation, defined the first phase of the Trump administration; now, in Siege, Wolff has written an equally essential and explosive book about a presidency that is under fire from almost every side. At the outset of Trump’s second year as president, his situation is profoundly different. No longer tempered by experienced advisers, he is more impulsive and volatile than ever. But the wheels of justice are inexorably turning: Robert Mueller’s “witch hunt” haunts Trump every day, and other federal prosecutors are taking a deep dive into his business affairs. Many in the political establishment―even some members of his own administration―have turned on him and are dedicated to bringing him down. The Democrats see victory at the polls, and perhaps impeachment, in front of them. Trump, meanwhile, is certain he is invincible, making him all the more exposed and vulnerable. Week by week, as Trump becomes increasingly erratic, the question that lies at the heart of his tenure becomes ever more urgent: Will this most abnormal of presidencies at last reach the breaking point and implode? Both a riveting narrative and a brilliant front-lines report, Siege provides an alarming and indelible portrait of a president like no other. Surrounded by enemies and blind to his peril, Trump is a raging, self-destructive inferno―and the most divisive leader in American history.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bc000f950c26fae8d62c5b9ec3ced4ec.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Best People: Trump's Cabinet and the Siege on Washington by Alexander Nazaryan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-best-people-trump-s-cabinet-and-the-siege-on-washington-by-alexander-nazaryan--65208947</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384362" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384362</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best People: Trump's Cabinet and the Siege on Washington Author: Alexander Nazaryan Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An engrossing look at the Trump cabinet: the scandals, the incompetence,  the assault on the federal government, the bungled attempts to impose  order on an administration lost in a chaos of its own making. Donald Trump promised a return to national greatness, but each day of  his presidency seems to bring a new crisis, a deepening sense of  national unease. Why, and how, has he failed his supporters? And how has  he, on occasion, bested his detractors?  The Best People takes complete measure of the Trump administration, to  grasp with clarity the president and his intentions, and how those  intentions are being carried out-or subverted-by the people he has  hired.   Alexander Nazaryan argues that the 'assault on the administrative state'  promised by Steve Bannon in early 2017 never came. What the American  people got instead was Wilbur Ross hauling his tennis pro to  confirmation hearing preparations; Scott Pruitt running away from  rattlesnakes; Reince Priebus enduring insults from junior White House  staffers.  And yet, bungling as Trump's cabinet members have been, they have  managed to either damage or arrest many of the gears that make  government run. They have given away public lands to oil companies and  allowed corporate lobbyists to make decisions about what is best for the  American people, and  have done it all while flying on private jets and  dining at the finest restaurants, at taxpayers' expense.   Meticulously reported and enthrallingly told, The Best People takes  readers inside the federal government under Trump's control, a  government assailed by the very people charged to lead it, a government  awash in confusion and corruption.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384362</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208947/9781549175510.mp3" length="1478206" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384362 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best People: Trump's Cabinet and the Siege on Washington Author: Alexander Nazaryan Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384362" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384362</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best People: Trump's Cabinet and the Siege on Washington Author: Alexander Nazaryan Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An engrossing look at the Trump cabinet: the scandals, the incompetence,  the assault on the federal government, the bungled attempts to impose  order on an administration lost in a chaos of its own making. Donald Trump promised a return to national greatness, but each day of  his presidency seems to bring a new crisis, a deepening sense of  national unease. Why, and how, has he failed his supporters? And how has  he, on occasion, bested his detractors?  The Best People takes complete measure of the Trump administration, to  grasp with clarity the president and his intentions, and how those  intentions are being carried out-or subverted-by the people he has  hired.   Alexander Nazaryan argues that the 'assault on the administrative state'  promised by Steve Bannon in early 2017 never came. What the American  people got instead was Wilbur Ross hauling his tennis pro to  confirmation hearing preparations; Scott Pruitt running away from  rattlesnakes; Reince Priebus enduring insults from junior White House  staffers.  And yet, bungling as Trump's cabinet members have been, they have  managed to either damage or arrest many of the gears that make  government run. They have given away public lands to oil companies and  allowed corporate lobbyists to make decisions about what is best for the  American people, and  have done it all while flying on private jets and  dining at the finest restaurants, at taxpayers' expense.   Meticulously reported and enthrallingly told, The Best People takes  readers inside the federal government under Trump's control, a  government assailed by the very people charged to lead it, a government  awash in confusion and corruption.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/513c036a217596c136cea129422cd667.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Fascism: What It Is and How to Fight It by Leon Trotsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/fascism-what-it-is-and-how-to-fight-it-by-leon-trotsky--65208902</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385842" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385842</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fascism: What It Is and How to Fight It Author: Leon Trotsky Narrator: Will Stauff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: June 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Writing in the heat of struggle against the rise of fascism in Germany, France, and Spain in the 1930s, communist leader Leon Trotsky examines the class origins and character of fascist movements.  Building on foundations laid by the Communist International in Lenin's time, Trotsky advances a working-class strategy to combat and defeat this malignant danger.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385842</guid><pubDate>Mon, 17 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208902/9781982759155.mp3" length="2437125" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385842 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fascism: What It Is and How to Fight It Author: Leon Trotsky Narrator: Will Stauff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385842" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385842</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fascism: What It Is and How to Fight It Author: Leon Trotsky Narrator: Will Stauff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: June 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Writing in the heat of struggle against the rise of fascism in Germany, France, and Spain in the 1930s, communist leader Leon Trotsky examines the class origins and character of fascist movements.  Building on foundations laid by the Communist International in Lenin's time, Trotsky advances a working-class strategy to combat and defeat this malignant danger.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/58bca66d3c69afcdf1f446c08b288e11.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>This Is Not A Drill: An Extinction Rebellion Handbook by Extinction Rebellion</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-is-not-a-drill-an-extinction-rebellion-handbook-by-extinction-rebellion--65208988</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382265" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382265</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Not A Drill: An Extinction Rebellion Handbook Author: Extinction Rebellion Narrator: Eva Pope Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Penguin presents the audiobook edition of This Is Not A Drill by Extinction Rebellion, read by Eva Pope. Extinction Rebellion are inspiring a whole generation to take action on climate breakdown.  Now you can become part of the movement - and together, we can make history. It's time. This is our last chance to do anything about the global climate and ecological emergency. Our last chance to save the world as we know it.  Now or never, we need to be radical. We need to rise up. And we need to rebel. Extinction Rebellion is a global activist movement of ordinary people, demanding action from Governments. This is a book of truth and action. It has facts to arm you, stories to empower you, pages to fill in and pages to rip out, alongside instructions on how to rebel - from organising a roadblock to facing arrest.  By the time you finish this book you will have become an Extinction Rebellion activist. Act now before it's too late.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382265</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208988/9780141991771.mp3" length="2437150" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382265 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Not A Drill: An Extinction Rebellion Handbook Author: Extinction Rebellion Narrator: Eva Pope Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382265" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382265</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Not A Drill: An Extinction Rebellion Handbook Author: Extinction Rebellion Narrator: Eva Pope Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Penguin presents the audiobook edition of This Is Not A Drill by Extinction Rebellion, read by Eva Pope. Extinction Rebellion are inspiring a whole generation to take action on climate breakdown.  Now you can become part of the movement - and together, we can make history. It's time. This is our last chance to do anything about the global climate and ecological emergency. Our last chance to save the world as we know it.  Now or never, we need to be radical. We need to rise up. And we need to rebel. Extinction Rebellion is a global activist movement of ordinary people, demanding action from Governments. This is a book of truth and action. It has facts to arm you, stories to empower you, pages to fill in and pages to rip out, alongside instructions on how to rebel - from organising a roadblock to facing arrest.  By the time you finish this book you will have become an Extinction Rebellion activist. Act now before it's too late.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d8e23bd90d6cb722e8c267d05d70c10d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Social Security for Dummies by Jonathan Peterson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/social-security-for-dummies-by-jonathan-peterson--65208973</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383694" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383694</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Security for Dummies Author: Jonathan Peterson Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 12, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Get the benefits you've earned Social Security For Dummies is the one guide you need to navigate the often-complex world of Social Security retirement benefits. This updated edition offers clear guidance on when to claim benefits, how much you can expect to receive, where to find Social Security calculators, and so much more.     Since its inception in the 1930s, workers across the United States have set aside a portion of their wages to fund the Social Security Administration. For many, Social Security forms the foundation for their retirement funds. Social Security For Dummies provides you with all the information you need to take charge of your retirement, maximize your financial well-being, and successfully navigate the U.S. Social Security Administration. You'll get up-to-date information to: ● Make your way around the Social Security website ● Know your Social Security options—including retirement, survivor, spousal, and disability benefits ● Get answers to common questions and find resources when you're stumped Retirement is meant to be enjoyed, and Social Security For Dummies makes it easier.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383694</guid><pubDate>Wed, 12 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208973/9781630154523.mp3" length="14437177" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383694 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Security for Dummies Author: Jonathan Peterson Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383694" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383694</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Security for Dummies Author: Jonathan Peterson Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 12, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Get the benefits you've earned Social Security For Dummies is the one guide you need to navigate the often-complex world of Social Security retirement benefits. This updated edition offers clear guidance on when to claim benefits, how much you can expect to receive, where to find Social Security calculators, and so much more.     Since its inception in the 1930s, workers across the United States have set aside a portion of their wages to fund the Social Security Administration. For many, Social Security forms the foundation for their retirement funds. Social Security For Dummies provides you with all the information you need to take charge of your retirement, maximize your financial well-being, and successfully navigate the U.S. Social Security Administration. You'll get up-to-date information to: ● Make your way around the Social Security website ● Know your Social Security options—including retirement, survivor, spousal, and disability benefits ● Get answers to common questions and find resources when you're stumped Retirement is meant to be enjoyed, and Social Security For Dummies makes it easier.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9a63477b31207e3cc9396f6b5b02dabd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Great Great Wall: Along the Borders of History from China to Mexico by Ian Volner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-great-great-wall-along-the-borders-of-history-from-china-to-mexico-by-ian-volner--65208979</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382968" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382968</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Great Wall: Along the Borders of History from China to Mexico Author: Ian Volner Narrator: Ian Volner, Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  During his campaign for the presidency, one of Donald Trump’s signature promises was that he would build a “great great wall” on the border between the United States and Mexico, and Mexico was going to pay for it. A year and a half into his term, with only a few prototype segments erected, the wall is the 2,000-mile multibillion-dollar elephant in the room of contemporary American life. In The Great Great Wall, architectural historian and critic Ian Volner takes a deep dive into the story of Trump’s wall. Volner follows the conception, selling, design, and construction (or lack thereof) of this expensive and consequential barrier, giving listeners a detailed description of what’s happening in Washington, DC—and along the border. He also travels far afield, to China, the Middle East, northern England, and back to our border to examine the barriers we’ve been building for centuries. Why do we build walls? What do they reveal about human history?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382968</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208979/9781666572827.mp3" length="1477731" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Great Wall: Along the Borders of History from China to Mexico Author: Ian Volner Narrator: Ian Volner, Pete Cross Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382968" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382968</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Great Wall: Along the Borders of History from China to Mexico Author: Ian Volner Narrator: Ian Volner, Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  During his campaign for the presidency, one of Donald Trump’s signature promises was that he would build a “great great wall” on the border between the United States and Mexico, and Mexico was going to pay for it. A year and a half into his term, with only a few prototype segments erected, the wall is the 2,000-mile multibillion-dollar elephant in the room of contemporary American life. In The Great Great Wall, architectural historian and critic Ian Volner takes a deep dive into the story of Trump’s wall. Volner follows the conception, selling, design, and construction (or lack thereof) of this expensive and consequential barrier, giving listeners a detailed description of what’s happening in Washington, DC—and along the border. He also travels far afield, to China, the Middle East, northern England, and back to our border to examine the barriers we’ve been building for centuries. Why do we build walls? What do they reveal about human history?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7ba91a53fdf874a88197083e6bc6ace4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>An Innocent Bystander: The Killing of Leon Klinghoffer by Julie Salamon</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/an-innocent-bystander-the-killing-of-leon-klinghoffer-by-julie-salamon--65208970</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383322" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383322</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Innocent Bystander: The Killing of Leon Klinghoffer Author: Julie Salamon Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The definitive story of one American family at the center of a single, shocking act of international terrorism that 'manages to capture the essence of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict' (Dan Ephron). On October 3, 1985, Leon Klinghoffer, a disabled Jewish New Yorker, and his wife boarded the Achille Lauro to celebrate their 36th wedding anniversary with a Mediterranean cruise. Four days later, four Palestinian fedayeen hijacked the Italian luxury liner and took the passengers and crew hostage. Leon Klinghoffer was shot in the head, his body and wheelchair thrown overboard. His murder became a flashpoint in the intractable struggle between Israelis and Arabs and gave Americans a horrifying preview of what it means when terrorism hits home. In this richly reported book, drawing on multiple perspectives, Julie Salamon dispels the mythology that has grown around that shattering moment. What transpired on the Achille Lauro left the Klinghoffer family in the grip of irredeemable sorrow, while precipitating tragic reverberations for the wives and sons of Abu al-Abbas, the Palestinian mastermind behind the hijacking, and the family of Alex Odeh, a Palestinian-American murdered in Los Angeles in a brutal act of retaliation. Through intimate interviews with almost all living participants, including one of the hijackers, Julie Salamon brings alive the moment-by-moment saga of the hijacking and the ensuing U.S.-led international manhunt; the diplomatic wrangling between the United States, Egypt, Italy, and Israel; the long agonizing search for justice; and the inside story of the controversial opera about the Klinghoffer tragedy that provoked a culture war. An Innocent Bystander is a masterful work of journalism that moves between the personal and the global with the pace of a geopolitical thriller and the depth of a psychological drama. Throughout lies the tension wrought by terrorism and its repercussions today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383322</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208970/9781478916628.mp3" length="1478208" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383322 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Innocent Bystander: The Killing of Leon Klinghoffer Author: Julie Salamon Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383322" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383322</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Innocent Bystander: The Killing of Leon Klinghoffer Author: Julie Salamon Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The definitive story of one American family at the center of a single, shocking act of international terrorism that 'manages to capture the essence of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict' (Dan Ephron). On October 3, 1985, Leon Klinghoffer, a disabled Jewish New Yorker, and his wife boarded the Achille Lauro to celebrate their 36th wedding anniversary with a Mediterranean cruise. Four days later, four Palestinian fedayeen hijacked the Italian luxury liner and took the passengers and crew hostage. Leon Klinghoffer was shot in the head, his body and wheelchair thrown overboard. His murder became a flashpoint in the intractable struggle between Israelis and Arabs and gave Americans a horrifying preview of what it means when terrorism hits home. In this richly reported book, drawing on multiple perspectives, Julie Salamon dispels the mythology that has grown around that shattering moment. What transpired on the Achille Lauro left the Klinghoffer family in the grip of irredeemable sorrow, while precipitating tragic reverberations for the wives and sons of Abu al-Abbas, the Palestinian mastermind behind the hijacking, and the family of Alex Odeh, a Palestinian-American murdered in Los Angeles in a brutal act of retaliation. Through intimate interviews with almost all living participants, including one of the hijackers, Julie Salamon brings alive the moment-by-moment saga of the hijacking and the ensuing U.S.-led international manhunt; the diplomatic wrangling between the United States, Egypt, Italy, and Israel; the long agonizing search for justice; and the inside story of the controversial opera about the Klinghoffer tragedy that provoked a culture war. An Innocent Bystander is a masterful work of journalism that moves between the personal and the global with the pace of a geopolitical thriller and the depth of a psychological drama. Throughout lies the tension wrought by terrorism and its repercussions today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9250cbcdcf64e927e63adc0f58415448.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Shanghai Free Taxi: Journeys with the Hustlers and Rebels of the New China by Frank Langfitt</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-shanghai-free-taxi-journeys-with-the-hustlers-and-rebels-of-the-new-china-by-frank-langfitt--65208945</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383740" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383740</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shanghai Free Taxi: Journeys with the Hustlers and Rebels of the New China Author: Frank Langfitt Narrator: Frank Langfitt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  As any traveler knows, some of the best and most honest conversations take place during car rides. So, when a long-time NPR correspondent wanted to learn more about the real China, he started driving a cab--and discovered a country amid seismic political and economic change. China--America's most important competitor--is at a turning point. With economic growth slowing, Chinese people face inequality and uncertainty as their leaders tighten control at home and project power abroad. In this adventurous, original book, NPR correspondent Frank Langfitt describes how he created a free taxi service--offering rides in exchange for illuminating conversation--to go beyond the headlines and get to know a wide range of colorful, compelling characters representative of the new China. They include folks like 'Beer,' a slippery salesman who tries to sell Langfitt a used car; Rocky, a farm boy turned Shanghai lawyer; and Chen, who runs an underground Christian church and moves his family to America in search of a better, freer life. Blending unforgettable characters, evocative travel writing, and insightful political analysis, The Shanghai Free Taxi is a sharply observed and surprising book that will help readers make sense of the world's other superpower at this extraordinary moment.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383740</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208945/9781549149818.mp3" length="1478194" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383740 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shanghai Free Taxi: Journeys with the Hustlers and Rebels of the New China Author: Frank Langfitt Narrator: Frank Langfitt Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383740" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383740</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shanghai Free Taxi: Journeys with the Hustlers and Rebels of the New China Author: Frank Langfitt Narrator: Frank Langfitt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  As any traveler knows, some of the best and most honest conversations take place during car rides. So, when a long-time NPR correspondent wanted to learn more about the real China, he started driving a cab--and discovered a country amid seismic political and economic change. China--America's most important competitor--is at a turning point. With economic growth slowing, Chinese people face inequality and uncertainty as their leaders tighten control at home and project power abroad. In this adventurous, original book, NPR correspondent Frank Langfitt describes how he created a free taxi service--offering rides in exchange for illuminating conversation--to go beyond the headlines and get to know a wide range of colorful, compelling characters representative of the new China. They include folks like 'Beer,' a slippery salesman who tries to sell Langfitt a used car; Rocky, a farm boy turned Shanghai lawyer; and Chen, who runs an underground Christian church and moves his family to America in search of a better, freer life. Blending unforgettable characters, evocative travel writing, and insightful political analysis, The Shanghai Free Taxi is a sharply observed and surprising book that will help readers make sense of the world's other superpower at this extraordinary moment.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0dd3407e8cb1bf0c1c9f0e5d84b9e143.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Great Successor: The Divinely Perfect Destiny of Brilliant Comrade Kim Jong Un by Anna Fifield</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-great-successor-the-divinely-perfect-destiny-of-brilliant-comrade-kim-jong-un-by-anna-fifield--65208939</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384363" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384363</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Successor: The Divinely Perfect Destiny of Brilliant Comrade Kim Jong Un Author: Anna Fifield Narrator: Olivia Mackenzie-Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The behind-the-scenes story of the rise and reign of the world's strangest and most elusive tyrant, Kim Jong Un, by the journalist with the best connections and insights into the bizarrely dangerous world of North Korea. Since his birth in 1984, Kim Jong Un has been swaddled in myth and propaganda, from the plainly silly -- he could supposedly drive a car at the age of three -- to the grimly bloody stories of family members who perished at his command. Anna Fifield reconstructs Kim's past and present with exclusive access to sources near him and brings her unique understanding to explain the dynastic mission of the Kim family in North Korea. The archaic notion of despotic family rule matches the almost medieval hardship the country has suffered under the Kims. Few people thought that a young, untested, unhealthy, Swiss-educated basketball fanatic could hold together a country that should have fallen apart years ago. But Kim Jong Un has not just survived, he has thrived, abetted by the approval of Donald Trump and diplomacy's weirdest bromance. Skeptical yet insightful, Fifield creates a captivating portrait of the oddest and most secretive political regime in the world -- one that is isolated yet internationally relevant, bankrupt yet in possession of nuclear weapons -- and its ruler, the self-proclaimed Beloved and Respected Leader, Kim Jong Un.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384363</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208939/9781549119057.mp3" length="1478200" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384363 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Successor: The Divinely Perfect Destiny of Brilliant Comrade Kim Jong Un Author: Anna Fifield Narrator: Olivia Mackenzie-Smith Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384363" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384363</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Successor: The Divinely Perfect Destiny of Brilliant Comrade Kim Jong Un Author: Anna Fifield Narrator: Olivia Mackenzie-Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The behind-the-scenes story of the rise and reign of the world's strangest and most elusive tyrant, Kim Jong Un, by the journalist with the best connections and insights into the bizarrely dangerous world of North Korea. Since his birth in 1984, Kim Jong Un has been swaddled in myth and propaganda, from the plainly silly -- he could supposedly drive a car at the age of three -- to the grimly bloody stories of family members who perished at his command. Anna Fifield reconstructs Kim's past and present with exclusive access to sources near him and brings her unique understanding to explain the dynastic mission of the Kim family in North Korea. The archaic notion of despotic family rule matches the almost medieval hardship the country has suffered under the Kims. Few people thought that a young, untested, unhealthy, Swiss-educated basketball fanatic could hold together a country that should have fallen apart years ago. But Kim Jong Un has not just survived, he has thrived, abetted by the approval of Donald Trump and diplomacy's weirdest bromance. Skeptical yet insightful, Fifield creates a captivating portrait of the oddest and most secretive political regime in the world -- one that is isolated yet internationally relevant, bankrupt yet in possession of nuclear weapons -- and its ruler, the self-proclaimed Beloved and Respected Leader, Kim Jong Un.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9088a10754551f4aa7bd1bcae7542f36.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Jefferson, Madison, and the Making of the Constitution by Jeff Broadwater</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/jefferson-madison-and-the-making-of-the-constitution-by-jeff-broadwater--65208977</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384322" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384322</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jefferson, Madison, and the Making of the Constitution Author: Jeff Broadwater Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Thomas Jefferson, author of the Declaration of Independence, and James Madison, 'Father of the Constitution,' were two of the most important Founders of the United States as well as the closest of political allies. Yet historians have often seen a tension between the idealistic rhetoric of the Declaration and the more pedestrian language of the Constitution. Moreover, to some, the adoption of the Constitution represented a repudiation of the democratic values of the Revolution.   In this book, Jeff Broadwater explores the evolution of the constitutional thought of these two seminal American figures, from the beginning of the American Revolution through the adoption of the Bill of Rights. In explaining how the two political compatriots could have produced such seemingly dissimilar documents but then come to a common constitutional ground, Broadwater reveals how their collaboration—and their disagreements—influenced the full range of constitutional questions during this early period of the American republic.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384322</guid><pubDate>Mon, 10 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208977/9781400170616.mp3" length="14437199" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384322 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jefferson, Madison, and the Making of the Constitution Author: Jeff Broadwater Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384322" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384322</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jefferson, Madison, and the Making of the Constitution Author: Jeff Broadwater Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Thomas Jefferson, author of the Declaration of Independence, and James Madison, 'Father of the Constitution,' were two of the most important Founders of the United States as well as the closest of political allies. Yet historians have often seen a tension between the idealistic rhetoric of the Declaration and the more pedestrian language of the Constitution. Moreover, to some, the adoption of the Constitution represented a repudiation of the democratic values of the Revolution.   In this book, Jeff Broadwater explores the evolution of the constitutional thought of these two seminal American figures, from the beginning of the American Revolution through the adoption of the Bill of Rights. In explaining how the two political compatriots could have produced such seemingly dissimilar documents but then come to a common constitutional ground, Broadwater reveals how their collaboration—and their disagreements—influenced the full range of constitutional questions during this early period of the American republic.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5cecdc60a4318c02318afa2c26c3bb7a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Conservative Sensibility by George F. Will</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-conservative-sensibility-by-george-f-will--65209002</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380220" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380220</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conservative Sensibility Author: George F. Will Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 40 minutes Release date: June  4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Pulitzer Prize-winning columnist's 'astonishing' and 'enthralling' New York Times bestseller and Notable Book about how the Founders' belief in natural rights created a great American political tradition (Booklist)  -- 'easily one of the best books on American Conservatism ever written' (Jonah Goldberg). For more than four decades, George F. Will has attempted to discern the principles of the Western political tradition and apply them to America's civic life. Today, the stakes could hardly be higher. Vital questions about the nature of man, of rights, of equality, of majority rule are bubbling just beneath the surface of daily events in America.  The Founders' vision, articulated first in the Declaration of Independence and carried out in the Constitution, gave the new republic a framework for government unique in world history. Their beliefs in natural rights, limited government, religious freedom, and in human virtue and dignity ushered in two centuries of American prosperity. Now, as Will shows, conservatism is under threat -- both from progressives and elements inside the Republican Party. America has become an administrative state, while destructive trends have overtaken family life and higher education. Semi-autonomous executive agencies wield essentially unaccountable power. Congress has failed in its duty to exercise its legislative powers. And the executive branch has slipped the Constitution's leash.  In the intellectual battle between the vision of Founding Fathers like James Madison, who advanced the notion of natural rights that pre-exist government, and the progressivism advanced by Woodrow Wilson, the Founders have been losing. It's time to reverse America's political fortunes.  Expansive, intellectually thrilling, and written with the erudite wit that has made Will beloved by millions of readers, The Conservative Sensibility is an extraordinary new book from one of America's most celebrated political writers.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380220</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209002/9781549195235.mp3" length="1478236" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380220 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conservative Sensibility Author: George F. Will Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 40 minutes Release date: June...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380220" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380220</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conservative Sensibility Author: George F. Will Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 40 minutes Release date: June  4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Pulitzer Prize-winning columnist's 'astonishing' and 'enthralling' New York Times bestseller and Notable Book about how the Founders' belief in natural rights created a great American political tradition (Booklist)  -- 'easily one of the best books on American Conservatism ever written' (Jonah Goldberg). For more than four decades, George F. Will has attempted to discern the principles of the Western political tradition and apply them to America's civic life. Today, the stakes could hardly be higher. Vital questions about the nature of man, of rights, of equality, of majority rule are bubbling just beneath the surface of daily events in America.  The Founders' vision, articulated first in the Declaration of Independence and carried out in the Constitution, gave the new republic a framework for government unique in world history. Their beliefs in natural rights, limited government, religious freedom, and in human virtue and dignity ushered in two centuries of American prosperity. Now, as Will shows, conservatism is under threat -- both from progressives and elements inside the Republican Party. America has become an administrative state, while destructive trends have overtaken family life and higher education. Semi-autonomous executive agencies wield essentially unaccountable power. Congress has failed in its duty to exercise its legislative powers. And the executive branch has slipped the Constitution's leash.  In the intellectual battle between the vision of Founding Fathers like James Madison, who advanced the notion of natural rights that pre-exist government, and the progressivism advanced by Woodrow Wilson, the Founders have been losing. It's time to reverse America's political fortunes.  Expansive, intellectually thrilling, and written with the erudite wit that has made Will beloved by millions of readers, The Conservative Sensibility is an extraordinary new book from one of America's most celebrated political writers.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cd6b41c6aae74d13a8dc241645d57b40.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Land of Flickering Lights: Restoring America in an Age of Broken Politics by Michael Bennet</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-land-of-flickering-lights-restoring-america-in-an-age-of-broken-politics-by-michael-bennet--65208989</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383161" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383161</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Land of Flickering Lights: Restoring America in an Age of Broken Politics Author: Michael Bennet Narrator: Michael Bennet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: June  4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Land of Flickering Lights is a unique contribution to American political writing at this or any other time. Democratic Senator Michael Bennet from Colorado lifts a veil on Congress to reveal, in his words, 'through a series of actual stories—about the people, the politics, the motives, the money, the hypocrisy, the stakes, the outcome—the pathological culture of the capitol and the consequences for us all.' Bennet eloquently chronicles the dramatic full stories behind five debates and decisions crucial to all Americans: the highly politicized nominations and appointments of judges at all levels; the recent tax cut that massively increased our debt and financial inequality across the country; the shredding of the Iran nuclear deal that undermined our longstanding bipartisan approach to foreign policy; the corruption caused by money in politics and why it has caused inaction on climate change and much else; and the ugly sabotage by a minority of the 'Gang of Eight's' bi-partisan plan to reform our immigration policies, which would have resolved all the issues we currently face.   By revealing how these decisions were truly made, Bennet sheds vital new light on each of these five crucial events and what Americans have lost in the process, illuminating how and why our government is at loggerheads today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383161</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208989/9781684573530.mp3" length="14437175" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383161 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Land of Flickering Lights: Restoring America in an Age of Broken Politics Author: Michael Bennet Narrator: Michael Bennet Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383161" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383161</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Land of Flickering Lights: Restoring America in an Age of Broken Politics Author: Michael Bennet Narrator: Michael Bennet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: June  4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Land of Flickering Lights is a unique contribution to American political writing at this or any other time. Democratic Senator Michael Bennet from Colorado lifts a veil on Congress to reveal, in his words, 'through a series of actual stories—about the people, the politics, the motives, the money, the hypocrisy, the stakes, the outcome—the pathological culture of the capitol and the consequences for us all.' Bennet eloquently chronicles the dramatic full stories behind five debates and decisions crucial to all Americans: the highly politicized nominations and appointments of judges at all levels; the recent tax cut that massively increased our debt and financial inequality across the country; the shredding of the Iran nuclear deal that undermined our longstanding bipartisan approach to foreign policy; the corruption caused by money in politics and why it has caused inaction on climate change and much else; and the ugly sabotage by a minority of the 'Gang of Eight's' bi-partisan plan to reform our immigration policies, which would have resolved all the issues we currently face.   By revealing how these decisions were truly made, Bennet sheds vital new light on each of these five crucial events and what Americans have lost in the process, illuminating how and why our government is at loggerheads today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6a9ded8df11c1a0159f1ce695af2fca7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Hidden History of Guns and the Second Amendment by Thom Hartmann</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-hidden-history-of-guns-and-the-second-amendment-by-thom-hartmann--65208966</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384712" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384712</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden History of Guns and the Second Amendment Series: #1 of The Thom Hartmann Hidden History Series Author: Thom Hartmann Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: June  4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'In this precise primer on firearms practices and policies, progressive talk-show host Hartmann examines the history of routine gun usage and extreme gun violence and assesses the influence of gun ownership on contemporary political, economic, and social norms...A brief but powerful analysis of a searing national crisis.' -Booklist Taking his typically in-depth, historically informed view, Thom Hartmann examines how guns have played important roles throughout American history, from early European settlement to the Revolutionary War and Manifest Destiny, through the use of Slave Patrols in the Deep South (which became the 'well-regulated militias' so debated in 1787), to the assassination of John F. Kennedy and recent school massacres. Looking at the present, Hartmann documents how inequality in America and the number of people killed in mass shootings have grown together over the last fifty years. Finally, he identifies a handful of common-sense and powerful solutions that would address the issue at different levels: from getting money out of politics to get the National Rifle Association out of lobbying, to passing laws that would treat gun ownership like car ownership (title, license, insurance), to addressing the social despair and economic inequality that drive violent crime and mass shootings.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384712</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208966/9781663739728.mp3" length="2437241" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384712 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden History of Guns and the Second Amendment Series: #1 of The Thom Hartmann Hidden History Series Author: Thom Hartmann Narrator: Scott Brick...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384712" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384712</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden History of Guns and the Second Amendment Series: #1 of The Thom Hartmann Hidden History Series Author: Thom Hartmann Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: June  4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'In this precise primer on firearms practices and policies, progressive talk-show host Hartmann examines the history of routine gun usage and extreme gun violence and assesses the influence of gun ownership on contemporary political, economic, and social norms...A brief but powerful analysis of a searing national crisis.' -Booklist Taking his typically in-depth, historically informed view, Thom Hartmann examines how guns have played important roles throughout American history, from early European settlement to the Revolutionary War and Manifest Destiny, through the use of Slave Patrols in the Deep South (which became the 'well-regulated militias' so debated in 1787), to the assassination of John F. Kennedy and recent school massacres. Looking at the present, Hartmann documents how inequality in America and the number of people killed in mass shootings have grown together over the last fifty years. Finally, he identifies a handful of common-sense and powerful solutions that would address the issue at different levels: from getting money out of politics to get the National Rifle Association out of lobbying, to passing laws that would treat gun ownership like car ownership (title, license, insurance), to addressing the social despair and economic inequality that drive violent crime and mass shootings.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/becffde84c8afa1db0902d012dcba2b7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>1931: Debt, Crisis, and the Rise of Hitler by Tobias Straumann</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/1931-debt-crisis-and-the-rise-of-hitler-by-tobias-straumann--65209033</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383156" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383156</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1931: Debt, Crisis, and the Rise of Hitler Author: Tobias Straumann Narrator: Nigel Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: June  1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Germany's financial collapse in the summer of 1931 was one of the biggest economic catastrophes of modern history. It led to a global panic, brought down the international monetary system, and turned a worldwide recession into a prolonged depression. The reason for the financial collapse was Germany's large pile of foreign debt denominated in gold currency which condemned the government to cut spending, raise taxes, and lower wages in the middle of a worldwide recession. As the political resistance to this austerity policy grew, the German government began to question its debt obligations, prompting foreign investors to panic and sell their German assets. The resulting currency crisis led to the failure of the already weakened banking system and a partial sovereign default. Hitler managed to profit from the crisis, because he had been the most vocal critic of the reparation regime. As the financial system collapsed, his relentless attacks against foreign creditors and the alleged complicity of the German government resonated more than ever with the electorate.   In 1931, Tobias Straumann reveals the story of the fatal crisis, demonstrating how a debt trap contributed to the rapid financial and political collapse of a European country, and to the rise of the Nazi Party.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383156</guid><pubDate>Sat, 01 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209033/9781684570256.mp3" length="14437141" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383156 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1931: Debt, Crisis, and the Rise of Hitler Author: Tobias Straumann Narrator: Nigel Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383156" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383156</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1931: Debt, Crisis, and the Rise of Hitler Author: Tobias Straumann Narrator: Nigel Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: June  1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Germany's financial collapse in the summer of 1931 was one of the biggest economic catastrophes of modern history. It led to a global panic, brought down the international monetary system, and turned a worldwide recession into a prolonged depression. The reason for the financial collapse was Germany's large pile of foreign debt denominated in gold currency which condemned the government to cut spending, raise taxes, and lower wages in the middle of a worldwide recession. As the political resistance to this austerity policy grew, the German government began to question its debt obligations, prompting foreign investors to panic and sell their German assets. The resulting currency crisis led to the failure of the already weakened banking system and a partial sovereign default. Hitler managed to profit from the crisis, because he had been the most vocal critic of the reparation regime. As the financial system collapsed, his relentless attacks against foreign creditors and the alleged complicity of the German government resonated more than ever with the electorate.   In 1931, Tobias Straumann reveals the story of the fatal crisis, demonstrating how a debt trap contributed to the rapid financial and political collapse of a European country, and to the rise of the Nazi Party.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/69c1ef7e1b09add699b345ebc158de76.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Rights of Man by Thomas Paine</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/rights-of-man-by-thomas-paine--65208934</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385850" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385850</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rights of Man Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: Matt Addis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: June  1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Written in 1791 as a response to Edmund Burke's Reflections on the Revolution in France, Thomas Paine's Rights of Man is a seminal work on human freedom and equality. Using the French Revolution and its ideals as an example, he demonstrates his belief that any government must put the inherent rights of its citizens above all else, especially politics. After its publication, Paine left England for France and was tried in his absence for libel against the crown. Authoritatively read by Matt Addis.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385850</guid><pubDate>Sat, 01 Jun 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208934/9781781982471.mp3" length="1478246" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rights of Man Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: Matt Addis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: June  1, 2019 Genres:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385850" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385850</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rights of Man Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: Matt Addis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: June  1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Written in 1791 as a response to Edmund Burke's Reflections on the Revolution in France, Thomas Paine's Rights of Man is a seminal work on human freedom and equality. Using the French Revolution and its ideals as an example, he demonstrates his belief that any government must put the inherent rights of its citizens above all else, especially politics. After its publication, Paine left England for France and was tried in his absence for libel against the crown. Authoritatively read by Matt Addis.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5efc62f38be1f628fe14a8c7cb61c06d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Because of Sex: One Law, Ten Cases, and Fifty Years That Changed American Women's Lives at Work by Gillian Thomas</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/because-of-sex-one-law-ten-cases-and-fifty-years-that-changed-american-women-s-lives-at-work-by-gillian-thomas--65209043</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382757" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382757</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Because of Sex: One Law, Ten Cases, and Fifty Years That Changed American Women's Lives at Work Author: Gillian Thomas Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Best known as a monumental achievement of the civil rights movement, the 1964 Civil Rights Act also revolutionized the lives of America's working women. Title VII of the law made it illegal to discriminate 'because of sex.' But that simple phrase didn't mean much until ordinary women began using the law to get justice on the job—and some took their fights all the way to the Supreme Court. Among them were Ida Phillips, denied an assembly line job because she had a preschool-age child; Kim Rawlinson, who fought to become a prison guard—a 'man's job'; Mechelle Vinson, who brought a lawsuit for sexual abuse before 'sexual harassment' even had a name; and most recently, Peggy Young, UPS truck driver, forced to take an unpaid leave while pregnant because she asked for a temporary reprieve from heavy lifting. These unsung heroines' victories, and those of the other women profiled in Gillian Thomas's Because of Sex, dismantled a Mad Men world where women could only hope to play supporting roles; where sexual harassment was 'just the way things are'; and where pregnancy meant getting a pink slip. Through first-person accounts and vivid narrative, Because of Sex tells the story of how one law, our highest court, and a few tenacious women changed the American workplace forever.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382757</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209043/9781515933274.mp3" length="14437150" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382757 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Because of Sex: One Law, Ten Cases, and Fifty Years That Changed American Women's Lives at Work Author: Gillian Thomas Narrator: Rosemary Benson...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382757" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382757</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Because of Sex: One Law, Ten Cases, and Fifty Years That Changed American Women's Lives at Work Author: Gillian Thomas Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Best known as a monumental achievement of the civil rights movement, the 1964 Civil Rights Act also revolutionized the lives of America's working women. Title VII of the law made it illegal to discriminate 'because of sex.' But that simple phrase didn't mean much until ordinary women began using the law to get justice on the job—and some took their fights all the way to the Supreme Court. Among them were Ida Phillips, denied an assembly line job because she had a preschool-age child; Kim Rawlinson, who fought to become a prison guard—a 'man's job'; Mechelle Vinson, who brought a lawsuit for sexual abuse before 'sexual harassment' even had a name; and most recently, Peggy Young, UPS truck driver, forced to take an unpaid leave while pregnant because she asked for a temporary reprieve from heavy lifting. These unsung heroines' victories, and those of the other women profiled in Gillian Thomas's Because of Sex, dismantled a Mad Men world where women could only hope to play supporting roles; where sexual harassment was 'just the way things are'; and where pregnancy meant getting a pink slip. Through first-person accounts and vivid narrative, Because of Sex tells the story of how one law, our highest court, and a few tenacious women changed the American workplace forever.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/586dc19af242a02b701788f5c75273b0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Democratic Capitalism at the Crossroads: Technological Change and the Future of Politics by Carles Boix</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/democratic-capitalism-at-the-crossroads-technological-change-and-the-future-of-politics-by-carles-boix--65208997</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383191" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383191</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democratic Capitalism at the Crossroads: Technological Change and the Future of Politics Author: Carles Boix Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An incisive history of the changing relationship between democracy and capitalism. The twentieth century witnessed the triumph of democratic capitalism in the industrialized West, with widespread popular support for both free markets and representative elections. Today, that political consensus appears to be breaking down, disrupted by polarization and income inequality, widespread dissatisfaction with democratic institutions, and insurgent populism. Tracing the history of democratic capitalism over the past two centuries, Carles Boix explains how we got here—and where we could be headed. Boix looks at three defining stages of capitalism, each originating in a distinct time and place with its unique political challenges, structure of production and employment, and relationship with democracy.  A must-listen for these uncertain times, Democratic Capitalism at the Crossroads proposes sensible policy solutions that can help harness the unruly forces of capitalism to preserve democracy and meet the challenges that lie ahead.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383191</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208997/9781400121014.mp3" length="4837042" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383191 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democratic Capitalism at the Crossroads: Technological Change and the Future of Politics Author: Carles Boix Narrator: Christopher Grove Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383191" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383191</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democratic Capitalism at the Crossroads: Technological Change and the Future of Politics Author: Carles Boix Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An incisive history of the changing relationship between democracy and capitalism. The twentieth century witnessed the triumph of democratic capitalism in the industrialized West, with widespread popular support for both free markets and representative elections. Today, that political consensus appears to be breaking down, disrupted by polarization and income inequality, widespread dissatisfaction with democratic institutions, and insurgent populism. Tracing the history of democratic capitalism over the past two centuries, Carles Boix explains how we got here—and where we could be headed. Boix looks at three defining stages of capitalism, each originating in a distinct time and place with its unique political challenges, structure of production and employment, and relationship with democracy.  A must-listen for these uncertain times, Democratic Capitalism at the Crossroads proposes sensible policy solutions that can help harness the unruly forces of capitalism to preserve democracy and meet the challenges that lie ahead.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a27d1d8c7f370f21956ddc4d76f11981.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Oliver Wendell Holmes: A Life in War, Law, and Ideas by Stephen Budiansky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/oliver-wendell-holmes-a-life-in-war-law-and-ideas-by-stephen-budiansky--65208981</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383172" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383172</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Oliver Wendell Holmes: A Life in War, Law, and Ideas Author: Stephen Budiansky Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Oliver Wendell Holmes twice escaped death as a young Union officer in the Civil War when musket balls missed his heart and spinal cord by a fraction of an inch. He lived ever after with unwavering moral courage, unremitting scorn for dogma, and an insatiable intellectual curiosity. Named to the Supreme Court by Theodore Roosevelt at age sixty-one, he served for nearly three decades, writing a series of famous, eloquent, and often dissenting opinions that would prove prophetic in securing freedom of speech, protecting the rights of criminal defendants, and ending the Court’s reactionary resistance to social and economic reforms. As a pioneering legal scholar, Holmes revolutionized the understanding of common law by showing how the law always evolved to meet the changing needs of society. Drawing on many previously unpublished letters and records, Stephen Budiansky's definitive biography offers the fullest portrait yet of this pivotal American figure, whose zest for life, wit, and intellect left a profound legacy in law and Constitutional rights, and who was an inspiring example of how to lead a meaningful life in a world of uncertainty and upheaval.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383172</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208981/9781977346759.mp3" length="1478240" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383172 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Oliver Wendell Holmes: A Life in War, Law, and Ideas Author: Stephen Budiansky Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383172" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383172</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Oliver Wendell Holmes: A Life in War, Law, and Ideas Author: Stephen Budiansky Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Oliver Wendell Holmes twice escaped death as a young Union officer in the Civil War when musket balls missed his heart and spinal cord by a fraction of an inch. He lived ever after with unwavering moral courage, unremitting scorn for dogma, and an insatiable intellectual curiosity. Named to the Supreme Court by Theodore Roosevelt at age sixty-one, he served for nearly three decades, writing a series of famous, eloquent, and often dissenting opinions that would prove prophetic in securing freedom of speech, protecting the rights of criminal defendants, and ending the Court’s reactionary resistance to social and economic reforms. As a pioneering legal scholar, Holmes revolutionized the understanding of common law by showing how the law always evolved to meet the changing needs of society. Drawing on many previously unpublished letters and records, Stephen Budiansky's definitive biography offers the fullest portrait yet of this pivotal American figure, whose zest for life, wit, and intellect left a profound legacy in law and Constitutional rights, and who was an inspiring example of how to lead a meaningful life in a world of uncertainty and upheaval.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/73f0ab73011e99867c25ab8ab0a3ea3b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Assad or We Burn the Country: How One Family's Lust for Power Destroyed Syria by Sam Dagher</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/assad-or-we-burn-the-country-how-one-family-s-lust-for-power-destroyed-syria-by-sam-dagher--65208976</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382330" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382330</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assad or We Burn the Country: How One Family's Lust for Power Destroyed Syria Author: Sam Dagher Narrator: Gary Tiedemann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From a Pulitzer Prize-nominated journalist specializing in the Middle East, this groundbreaking account of the Syrian Civil War reveals the never-before-published true story of a 21st-century humanitarian disaster.   In spring 2011, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad turned to his friend and army commander, Manaf Tlass, for advice about how to respond to Arab Spring-inspired protests. Tlass pushed for conciliation but Assad decided to crush the uprising -- an act which would catapult the country into an eight-year long war, killing almost half a million and fueling terrorism and a global refugee crisis.  Assad or We Burn the Country examines Syria's tragedy through the generational saga of the Assad and Tlass families, once deeply intertwined and now estranged in Bashar's bloody quest to preserve his father's inheritance. By drawing on his own reporting experience in Damascus and exclusive interviews with Tlass, Dagher takes readers within palace walls to reveal the family behind the destruction of a country and the chaos of an entire region.   Dagher shows how one of the world's most vicious police states came to be and explains how a regional conflict extended globally, engulfing the Middle East and pitting the United States and Russia against one another.   Timely, propulsive, and expertly reported, Assad or We Burn the Country is the definitive account of this global crisis, going far beyond the news story that has dominated headlines for years.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382330</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208976/9781478975397.mp3" length="1478254" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382330 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assad or We Burn the Country: How One Family's Lust for Power Destroyed Syria Author: Sam Dagher Narrator: Gary Tiedemann Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382330" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382330</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assad or We Burn the Country: How One Family's Lust for Power Destroyed Syria Author: Sam Dagher Narrator: Gary Tiedemann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From a Pulitzer Prize-nominated journalist specializing in the Middle East, this groundbreaking account of the Syrian Civil War reveals the never-before-published true story of a 21st-century humanitarian disaster.   In spring 2011, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad turned to his friend and army commander, Manaf Tlass, for advice about how to respond to Arab Spring-inspired protests. Tlass pushed for conciliation but Assad decided to crush the uprising -- an act which would catapult the country into an eight-year long war, killing almost half a million and fueling terrorism and a global refugee crisis.  Assad or We Burn the Country examines Syria's tragedy through the generational saga of the Assad and Tlass families, once deeply intertwined and now estranged in Bashar's bloody quest to preserve his father's inheritance. By drawing on his own reporting experience in Damascus and exclusive interviews with Tlass, Dagher takes readers within palace walls to reveal the family behind the destruction of a country and the chaos of an entire region.   Dagher shows how one of the world's most vicious police states came to be and explains how a regional conflict extended globally, engulfing the Middle East and pitting the United States and Russia against one another.   Timely, propulsive, and expertly reported, Assad or We Burn the Country is the definitive account of this global crisis, going far beyond the news story that has dominated headlines for years.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0e88581763d2ae48d8ad1b85b39b8224.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Levelling: What's Next After Globalization by Michael O'sullivan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-levelling-what-s-next-after-globalization-by-michael-o-sullivan--65208968</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382334" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382334</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Levelling: What's Next After Globalization Author: Michael O'sullivan Narrator: Jeff Bottoms Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A brilliant analysis of the transition in world economics, finance, and power as the era of globalization ends and gives way to new power centers and institutions.  The world is at a turning point similar to the fall of communism. Then, many focused on the collapse itself, and failed to see that a bigger trend, globalization, was about to take hold. The benefits of globalization--through the freer flow of money, people, ideas, and trade--have been many. But rather than a world that is flat, what has emerged is one of jagged peaks and rough, deep valleys characterized by wealth inequality, indebtedness, political recession, and imbalances across the world's economies.  These peaks and valleys are undergoing what Michael O'Sullivan calls 'the levelling'--a major transition in world economics, finance, and power. What's next is a levelling-out of wealth between poor and rich countries, of power between nations and regions, of political accountability from elites to the people, and of institutional power away from central banks and defunct twentieth-century institutions such as the WTO and the IMF. O'Sullivan then moves to ways we can develop new, pragmatic solutions to such critical problems as political discontent, stunted economic growth, the productive functioning of finance, and political-economic structures that serve broader needs. The Levelling comes at a crucial time in the rise and fall of nations. It has special importance for the US as its place in the world undergoes radical change--the ebbing of influence, profound questions over its economic model, societal decay, and the turmoil of public life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382334</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208968/9781549171543.mp3" length="1478216" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382334 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Levelling: What's Next After Globalization Author: Michael O'sullivan Narrator: Jeff Bottoms Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382334" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382334</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Levelling: What's Next After Globalization Author: Michael O'sullivan Narrator: Jeff Bottoms Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A brilliant analysis of the transition in world economics, finance, and power as the era of globalization ends and gives way to new power centers and institutions.  The world is at a turning point similar to the fall of communism. Then, many focused on the collapse itself, and failed to see that a bigger trend, globalization, was about to take hold. The benefits of globalization--through the freer flow of money, people, ideas, and trade--have been many. But rather than a world that is flat, what has emerged is one of jagged peaks and rough, deep valleys characterized by wealth inequality, indebtedness, political recession, and imbalances across the world's economies.  These peaks and valleys are undergoing what Michael O'Sullivan calls 'the levelling'--a major transition in world economics, finance, and power. What's next is a levelling-out of wealth between poor and rich countries, of power between nations and regions, of political accountability from elites to the people, and of institutional power away from central banks and defunct twentieth-century institutions such as the WTO and the IMF. O'Sullivan then moves to ways we can develop new, pragmatic solutions to such critical problems as political discontent, stunted economic growth, the productive functioning of finance, and political-economic structures that serve broader needs. The Levelling comes at a crucial time in the rise and fall of nations. It has special importance for the US as its place in the world undergoes radical change--the ebbing of influence, profound questions over its economic model, societal decay, and the turmoil of public life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b235fdb41835c44b5c8a516362f075b4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>State and Revolution by Vladimir Ilich Lenin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/state-and-revolution-by-vladimir-ilich-lenin--65208964</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384149" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384149</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: State and Revolution Author: Vladimir Ilich Lenin Narrator: Chris Matthews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  State and Revolution (1917) describes the role of the state in society, the necessity of proletarian revolution, and the theoretic inadequacies of social democracy in achieving revolution. It describes the inherent nature of the state as a tool for class oppression, a creation born of one social class' desire to control all other social classes. Whether a dictatorship or a democracy, the state remains in the control of the ruling class. Even in a democratic capitalist republic, the ruling class will never willingly relinquish political power, maintaining it via various strategies. Hence, according to this view, communist revolution is the sole remedy for the abolition of the state.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384149</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208964/9781982754723.mp3" length="2437149" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384149 to listen full audiobooks. Title: State and Revolution Author: Vladimir Ilich Lenin Narrator: Chris Matthews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 28,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384149" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384149</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: State and Revolution Author: Vladimir Ilich Lenin Narrator: Chris Matthews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  State and Revolution (1917) describes the role of the state in society, the necessity of proletarian revolution, and the theoretic inadequacies of social democracy in achieving revolution. It describes the inherent nature of the state as a tool for class oppression, a creation born of one social class' desire to control all other social classes. Whether a dictatorship or a democracy, the state remains in the control of the ruling class. Even in a democratic capitalist republic, the ruling class will never willingly relinquish political power, maintaining it via various strategies. Hence, according to this view, communist revolution is the sole remedy for the abolition of the state.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/48d68e7b2483f7e7353243b4bbcc3a2b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Unforgiven: The Untold Story of One Woman's Search for Love and Justice by Edith Brady-Lunny, Steve Vogel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-unforgiven-the-untold-story-of-one-woman-s-search-for-love-and-justice-by-edith-brady-lunny-steve-vogel--65209041</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382711" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382711</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unforgiven: The Untold Story of One Woman's Search for Love and Justice Author: Edith Brady-Lunny, Steve Vogel Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  It's a case reminiscent of the explosive story of Susan Smith, convicted in the drownings of her two young sons in South Carolina. But in The Unforgiven, three young children are in the back seat of a car driven by Amanda Hamm's boyfriend as it slips into an Illinois lake. Amanda and her boyfriend survive. Her three children do not. The question of whether it was a horrible accident or a murderous plot divided family and friends and traumatized the entire community. The brief but intense police investigation included seven interviews Hamm voluntarily gave police without the benefit of counsel. The outcome remains controversial to this day and comes full circle with state child welfare workers' concern about children born to Hamm since the fateful day at Clinton Lake. The Unforgiven coauthor and journalist Edith Brady-Lunny covered the case from start-to-finish, beginning the night of the drownings. Her coauthor Steve Vogel lives nearby. His Reasonable Doubt, considered a true crime classic, was a New York Times bestseller. Together they have extensive first-hand knowledge of the case and access to nearly every record related to the court proceedings.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382711</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209041/9781977348005.mp3" length="14437170" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382711 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unforgiven: The Untold Story of One Woman's Search for Love and Justice Author: Edith Brady-Lunny, Steve Vogel Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382711" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382711</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unforgiven: The Untold Story of One Woman's Search for Love and Justice Author: Edith Brady-Lunny, Steve Vogel Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  It's a case reminiscent of the explosive story of Susan Smith, convicted in the drownings of her two young sons in South Carolina. But in The Unforgiven, three young children are in the back seat of a car driven by Amanda Hamm's boyfriend as it slips into an Illinois lake. Amanda and her boyfriend survive. Her three children do not. The question of whether it was a horrible accident or a murderous plot divided family and friends and traumatized the entire community. The brief but intense police investigation included seven interviews Hamm voluntarily gave police without the benefit of counsel. The outcome remains controversial to this day and comes full circle with state child welfare workers' concern about children born to Hamm since the fateful day at Clinton Lake. The Unforgiven coauthor and journalist Edith Brady-Lunny covered the case from start-to-finish, beginning the night of the drownings. Her coauthor Steve Vogel lives nearby. His Reasonable Doubt, considered a true crime classic, was a New York Times bestseller. Together they have extensive first-hand knowledge of the case and access to nearly every record related to the court proceedings.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f479c82bdc0c3cf719c441082ce3b230.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Unfreedom of the Press by Mark R. Levin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/unfreedom-of-the-press-by-mark-r-levin--65209026</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376692" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376692</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unfreedom of the Press Author: Mark R. Levin Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 88   Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Six-time New York Times bestselling author, FOX News star, and radio host Mark R. Levin “trounces the news media” (The Washington Times) in this timely and groundbreaking book demonstrating how the great tradition of American free press has degenerated into a standardless profession that has squandered the faith and trust of the public.  Unfreedom of the Press is not just another book about the press. In “Levin’s finest work” (Breitbart), he shows how those entrusted with news reporting today are destroying freedom of the press from within—not through actions of government officials, but with its own abandonment of reportorial integrity and objective journalism.   With the depth of historical background for which his books are renowned, Levin takes you on a journey through the early American patriot press, which proudly promoted the principles set forth in the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution. This is followed by the early decades of the Republic during which newspapers around the young country were open and transparent about their fierce allegiance to one political party or another.   It was only at the start of the Progressive Era and the 20th century that the supposed “objectivity of the press” first surfaced, leaving us where we are today: with a partisan party-press overwhelmingly aligned with a political ideology but hypocritically engaged in a massive untruth as to its real nature.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376692</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209026/9781508287636.mp3" length="1478236" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376692 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unfreedom of the Press Author: Mark R. Levin Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376692" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376692</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unfreedom of the Press Author: Mark R. Levin Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 88   Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Six-time New York Times bestselling author, FOX News star, and radio host Mark R. Levin “trounces the news media” (The Washington Times) in this timely and groundbreaking book demonstrating how the great tradition of American free press has degenerated into a standardless profession that has squandered the faith and trust of the public.  Unfreedom of the Press is not just another book about the press. In “Levin’s finest work” (Breitbart), he shows how those entrusted with news reporting today are destroying freedom of the press from within—not through actions of government officials, but with its own abandonment of reportorial integrity and objective journalism.   With the depth of historical background for which his books are renowned, Levin takes you on a journey through the early American patriot press, which proudly promoted the principles set forth in the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution. This is followed by the early decades of the Republic during which newspapers around the young country were open and transparent about their fierce allegiance to one political party or another.   It was only at the start of the Progressive Era and the 20th century that the supposed “objectivity of the press” first surfaced, leaving us where we are today: with a partisan party-press overwhelmingly aligned with a political ideology but hypocritically engaged in a massive untruth as to its real nature.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7d127c6ea6b7874e3584d0140a7905aa.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The High-Conflict Custody Battle: Protect Yourself and Your Kids from a Toxic Divorce, False Accusations, and Parental Alienation by Amy J.L</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-high-conflict-custody-battle-protect-yourself-and-your-kids-from-a-toxic-divorce-false-accusations-and-parental-alienation-by-amy-j-l--65209011</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382713" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382713</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The High-Conflict Custody Battle: Protect Yourself and Your Kids from a Toxic Divorce, False Accusations, and Parental Alienation Author: Amy J.L. Baker PhD, J. Michael Bone PhD, Brian Ludmer Bcomm LLB Narrator: Joe Hempel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Is your ex-spouse trying to gain custody of your kids? Has he or she launched a campaign to make you look like a bad parent, both in the eyes of your children and the law? You aren't alone. Unfortunately, high-conflict custody battles are all-too-common in today's world. So how can you arm yourself with the mental and legal resources needed to survive this difficult time and keep your kids safe? In The High-Conflict Custody Battle, a team of legal and psychology experts present a practical guidebook for people like you who are engaged in a high-conflict custody battle. If you are dealing with an overtly hostile, inflammatory, deceitful, or manipulative ex-spouse, you will learn how to find and work with an attorney and prepare for a custody evaluation. The book also provides helpful tips you can use to defend yourself against false accusations and gives a realistic portrayal of what to expect during a legal fight. Going through a divorce is hard but going through a custody battle can feel like war. Don't go in unprepared. With this book as your guide, you will be able to navigate this difficult process and learn powerful skills that will help you maintain a healthy relationship with your kids, fight unfair accusations, and uphold your rights as a parent.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382713</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209011/9781977349057.mp3" length="14437238" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382713 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The High-Conflict Custody Battle: Protect Yourself and Your Kids from a Toxic Divorce, False Accusations, and Parental Alienation Author: Amy J.L....</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382713" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382713</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The High-Conflict Custody Battle: Protect Yourself and Your Kids from a Toxic Divorce, False Accusations, and Parental Alienation Author: Amy J.L. Baker PhD, J. Michael Bone PhD, Brian Ludmer Bcomm LLB Narrator: Joe Hempel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Is your ex-spouse trying to gain custody of your kids? Has he or she launched a campaign to make you look like a bad parent, both in the eyes of your children and the law? You aren't alone. Unfortunately, high-conflict custody battles are all-too-common in today's world. So how can you arm yourself with the mental and legal resources needed to survive this difficult time and keep your kids safe? In The High-Conflict Custody Battle, a team of legal and psychology experts present a practical guidebook for people like you who are engaged in a high-conflict custody battle. If you are dealing with an overtly hostile, inflammatory, deceitful, or manipulative ex-spouse, you will learn how to find and work with an attorney and prepare for a custody evaluation. The book also provides helpful tips you can use to defend yourself against false accusations and gives a realistic portrayal of what to expect during a legal fight. Going through a divorce is hard but going through a custody battle can feel like war. Don't go in unprepared. With this book as your guide, you will be able to navigate this difficult process and learn powerful skills that will help you maintain a healthy relationship with your kids, fight unfair accusations, and uphold your rights as a parent.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/957e0ef434a3e806ce2ad27dea16ba0a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Why We Elect Narcissists and Sociopaths—And How We Can Stop! by Bill Eddy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-we-elect-narcissists-and-sociopaths-and-how-we-can-stop-by-bill-eddy--65209009</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380925" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380925</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Elect Narcissists and Sociopaths—And How We Can Stop! Author: Bill Eddy Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Bestselling author, therapist, lawyer, and mediator Bill Eddy describes how dangerous, high-conflict personalities have gained power in governments worldwide-and what citizens can do to keep these people out of office. Democracy is under siege. The reason isn't politics. It's personalities: too many countries have come under the sway of high-conflict politicians (HCPs). Most of these HCPs have traits of narcissistic personality disorder, antisocial (i.e., sociopathic) personality disorder, or both. This is the first and only guide for identifying and thwarting HCPs.  Bill Eddy says the key to understanding HCPs is their use of what he calls the Fantasy Crisis Triad: 1.There's a terrible crisis! 2.It's caused by this evil person or group. 3.I'm the only person who can solve it and save you. Using Hitler, Stalin, Putin, Berlusconi, Chavez, Nixon, Trump and others as case studies, Eddy shows how HCPs create or exacerbate conflict to manipulate our emotions and rise to power. But he also shows how we can spot HCPs early on (he includes a checklist of forty typical behaviors), respond to them effectively, and identify and give our support to genuine leaders.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380925</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209009/9781663739506.mp3" length="2437278" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380925 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Elect Narcissists and Sociopaths—And How We Can Stop! Author: Bill Eddy Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380925" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380925</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Elect Narcissists and Sociopaths—And How We Can Stop! Author: Bill Eddy Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Bestselling author, therapist, lawyer, and mediator Bill Eddy describes how dangerous, high-conflict personalities have gained power in governments worldwide-and what citizens can do to keep these people out of office. Democracy is under siege. The reason isn't politics. It's personalities: too many countries have come under the sway of high-conflict politicians (HCPs). Most of these HCPs have traits of narcissistic personality disorder, antisocial (i.e., sociopathic) personality disorder, or both. This is the first and only guide for identifying and thwarting HCPs.  Bill Eddy says the key to understanding HCPs is their use of what he calls the Fantasy Crisis Triad: 1.There's a terrible crisis! 2.It's caused by this evil person or group. 3.I'm the only person who can solve it and save you. Using Hitler, Stalin, Putin, Berlusconi, Chavez, Nixon, Trump and others as case studies, Eddy shows how HCPs create or exacerbate conflict to manipulate our emotions and rise to power. But he also shows how we can spot HCPs early on (he includes a checklist of forty typical behaviors), respond to them effectively, and identify and give our support to genuine leaders.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2c21cba3591c5152d34aca85f8967de3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Food by Fabio Parasecoli</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/food-by-fabio-parasecoli--65208978</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381935" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381935</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Author: Fabio Parasecoli Narrator: Levi Squier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Everybody eats. We may even consider ourselves experts on the topic, or at least Instagram experts. But are we aware that the shrimp in our freezer may be farmed and frozen in Vietnam, the grapes in our fruit bowl shipped from Chile, and the coffee in our coffee maker grown in Nicaragua, roasted in Germany, and distributed in Canada? Whether we know it or not, every time we shop for food, cook, and eat, we connect ourselves to complex supply networks, institutions, and organizations that enable our food choices. Even locavores may not know the whole story of the produce they buy at the farmers market. In this volume in the MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, food writer and scholar Fabio Parasecoli offers a consumer's guide to the food system, from local to global. Parasecoli describes a system made up of open-ended, shifting, and unstable networks rather than well-defined chains; considers healthy food and the contradictory advice about it consumers receive; discusses food waste and the implications for sustainability; explores food technologies (and 'culinary luddism'); and examines hunger and food insecurity in both developing and developed countries. Parasecoli reminds us that we are not only consumers but also citizens, and as citizens we have more power to improve the food system than we do by our individual food choices.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381935</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208978/9781469073064.mp3" length="1478194" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381935 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Author: Fabio Parasecoli Narrator: Levi Squier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381935" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381935</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Author: Fabio Parasecoli Narrator: Levi Squier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Everybody eats. We may even consider ourselves experts on the topic, or at least Instagram experts. But are we aware that the shrimp in our freezer may be farmed and frozen in Vietnam, the grapes in our fruit bowl shipped from Chile, and the coffee in our coffee maker grown in Nicaragua, roasted in Germany, and distributed in Canada? Whether we know it or not, every time we shop for food, cook, and eat, we connect ourselves to complex supply networks, institutions, and organizations that enable our food choices. Even locavores may not know the whole story of the produce they buy at the farmers market. In this volume in the MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, food writer and scholar Fabio Parasecoli offers a consumer's guide to the food system, from local to global. Parasecoli describes a system made up of open-ended, shifting, and unstable networks rather than well-defined chains; considers healthy food and the contradictory advice about it consumers receive; discusses food waste and the implications for sustainability; explores food technologies (and 'culinary luddism'); and examines hunger and food insecurity in both developing and developed countries. Parasecoli reminds us that we are not only consumers but also citizens, and as citizens we have more power to improve the food system than we do by our individual food choices.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/17c563ce682d46a2b6e1370b129391e2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Social Butterflies: Reclaiming the Positive Power of Social Networks by Michael Sanders, Susannah Hume</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/social-butterflies-reclaiming-the-positive-power-of-social-networks-by-michael-sanders-susannah-hume--65209034</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381956" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381956</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Butterflies: Reclaiming the Positive Power of Social Networks Author: Michael Sanders, Susannah Hume Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this essential and timely book, behavioral scientists Sanders and Hume demonstrate the astonishing reach of our social networks, and why we need to reclaim their power to effect positive change in our professional and private lives. The rise of social media has sent our social instincts into overdrive, and the impact of our networks has never been greater. But what if we could reclaim the positive power that influences our decisions, to behave better and be happier? In this groundbreaking book, Sanders and Hume build on the incredible findings of their own cutting-edge research from their work at the world's first Nudge Unit, as well as illuminating case studies from experts around the world, to show how small changes in our environments can have a huge impact on where our instincts lead us. At a time when our trust in each other is being destroyed on a global scale, it's never been more important to understand what motivates us and how to use our predictable behaviors to drive positive change. From helping us to run more cohesive organizations, to building important relationships and connections that matter, this is an essential roadmap back to our better social selves.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381956</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209034/9781977347367.mp3" length="14437181" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381956 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Butterflies: Reclaiming the Positive Power of Social Networks Author: Michael Sanders, Susannah Hume Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381956" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381956</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Butterflies: Reclaiming the Positive Power of Social Networks Author: Michael Sanders, Susannah Hume Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this essential and timely book, behavioral scientists Sanders and Hume demonstrate the astonishing reach of our social networks, and why we need to reclaim their power to effect positive change in our professional and private lives. The rise of social media has sent our social instincts into overdrive, and the impact of our networks has never been greater. But what if we could reclaim the positive power that influences our decisions, to behave better and be happier? In this groundbreaking book, Sanders and Hume build on the incredible findings of their own cutting-edge research from their work at the world's first Nudge Unit, as well as illuminating case studies from experts around the world, to show how small changes in our environments can have a huge impact on where our instincts lead us. At a time when our trust in each other is being destroyed on a global scale, it's never been more important to understand what motivates us and how to use our predictable behaviors to drive positive change. From helping us to run more cohesive organizations, to building important relationships and connections that matter, this is an essential roadmap back to our better social selves.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e6feed5e51da4fe387bdbdfb4b022317.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Making of a Justice: Reflections on My First 94 Years by John Paul Stevens</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-making-of-a-justice-reflections-on-my-first-94-years-by-john-paul-stevens--65209018</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380939" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380939</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of a Justice: Reflections on My First 94 Years Author: John Paul Stevens Narrator: John Paul Stevens, Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A 'timely and hugely important' memoir of Justice John Paul Stevens's life on the Supreme Court (New York Times). When Justice John Paul Stevens retired from the Supreme Court of the United States in 2010, he left a legacy of service unequaled in the history of the Court. During his thirty-four-year tenure, Justice Stevens was a prolific writer, authoring more than 1000 opinions. In The Making of a Justice, he recounts his extraordinary life, offering an intimate and illuminating account of his service on the nation's highest court.  Appointed by President Gerald Ford and eventually retiring during President Obama's first term, Justice Stevens has been witness to, and an integral part of, landmark changes in American society during some of the most important Supreme Court decisions over the last four decades. With stories of growing up in Chicago, his work as a naval traffic analyst at Pearl Harbor during World War II, and his early days in private practice, The Making of a Justice is a warm and fascinating account of Justice Stevens's unique and transformative American life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380939</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209018/9781549120565.mp3" length="1478282" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of a Justice: Reflections on My First 94 Years Author: John Paul Stevens Narrator: John Paul Stevens, Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380939" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380939</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of a Justice: Reflections on My First 94 Years Author: John Paul Stevens Narrator: John Paul Stevens, Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A 'timely and hugely important' memoir of Justice John Paul Stevens's life on the Supreme Court (New York Times). When Justice John Paul Stevens retired from the Supreme Court of the United States in 2010, he left a legacy of service unequaled in the history of the Court. During his thirty-four-year tenure, Justice Stevens was a prolific writer, authoring more than 1000 opinions. In The Making of a Justice, he recounts his extraordinary life, offering an intimate and illuminating account of his service on the nation's highest court.  Appointed by President Gerald Ford and eventually retiring during President Obama's first term, Justice Stevens has been witness to, and an integral part of, landmark changes in American society during some of the most important Supreme Court decisions over the last four decades. With stories of growing up in Chicago, his work as a naval traffic analyst at Pearl Harbor during World War II, and his early days in private practice, The Making of a Justice is a warm and fascinating account of Justice Stevens's unique and transformative American life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/238e62cb5434fd97f530894df2ddc96c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Theft of a Decade: How the Baby Boomers Stole the Millennials' Economic Future by Joseph C. Sternberg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-theft-of-a-decade-how-the-baby-boomers-stole-the-millennials-economic-future-by-joseph-c-sternberg--65209013</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380941" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380941</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theft of a Decade: How the Baby Boomers Stole the Millennials' Economic Future Author: Joseph C. Sternberg Narrator: Corey Gagne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Wall Street Journal columnist delivers a brilliant narrative of the mugging of the millennial generation-- how the Baby Boomers have stolen the millennials' future in order to ensure themselves a comfortable present The Theft of a Decade is a contrarian, revelatory analysis of how one generation pulled the rug out from under another, and the myriad consequences that has set in store for all of us. The millennial generation was the unfortunate victim of several generations of economic theories that made life harder for them than it was for their grandparents.  Then came the crash of 2008, and the Boomer generation's reaction to it was brutal: politicians and policy makers made deliberate decisions that favored the interests of the Boomer generation over their heirs, the most egregious being over the use of monetary policy, fiscal policy and regulation. For the first time in recent history, policy makers gave up on investing for the future and instead mortgaged that future to pay for the ugly economic sins of the present.  This book describes a new economic crisis, a sinister tectonic shift that is stealing a generation's future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380941</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209013/9781549175732.mp3" length="1478214" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380941 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theft of a Decade: How the Baby Boomers Stole the Millennials' Economic Future Author: Joseph C. Sternberg Narrator: Corey Gagne Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380941" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380941</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theft of a Decade: How the Baby Boomers Stole the Millennials' Economic Future Author: Joseph C. Sternberg Narrator: Corey Gagne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Wall Street Journal columnist delivers a brilliant narrative of the mugging of the millennial generation-- how the Baby Boomers have stolen the millennials' future in order to ensure themselves a comfortable present The Theft of a Decade is a contrarian, revelatory analysis of how one generation pulled the rug out from under another, and the myriad consequences that has set in store for all of us. The millennial generation was the unfortunate victim of several generations of economic theories that made life harder for them than it was for their grandparents.  Then came the crash of 2008, and the Boomer generation's reaction to it was brutal: politicians and policy makers made deliberate decisions that favored the interests of the Boomer generation over their heirs, the most egregious being over the use of monetary policy, fiscal policy and regulation. For the first time in recent history, policy makers gave up on investing for the future and instead mortgaged that future to pay for the ugly economic sins of the present.  This book describes a new economic crisis, a sinister tectonic shift that is stealing a generation's future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c36ddc043fe7cffadc47cc2b20b71576.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Nonsense Factory: The Making and Breaking of the American Legal System by Bruce Cannon Gibney</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-nonsense-factory-the-making-and-breaking-of-the-american-legal-system-by-bruce-cannon-gibney--65208996</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380937" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380937</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nonsense Factory: The Making and Breaking of the American Legal System Author: Bruce Cannon Gibney Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A withering and witty examination of how the American legal system, burdened by complexity and untrammeled growth, fails Americans and threatens the rule of law itself, by the acclaimed author of A Generation of Sociopaths. Our trial courts conduct hardly any trials, our correctional systems do not correct, and the rise of mandated arbitration has ushered in a shadowy system of privatized 'justice.' Meanwhile, our legislators can't even follow their own rules for making rules, while the rule of law mutates into a perpetual state of emergency. The legal system is becoming an incomprehensible farce. How did this happen? In The Nonsense Factory, Bruce Cannon Gibney shows that over the past seventy years, the legal system has dangerously confused quantity with quality and might with legitimacy. As the law bloats into chaos, it staggers on only by excusing itself from the very commands it insists that we obey, leaving Americans at the mercy of arbitrary power. By examining the system as a whole, Gibney shows that the tragedies often portrayed as isolated mistakes or the work of bad actors -- police misconduct, prosecutorial overreach, and the outrages of imperial presidencies -- are really the inevitable consequences of law's descent into lawlessness. The first book to deliver a lucid, comprehensive overview of the entire legal system, from the grandeur of Constitutional theory to the squalid workings of Congress, The Nonsense Factory provides a deeply researched and witty examination of America's state of legal absurdity, concluding with sensible options for reform.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380937</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208996/9781478994114.mp3" length="1478218" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380937 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nonsense Factory: The Making and Breaking of the American Legal System Author: Bruce Cannon Gibney Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380937" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380937</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nonsense Factory: The Making and Breaking of the American Legal System Author: Bruce Cannon Gibney Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A withering and witty examination of how the American legal system, burdened by complexity and untrammeled growth, fails Americans and threatens the rule of law itself, by the acclaimed author of A Generation of Sociopaths. Our trial courts conduct hardly any trials, our correctional systems do not correct, and the rise of mandated arbitration has ushered in a shadowy system of privatized 'justice.' Meanwhile, our legislators can't even follow their own rules for making rules, while the rule of law mutates into a perpetual state of emergency. The legal system is becoming an incomprehensible farce. How did this happen? In The Nonsense Factory, Bruce Cannon Gibney shows that over the past seventy years, the legal system has dangerously confused quantity with quality and might with legitimacy. As the law bloats into chaos, it staggers on only by excusing itself from the very commands it insists that we obey, leaving Americans at the mercy of arbitrary power. By examining the system as a whole, Gibney shows that the tragedies often portrayed as isolated mistakes or the work of bad actors -- police misconduct, prosecutorial overreach, and the outrages of imperial presidencies -- are really the inevitable consequences of law's descent into lawlessness. The first book to deliver a lucid, comprehensive overview of the entire legal system, from the grandeur of Constitutional theory to the squalid workings of Congress, The Nonsense Factory provides a deeply researched and witty examination of America's state of legal absurdity, concluding with sensible options for reform.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8912b5ebd51d22a8f6305958e7805dd8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Thousand Small Sanities: The Moral Adventure of Liberalism by Adam Gopnik</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-thousand-small-sanities-the-moral-adventure-of-liberalism-by-adam-gopnik--65208994</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381108" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381108</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Thousand Small Sanities: The Moral Adventure of Liberalism Author: Adam Gopnik Narrator: Adam Gopnik Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A stirring defense of liberalism against the dogmatisms of our time from an award-winning and New York Times bestselling author. Not since the early twentieth century has liberalism, and liberals, been under such relentless attack, from both right and left. The crisis of democracy in our era has produced a crisis of faith in liberal institutions and, even worse, in liberal thought.  A Thousand Small Sanities is a manifesto rooted in the lives of people who invented and extended the liberal tradition. Taking us from Montaigne to Mill, and from Middlemarch to the civil rights movement, Adam Gopnik argues that liberalism is not a form of centrism, nor simply another word for free markets, nor merely a term denoting a set of rights. It is something far more ambitious: the search for radical change by humane measures. Gopnik shows us why liberalism is one of the great moral adventures in human history -- and why, in an age of autocracy, our lives may depend on its continuation.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381108</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208994/9781549176975.mp3" length="1478206" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381108 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Thousand Small Sanities: The Moral Adventure of Liberalism Author: Adam Gopnik Narrator: Adam Gopnik Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381108" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381108</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Thousand Small Sanities: The Moral Adventure of Liberalism Author: Adam Gopnik Narrator: Adam Gopnik Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A stirring defense of liberalism against the dogmatisms of our time from an award-winning and New York Times bestselling author. Not since the early twentieth century has liberalism, and liberals, been under such relentless attack, from both right and left. The crisis of democracy in our era has produced a crisis of faith in liberal institutions and, even worse, in liberal thought.  A Thousand Small Sanities is a manifesto rooted in the lives of people who invented and extended the liberal tradition. Taking us from Montaigne to Mill, and from Middlemarch to the civil rights movement, Adam Gopnik argues that liberalism is not a form of centrism, nor simply another word for free markets, nor merely a term denoting a set of rights. It is something far more ambitious: the search for radical change by humane measures. Gopnik shows us why liberalism is one of the great moral adventures in human history -- and why, in an age of autocracy, our lives may depend on its continuation.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/17c9007d593af57be2ccbbb192d440c7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>America, Compromised by Lawrence Lessig</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/america-compromised-by-lawrence-lessig--65208938</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381958" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381958</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America, Compromised Author: Lawrence Lessig Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'There is not a single American awake to the world who is comfortable with the way things are.' So begins Lawrence Lessig's sweeping indictment of contemporary American institutions and the corruption that besets them. We can all see it—from the selling of Congress to special interests to the corporate capture of the academy. Something is wrong. It's getting worse. What Lessig shows, brilliantly and persuasively, is that we can't blame the problems of contemporary American life on bad people, as our discourse all too often tends to do. Rather, he explains, 'We have allowed core institutions of America's economic, social, and political life to become corrupted. Not by evil souls, but by good souls. Not through crime, but through compromise.'  Through case studies of Congress, finance, the academy, the media, and the law, Lessig shows how institutions are drawn away from higher purposes and toward money, power, quick rewards—the first steps to corruption. America is on the wrong path. If we don't acknowledge our own part in that, and act now to change it, we will hand our children a less perfect union than we were given. It will be a long struggle. This book represents the first steps.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381958</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208938/9781515919445.mp3" length="2437146" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381958 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America, Compromised Author: Lawrence Lessig Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 14,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381958" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381958</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America, Compromised Author: Lawrence Lessig Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'There is not a single American awake to the world who is comfortable with the way things are.' So begins Lawrence Lessig's sweeping indictment of contemporary American institutions and the corruption that besets them. We can all see it—from the selling of Congress to special interests to the corporate capture of the academy. Something is wrong. It's getting worse. What Lessig shows, brilliantly and persuasively, is that we can't blame the problems of contemporary American life on bad people, as our discourse all too often tends to do. Rather, he explains, 'We have allowed core institutions of America's economic, social, and political life to become corrupted. Not by evil souls, but by good souls. Not through crime, but through compromise.'  Through case studies of Congress, finance, the academy, the media, and the law, Lessig shows how institutions are drawn away from higher purposes and toward money, power, quick rewards—the first steps to corruption. America is on the wrong path. If we don't acknowledge our own part in that, and act now to change it, we will hand our children a less perfect union than we were given. It will be a long struggle. This book represents the first steps.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4eb58fb65e7b1fb36baf0e59a784b2ab.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Free Speech Century by Lee C. Bollinger, Geoffrey R. Stone</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-free-speech-century-by-lee-c-bollinger-geoffrey-r-stone--65209045</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381649" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381649</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Free Speech Century Author: Lee C. Bollinger, Geoffrey R. Stone Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 47 minutes Release date: May  7, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Supreme Court's 1919 decision in Schenck vs. the United States is one of the most important free speech cases in American history. Written by Oliver Wendell Holmes, it is most famous for first invoking the phrase 'clear and present danger.' Although the decision upheld the conviction of an individual for criticizing the draft during World War I, it also laid the foundation for our nation's robust protection of free speech. Over time, the standard Holmes devised made freedom of speech in America a reality rather than merely an ideal. In The Free Speech Century, two of America's leading First Amendment scholars, Lee C. Bollinger and Geoffrey R. Stone, have gathered a group of the nation's leading constitutional scholars to evaluate the evolution of free speech doctrine since Schenk and to assess where it might be headed in the future. Publishing on the one hundredth anniversary of the decision that laid the foundation for America's free speech tradition, The Free Speech Century will serve as an essential resource for anyone interested in how our understanding of the First Amendment transformed over time and why it is so critical both for the United States and for the world today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381649</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209045/9781541402478.mp3" length="14437183" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381649 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Free Speech Century Author: Lee C. Bollinger, Geoffrey R. Stone Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 47 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381649" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381649</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Free Speech Century Author: Lee C. Bollinger, Geoffrey R. Stone Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 47 minutes Release date: May  7, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Supreme Court's 1919 decision in Schenck vs. the United States is one of the most important free speech cases in American history. Written by Oliver Wendell Holmes, it is most famous for first invoking the phrase 'clear and present danger.' Although the decision upheld the conviction of an individual for criticizing the draft during World War I, it also laid the foundation for our nation's robust protection of free speech. Over time, the standard Holmes devised made freedom of speech in America a reality rather than merely an ideal. In The Free Speech Century, two of America's leading First Amendment scholars, Lee C. Bollinger and Geoffrey R. Stone, have gathered a group of the nation's leading constitutional scholars to evaluate the evolution of free speech doctrine since Schenk and to assess where it might be headed in the future. Publishing on the one hundredth anniversary of the decision that laid the foundation for America's free speech tradition, The Free Speech Century will serve as an essential resource for anyone interested in how our understanding of the First Amendment transformed over time and why it is so critical both for the United States and for the world today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a714b6cf8f107a822a838715f6826115.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>American Foreign Relations: A Very Short Introduction by Andrew Preston</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-foreign-relations-a-very-short-introduction-by-andrew-preston--65209012</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381620" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381620</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Foreign Relations: A Very Short Introduction Author: Andrew Preston Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: May  1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For better or worse—be it militarily, politically, economically, technologically, or culturally—Americans have had a profound role in shaping the wider world beyond them. The United States has been a savior to some, a curse to others, but either way such views are often based on a caricature of American actions and intentions. American Foreign Relations, then, is a subject of immense global importance that provokes strong emotions and much debate, but often based on deep misunderstanding.   This Very Short Introduction analyzes the key episodes, themes, and individuals in the history of American foreign relations. While discussing diplomacy and the periods of war that have shaped national and international history, it also addresses such topics as industrialization, globalization, imperialism, and immigration. Covering the Revolution through the War on Terror, it examines the connections between domestic politics and foreign affairs, as well as the importance of ideals and values. Sharply written and highly engaging, American Foreign Relations offers a clear-eyed narrative of America's role in the world and how it has evolved over time.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381620</guid><pubDate>Wed, 01 May 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209012/9781684570218.mp3" length="14437174" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381620 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Foreign Relations: A Very Short Introduction Author: Andrew Preston Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381620" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381620</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Foreign Relations: A Very Short Introduction Author: Andrew Preston Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: May  1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For better or worse—be it militarily, politically, economically, technologically, or culturally—Americans have had a profound role in shaping the wider world beyond them. The United States has been a savior to some, a curse to others, but either way such views are often based on a caricature of American actions and intentions. American Foreign Relations, then, is a subject of immense global importance that provokes strong emotions and much debate, but often based on deep misunderstanding.   This Very Short Introduction analyzes the key episodes, themes, and individuals in the history of American foreign relations. While discussing diplomacy and the periods of war that have shaped national and international history, it also addresses such topics as industrialization, globalization, imperialism, and immigration. Covering the Revolution through the War on Terror, it examines the connections between domestic politics and foreign affairs, as well as the importance of ideals and values. Sharply written and highly engaging, American Foreign Relations offers a clear-eyed narrative of America's role in the world and how it has evolved over time.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/14607b749dbbcfc56eb115415311a927.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Blind Injustice: A Former Prosecutor Exposes the Psychology and Politics of Wrongful Convictions by Mark Godsey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/blind-injustice-a-former-prosecutor-exposes-the-psychology-and-politics-of-wrongful-convictions-by-mark-godsey--65209040</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381647" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381647</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blind Injustice: A Former Prosecutor Exposes the Psychology and Politics of Wrongful Convictions Author: Mark Godsey Narrator: Bj Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Drawing upon stories from his own career, Godsey shares how innate psychological flaws in judges, police, lawyers, and juries coupled with a 'tough on crime' environment can cause investigations to go awry, leading to the convictions of innocent people. Godsey explores distinct psychological human weaknesses inherent in the criminal justice system—confirmation bias, memory malleability, cognitive dissonance, bureaucratic denial, dehumanization, and others—and illustrates each with stories from his time as a hard-nosed prosecutor and then as an attorney for the Ohio Innocence Project.   He also lays bare the criminal justice system's internal political pressures. How does the fact that judges, sheriffs, and prosecutors are elected officials influence how they view cases? How can defense attorneys support clients when many are overworked and underpaid? And how do juries overcome bias leading them to believe that police and expert witnesses know more than they do about what evidence means?   This book sheds a harsh light on the unintentional yet routine injustices committed by those charged with upholding justice.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381647</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209040/9781977349415.mp3" length="14437155" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blind Injustice: A Former Prosecutor Exposes the Psychology and Politics of Wrongful Convictions Author: Mark Godsey Narrator: Bj Harrison Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381647" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381647</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blind Injustice: A Former Prosecutor Exposes the Psychology and Politics of Wrongful Convictions Author: Mark Godsey Narrator: Bj Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Drawing upon stories from his own career, Godsey shares how innate psychological flaws in judges, police, lawyers, and juries coupled with a 'tough on crime' environment can cause investigations to go awry, leading to the convictions of innocent people. Godsey explores distinct psychological human weaknesses inherent in the criminal justice system—confirmation bias, memory malleability, cognitive dissonance, bureaucratic denial, dehumanization, and others—and illustrates each with stories from his time as a hard-nosed prosecutor and then as an attorney for the Ohio Innocence Project.   He also lays bare the criminal justice system's internal political pressures. How does the fact that judges, sheriffs, and prosecutors are elected officials influence how they view cases? How can defense attorneys support clients when many are overworked and underpaid? And how do juries overcome bias leading them to believe that police and expert witnesses know more than they do about what evidence means?   This book sheds a harsh light on the unintentional yet routine injustices committed by those charged with upholding justice.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/076151b27b3e71d5a1c5cb75503078ff.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Men and the Moment: The Election of 1968 and the Rise of Partisan Politics in America by Aram Goudsouzian</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-men-and-the-moment-the-election-of-1968-and-the-rise-of-partisan-politics-in-america-by-aram-goudsouzian--65209039</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381630" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381630</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Men and the Moment: The Election of 1968 and the Rise of Partisan Politics in America Author: Aram Goudsouzian Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The presidential election of 1968 forever changed American politics. In this character-driven narrative history, Aram Goudsouzian portrays the key transformations that played out over that dramatic year. It was the last 'Old Politics' campaign, where political machines and party bosses determined the major nominees, even as the 'New Politics' of grassroots participation powered primary elections. It was an election that showed how candidates from both the Left and Right could seize on 'hot-button' issues to alter the larger political dynamic. It showcased the power of television to 'package' politicians and political ideas, and it played out against an extraordinary dramatic global tableau of chaos and conflict. More than anything else, it was a moment decided by a contest of political personalities, as a group of men battled for the presidency, with momentous implications for the nation's future. Well-paced, accessible, and engagingly written, Goudsouzian's book chronicles anew the characters and events of the 1968 campaign as an essential moment in American history, one with clear resonance in our contemporary political moment.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381630</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209039/9781400170623.mp3" length="14437172" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381630 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Men and the Moment: The Election of 1968 and the Rise of Partisan Politics in America Author: Aram Goudsouzian Narrator: Michael Butler Murray...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381630" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381630</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Men and the Moment: The Election of 1968 and the Rise of Partisan Politics in America Author: Aram Goudsouzian Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The presidential election of 1968 forever changed American politics. In this character-driven narrative history, Aram Goudsouzian portrays the key transformations that played out over that dramatic year. It was the last 'Old Politics' campaign, where political machines and party bosses determined the major nominees, even as the 'New Politics' of grassroots participation powered primary elections. It was an election that showed how candidates from both the Left and Right could seize on 'hot-button' issues to alter the larger political dynamic. It showcased the power of television to 'package' politicians and political ideas, and it played out against an extraordinary dramatic global tableau of chaos and conflict. More than anything else, it was a moment decided by a contest of political personalities, as a group of men battled for the presidency, with momentous implications for the nation's future. Well-paced, accessible, and engagingly written, Goudsouzian's book chronicles anew the characters and events of the 1968 campaign as an essential moment in American history, one with clear resonance in our contemporary political moment.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b7b9a66ca5a95251e99d89a900d50440.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Objection: Disgust, Morality, and the Law by Carlton Patrick, Debra Lieberman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/objection-disgust-morality-and-the-law-by-carlton-patrick-debra-lieberman--65209038</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381646" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381646</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Objection: Disgust, Morality, and the Law Author: Carlton Patrick, Debra Lieberman Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Why do we consider incest wrong, even when it occurs between consenting adults unable to have children? Why are words that gross us out more likely to be deemed 'obscene' and denied the protection of the First Amendment? In Objection, psychologists Debra Lieberman and Carlton Patrick examine disgust and its impact on the legal system to show why the things that we find stomach-turning so often become the things that we render unlawful. Shedding light on the evolutionary and psychological origins of disgust, the authors reveal how ancient human intuitions about what is safe to eat or touch, or who would make an advantageous mate, have become co-opted by moral systems designed to condemn behavior and identify groups of people ripe for marginalization. Over time these moral stances have made their way into legal codes, and disgust has thereby served as the impetus for laws against behaviors almost universally held to be 'disgusting' (corpse desecration, bestiality)—and as the implicit justification for more controversial prohibitions (homosexuality, use of pornography). Written with a critical eye on current events, Lieberman and Patrick build a case for a more reasoned approach to lawmaking in a system that often confuses 'gross' with 'wrong.']]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381646</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209038/9781684573622.mp3" length="14437169" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381646 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Objection: Disgust, Morality, and the Law Author: Carlton Patrick, Debra Lieberman Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381646" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381646</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Objection: Disgust, Morality, and the Law Author: Carlton Patrick, Debra Lieberman Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Why do we consider incest wrong, even when it occurs between consenting adults unable to have children? Why are words that gross us out more likely to be deemed 'obscene' and denied the protection of the First Amendment? In Objection, psychologists Debra Lieberman and Carlton Patrick examine disgust and its impact on the legal system to show why the things that we find stomach-turning so often become the things that we render unlawful. Shedding light on the evolutionary and psychological origins of disgust, the authors reveal how ancient human intuitions about what is safe to eat or touch, or who would make an advantageous mate, have become co-opted by moral systems designed to condemn behavior and identify groups of people ripe for marginalization. Over time these moral stances have made their way into legal codes, and disgust has thereby served as the impetus for laws against behaviors almost universally held to be 'disgusting' (corpse desecration, bestiality)—and as the implicit justification for more controversial prohibitions (homosexuality, use of pornography). Written with a critical eye on current events, Lieberman and Patrick build a case for a more reasoned approach to lawmaking in a system that often confuses 'gross' with 'wrong.']]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f4946afe0131ce7892eabd2e44665233.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Feminism for the 99% by Tithi Bhattacharya, Cinzia Arruzza, Nancy Fraser</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/feminism-for-the-99-by-tithi-bhattacharya-cinzia-arruzza-nancy-fraser--65209017</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381616" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381616</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminism for the 99% Author: Tithi Bhattacharya, Cinzia Arruzza, Nancy Fraser Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This is a manifesto for the 99 percent Unaffordable housing, poverty wages, inadequate healthcare, border policing, climate change—these are not what you ordinarily hear feminists talking about. But aren't they the biggest issues for the vast majority of women around the globe? Taking as its inspiration the new wave of feminist militancy that has erupted globally, this manifesto makes a simple but powerful case: feminism shouldn't start—or stop—with the drive to have women represented at the top of their professions. It must focus on those at the bottom and fight for the world they deserve. And that means targeting capitalism. Feminism must be anticapitalist, eco-socialist, and antiracist.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381616</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209017/9781400172139.mp3" length="14437207" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381616 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminism for the 99% Author: Tithi Bhattacharya, Cinzia Arruzza, Nancy Fraser Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381616" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381616</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminism for the 99% Author: Tithi Bhattacharya, Cinzia Arruzza, Nancy Fraser Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This is a manifesto for the 99 percent Unaffordable housing, poverty wages, inadequate healthcare, border policing, climate change—these are not what you ordinarily hear feminists talking about. But aren't they the biggest issues for the vast majority of women around the globe? Taking as its inspiration the new wave of feminist militancy that has erupted globally, this manifesto makes a simple but powerful case: feminism shouldn't start—or stop—with the drive to have women represented at the top of their professions. It must focus on those at the bottom and fight for the world they deserve. And that means targeting capitalism. Feminism must be anticapitalist, eco-socialist, and antiracist.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9eba59383bbef344d9a3dd2109240c43.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Democracy Fix: How to Win the Fight for Fair Rules, Fair Courts, and Fair Elections by Caroline Fredrickson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-democracy-fix-how-to-win-the-fight-for-fair-rules-fair-courts-and-fair-elections-by-caroline-fredrickson--65209024</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379518" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379518</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Democracy Fix: How to Win the Fight for Fair Rules, Fair Courts, and Fair Elections Author: Caroline Fredrickson Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Despite representing the beliefs of a minority of the American public on many issues, conservatives are in power not just in Washington, DC, but also in state capitals and courtrooms across the country. They got there because, while progressives fought to death over the nuances of policy and to bring attention to specific issues, conservatives focused on simply gaining power by gaming our democracy. They understood that policy follows power, not the other way around. Now, in a sensational new book, Caroline Fredrickson—who has had a front-row seat to the political drama in DC for decades while working to shape progressive policies as special assistant for legislative affairs to President Clinton, chief of staff to Senator Maria Cantwell, deputy chief of staff to Senator Tom Daschle, and president of the American Constitution Society—argues that it’s time for progressives to focus on winning. She shows us how we can learn from the right by having the determination to focus on judicial elections, state power, and voter laws without stooping to their dishonest, rule-breaking tactics. We must be ruthless in thinking through how to work to change the rules of the game to regain power, expand the franchise, end voter suppression, win judicial elections, and fight for transparency and fairness in our political system.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379518</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 Apr 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209024/9781666572834.mp3" length="1478266" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379518 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Democracy Fix: How to Win the Fight for Fair Rules, Fair Courts, and Fair Elections Author: Caroline Fredrickson Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379518" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379518</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Democracy Fix: How to Win the Fight for Fair Rules, Fair Courts, and Fair Elections Author: Caroline Fredrickson Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Despite representing the beliefs of a minority of the American public on many issues, conservatives are in power not just in Washington, DC, but also in state capitals and courtrooms across the country. They got there because, while progressives fought to death over the nuances of policy and to bring attention to specific issues, conservatives focused on simply gaining power by gaming our democracy. They understood that policy follows power, not the other way around. Now, in a sensational new book, Caroline Fredrickson—who has had a front-row seat to the political drama in DC for decades while working to shape progressive policies as special assistant for legislative affairs to President Clinton, chief of staff to Senator Maria Cantwell, deputy chief of staff to Senator Tom Daschle, and president of the American Constitution Society—argues that it’s time for progressives to focus on winning. She shows us how we can learn from the right by having the determination to focus on judicial elections, state power, and voter laws without stooping to their dishonest, rule-breaking tactics. We must be ruthless in thinking through how to work to change the rules of the game to regain power, expand the franchise, end voter suppression, win judicial elections, and fight for transparency and fairness in our political system.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/57e062e35abeeb52c399878478b360dc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Ley 40/2015 de Régimen Jurídico del Sector Público (Edición 2019) by Aprende La Ley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-ley-40-2015-de-regimen-juridico-del-sector-publico-edicion-2019-by-aprende-la-ley--65209035</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380827" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380827</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ley 40/2015 de Régimen Jurídico del Sector Público (Edición 2019) Author: Aprende La Ley Narrator: Aprende La Ley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Con este audiolibro podrás estudiar la Ley 40/2015 de Régimen Jurídico del Sector Público vigente en España. Encontrarás la estructura de la Ley, el índice sistemático para que puedas aprenderte los encabezados de los artículos, así como todos sus artículos y disposiciones]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380827</guid><pubDate>Mon, 15 Apr 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209035/9781982748180.mp3" length="2437184" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380827 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ley 40/2015 de Régimen Jurídico del Sector Público (Edición 2019) Author: Aprende La Ley Narrator: Aprende La Ley Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380827" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380827</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ley 40/2015 de Régimen Jurídico del Sector Público (Edición 2019) Author: Aprende La Ley Narrator: Aprende La Ley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Con este audiolibro podrás estudiar la Ley 40/2015 de Régimen Jurídico del Sector Público vigente en España. Encontrarás la estructura de la Ley, el índice sistemático para que puedas aprenderte los encabezados de los artículos, así como todos sus artículos y disposiciones]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bfc1cb123541a824331be5b3352ac349.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Fulfilling Social and Economic Rights by Susan Randolph, Terra Lawson, Sakiko Fukuda-Parr</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/fulfilling-social-and-economic-rights-by-susan-randolph-terra-lawson-sakiko-fukuda-parr--65209037</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379755" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379755</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fulfilling Social and Economic Rights Author: Susan Randolph, Terra Lawson, Sakiko Fukuda-Parr Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: April  9, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  One of the most ambitious legacies of the 20th century was the universal commitment to ensure freedom from want as a human right. But to what extent are countries across the world living up to this commitment? This path breaking book develops an innovative, evidence-based index for comparing performance on education, food, health, work, and housing across very differently situated countries and over time. It explores the factors influencing performance and provides empirical evidence to resolve some long standing controversies over the principle of 'progressive realization'. By defying the boundaries of traditional research disciplines, this work fundamentally advances our knowledge about the status of and factors promoting social and economic rights fulfillment at the dawn of the 21st century.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379755</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209037/9781977349569.mp3" length="14437221" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379755 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fulfilling Social and Economic Rights Author: Susan Randolph, Terra Lawson, Sakiko Fukuda-Parr Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379755" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379755</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fulfilling Social and Economic Rights Author: Susan Randolph, Terra Lawson, Sakiko Fukuda-Parr Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: April  9, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  One of the most ambitious legacies of the 20th century was the universal commitment to ensure freedom from want as a human right. But to what extent are countries across the world living up to this commitment? This path breaking book develops an innovative, evidence-based index for comparing performance on education, food, health, work, and housing across very differently situated countries and over time. It explores the factors influencing performance and provides empirical evidence to resolve some long standing controversies over the principle of 'progressive realization'. By defying the boundaries of traditional research disciplines, this work fundamentally advances our knowledge about the status of and factors promoting social and economic rights fulfillment at the dawn of the 21st century.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c6da1ac15facdf314101fc94223ce6eb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Nervous States: How Feeling Took Over the World by William Davies</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/nervous-states-how-feeling-took-over-the-world-by-william-davies--65209007</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380649" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380649</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nervous States: How Feeling Took Over the World Author: William Davies Narrator: Chris Macdonnell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 51 minutes Release date: April  9, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Nervous States is a compelling and essential guide to the turbulent times we are living through. Why has politics become so fractious and warlike? What caused the populist political upheavals of recent years? How can the history of ideas help us understand our present? In this bold and far-reaching exploration of our new political landscape, William Davies reveals how feelings have come to reshape our world. Drawing deep on history, philosophy, psychology and economics, he shows how some of the fundamental assumptions that defined the modern world have dissolved. With advances in science and medicine, the division between mind and body is no longer so clear-cut. The spread of digital and military technology has left us not quite at war nor exactly at peace. In the murky new space between mind and body, between war and peace, lie nervous states: with all of us relying increasingly on feeling rather than fact.  “An absorbing book fizzing with ideas.” OBSERVER]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380649</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209007/9781528856690.mp3" length="1478206" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380649 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nervous States: How Feeling Took Over the World Author: William Davies Narrator: Chris Macdonnell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 51...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380649" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380649</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nervous States: How Feeling Took Over the World Author: William Davies Narrator: Chris Macdonnell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 51 minutes Release date: April  9, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Nervous States is a compelling and essential guide to the turbulent times we are living through. Why has politics become so fractious and warlike? What caused the populist political upheavals of recent years? How can the history of ideas help us understand our present? In this bold and far-reaching exploration of our new political landscape, William Davies reveals how feelings have come to reshape our world. Drawing deep on history, philosophy, psychology and economics, he shows how some of the fundamental assumptions that defined the modern world have dissolved. With advances in science and medicine, the division between mind and body is no longer so clear-cut. The spread of digital and military technology has left us not quite at war nor exactly at peace. In the murky new space between mind and body, between war and peace, lie nervous states: with all of us relying increasingly on feeling rather than fact.  “An absorbing book fizzing with ideas.” OBSERVER]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/df78f2a57e5efa8995e3baaa51e368ef.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Fateful Decisions: Inside the National Security Council by Karl Inderfurth, Loch K. Johnson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/fateful-decisions-inside-the-national-security-council-by-karl-inderfurth-loch-k-johnson--65209047</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379590" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379590</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fateful Decisions: Inside the National Security Council Author: Karl Inderfurth, Loch K. Johnson Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The National Security Council (NSC) is the most important formal institution in the U.S. government for the creation and implementation of foreign and defense policy. The Council's four principal members—the President, Vice President, Secretary of State, and Secretary of Defense—are responsible for incredibly far-reaching decisions regarding war and peace, diplomacy, international trade, and covert operations. Despite its obvious importance, the NSC has been subject to relatively little scholarly scrutiny, and therefore remains misunderstood by most international relations students. Fateful Decisions: Inside the National Security Council provides students with valuable insights into the origins, workings, strengths, and weaknesses of the NSC. Covering the period from 1947 to 2003, Fateful Decisions features seminal articles, essays, and documents drawn from a variety of sources. The book presents and illuminates several obscure documents regarding the beginning of the NSC and its early years. It then examines the transformation of the NSC from a newly established, and initially ignored, advisory committee to the nation's premier forum for national security deliberations. The selections—written by prominent scholars, journalists, and practitioners—offer revealing coverage of major topics, such as key challenges to the NSC and the role of the NSC in a post-Cold War environment. The articles also discuss the rise of the National Security Adviser to a position of prominence and provide profiles of those who have held the position, including McGeorge Bundy, Henry Kissinger, Zbigniew Brzezinski, Brent Scowcroft, Samuel Berger, Colin Powell, and Condoleezza Rice. Chronicling the performance of the NSC over the years, Fateful Decisions dissects both its successes and its failures—from the Cuban Missile Crisis through the Iran-contra affair, to the current war against global terrorism—and offers reform proposals to improve the Council's performance. It is ideal for courses on the NSC, national security decision-making, and U.S. foreign policy.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379590</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65209047/9781977337030.mp3" length="14437188" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379590 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fateful Decisions: Inside the National Security Council Author: Karl Inderfurth, Loch K. Johnson Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379590" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379590</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fateful Decisions: Inside the National Security Council Author: Karl Inderfurth, Loch K. Johnson Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The National Security Council (NSC) is the most important formal institution in the U.S. government for the creation and implementation of foreign and defense policy. The Council's four principal members—the President, Vice President, Secretary of State, and Secretary of Defense—are responsible for incredibly far-reaching decisions regarding war and peace, diplomacy, international trade, and covert operations. Despite its obvious importance, the NSC has been subject to relatively little scholarly scrutiny, and therefore remains misunderstood by most international relations students. Fateful Decisions: Inside the National Security Council provides students with valuable insights into the origins, workings, strengths, and weaknesses of the NSC. Covering the period from 1947 to 2003, Fateful Decisions features seminal articles, essays, and documents drawn from a variety of sources. The book presents and illuminates several obscure documents regarding the beginning of the NSC and its early years. It then examines the transformation of the NSC from a newly established, and initially ignored, advisory committee to the nation's premier forum for national security deliberations. The selections—written by prominent scholars, journalists, and practitioners—offer revealing coverage of major topics, such as key challenges to the NSC and the role of the NSC in a post-Cold War environment. The articles also discuss the rise of the National Security Adviser to a position of prominence and provide profiles of those who have held the position, including McGeorge Bundy, Henry Kissinger, Zbigniew Brzezinski, Brent Scowcroft, Samuel Berger, Colin Powell, and Condoleezza Rice. Chronicling the performance of the NSC over the years, Fateful Decisions dissects both its successes and its failures—from the Cuban Missile Crisis through the Iran-contra affair, to the current war against global terrorism—and offers reform proposals to improve the Council's performance. It is ideal for courses on the NSC, national security decision-making, and U.S. foreign policy.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d0d4643698e917c4c11991031e24af77.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Juntos hicimos historia by Tatiana Clouthier</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-juntos-hicimos-historia-by-tatiana-clouthier--65208923</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379558" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379558</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Juntos hicimos historia Author: Tatiana Clouthier Narrator: Rocío Velázquez, Tatiana Clouthier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: March  3, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Un libro que consigna, en primera persona, lo que Tatiana Clouthier vio, vivió y creó en la campaña presidencial 2018 de Andrés Manuel López Obrador.  No me canso de agradecer a la vida el haberme puesto ante este reto histórico: ser una más para cambiar a México por la vía pacífica y democrática.  En este texto comparto cómo viví estos cerca de 150 días, entre cansancio, alegría, tensiones y miedos. Además, muestro el proceso que seguí, en donde expreso cómo di la cara. Y tal vez porque fue una experiencia personal fui capaz de invitar a otros a hacer lo mismo.  - Tatiana Clouthier]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379558</guid><pubDate>Sun, 03 Mar 2019 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208923/9786073179812.mp3" length="2437176" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379558 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Juntos hicimos historia Author: Tatiana Clouthier Narrator: Rocío Velázquez, Tatiana Clouthier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379558" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379558</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Juntos hicimos historia Author: Tatiana Clouthier Narrator: Rocío Velázquez, Tatiana Clouthier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: March  3, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Un libro que consigna, en primera persona, lo que Tatiana Clouthier vio, vivió y creó en la campaña presidencial 2018 de Andrés Manuel López Obrador.  No me canso de agradecer a la vida el haberme puesto ante este reto histórico: ser una más para cambiar a México por la vía pacífica y democrática.  En este texto comparto cómo viví estos cerca de 150 días, entre cansancio, alegría, tensiones y miedos. Además, muestro el proceso que seguí, en donde expreso cómo di la cara. Y tal vez porque fue una experiencia personal fui capaz de invitar a otros a hacer lo mismo.  - Tatiana Clouthier]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3b31e31a12e3ea3919e21a648a76beea.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Ballad of the Whiskey Robber: A True Story of Bank Heists, Ice Hockey, Transylvanian Pelt Smuggling, Moonlighting Detectives, and Broken Hea</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/ballad-of-the-whiskey-robber-a-true-story-of-bank-heists-ice-hockey-transylvanian-pelt-smuggling-moonlighting-detectives-and-broken-hea--65208987</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380541" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380541</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ballad of the Whiskey Robber: A True Story of Bank Heists, Ice Hockey, Transylvanian Pelt Smuggling, Moonlighting Detectives, and Broken Hearts Author: Julian Rubinstein Narrator: Hachette Assorted Authors Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: May  9, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An award-wining and "outrageously entertaining" true crime story (San Francisco Chronicle) about the professional hockey player-turned-bank robber whose bizarre and audacious crime spree galvanized Hungary in the decade after the fall of the Iron Curtain. During the 1990s, while playing for the biggest hockey team in Budapest, Attila Ambrus took up bank robbery to make ends meet. Arrayed against him was perhaps the most incompetent team of crime investigators the Eastern Bloc had ever seen: a robbery chief who had learned how to be a detective by watching dubbed Columbo episodes; a forensics man who wore top hat and tails on the job; and a driver so inept he was known only by a Hungarian word that translates to Mound of Ass-Head. Ballad of the Whiskey Robber is the completely bizarre and hysterical story of the crime spree that made a nobody into a somebody, and told a forlorn nation that sometimes the brightest stars come from the blackest holes. Like The Professor and the Madman and The Orchid Thief, Julian Rubinstein's bizarre crime story is so odd and so wicked that it is completely irresistible. "A whiz-bang read...Hilarious and oddly touching...Rubinstein writes in a guns-ablazing style that perfectly fits the whiskey robber's tale." --Salon]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380541</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2006 01:22:25 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65208987/9781594834936.mp3" length="1478262" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Lacy  Turcotte</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380541 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ballad of the Whiskey Robber: A True Story of Bank Heists, Ice Hockey, Transylvanian Pelt Smuggling, Moonlighting Detectives, and Broken Hearts Author:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380541" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380541</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ballad of the Whiskey Robber: A True Story of Bank Heists, Ice Hockey, Transylvanian Pelt Smuggling, Moonlighting Detectives, and Broken Hearts Author: Julian Rubinstein Narrator: Hachette Assorted Authors Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: May  9, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An award-wining and "outrageously entertaining" true crime story (San Francisco Chronicle) about the professional hockey player-turned-bank robber whose bizarre and audacious crime spree galvanized Hungary in the decade after the fall of the Iron Curtain. During the 1990s, while playing for the biggest hockey team in Budapest, Attila Ambrus took up bank robbery to make ends meet. Arrayed against him was perhaps the most incompetent team of crime investigators the Eastern Bloc had ever seen: a robbery chief who had learned how to be a detective by watching dubbed Columbo episodes; a forensics man who wore top hat and tails on the job; and a driver so inept he was known only by a Hungarian word that translates to Mound of Ass-Head. Ballad of the Whiskey Robber is the completely bizarre and hysterical story of the crime spree that made a nobody into a somebody, and told a forlorn nation that sometimes the brightest stars come from the blackest holes. Like The Professor and the Madman and The Orchid Thief, Julian Rubinstein's bizarre crime story is so odd and so wicked that it is completely irresistible. "A whiz-bang read...Hilarious and oddly touching...Rubinstein writes in a guns-ablazing style that perfectly fits the whiskey robber's tale." --Salon]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ec2d87708cda68ba055cf0be5b25209f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item></channel></rss>
